CS Series CS1W-PTS01-V1/02/03/11/12/51/52/55/56, PTW01

CS Series CS1W-PTS01-V1/02/03/11/12/51/52/55/56, PTW01
Cat. No. W368-E1-06
SYSMAC
CS Series
CS1W-PTS01-V1/PTS02/PTS03/PTS11/PTS12/PTS51/
PTS52/PTS55/PTS56/PTW01/PDC01/PDC11/PDC55/
PTR01/PTR02/PPS01/PMV01/PMV02
CJ Series
CJ1W-PTS51/PTS52
Analog I/O Units
CS Series
CS1W-PTS01-V1/02/03/11/12/51/52/55/56,
PTW01, PDC01/11/55, PTR01/02, PPS01,
PMV01/02
CJ Series
CJ1W-PTS51/52
Analog I/O Units
Operation Manual
Revised June 2004
iv
Notice:
OMRON products are manufactured for use according to proper procedures by a qualified operator
and only for the purposes described in this manual.
The following conventions are used to indicate and classify precautions in this manual. Always heed
the information provided with them. Failure to heed precautions can result in injury to people or damage to property.
!DANGER
Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or
serious injury.
!WARNING
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or
serious injury.
!Caution
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or
moderate injury, or property damage.
OMRON Product References
All OMRON products are capitalized in this manual. The word “Unit” is also capitalized when it refers to
an OMRON product, regardless of whether or not it appears in the proper name of the product.
The abbreviation “Ch,” which appears in some displays and on some OMRON products, often means
“word” and is abbreviated “Wd” in documentation in this sense.
The abbreviation “PLC” means Programmable Controller. “PC” is used, however, in some Programming Device displays to mean Programmable Controller.
Visual Aids
The following headings appear in the left column of the manual to help you locate different types of
information.
Note Indicates information of particular interest for efficient and convenient operation of the product.
1,2,3...
1. Indicates lists of one sort or another, such as procedures, checklists, etc.
 OMRON, 2000
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or
by any means, mechanical, electronic, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of
OMRON.
No patent liability is assumed with respect to the use of the information contained herein. Moreover, because OMRON is constantly striving to improve its high-quality products, the information contained in this manual is subject to change without
notice. Every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this manual. Nevertheless, OMRON assumes no responsibility
for errors or omissions. Neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the information contained in
this publication.
v
vi
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xi
1
Intended Audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xii
2
General Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xii
3
Safety Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xii
4
Operating Environment Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xiii
5
Application Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xiv
6
Conformance to EC Directives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xv
SECTION 1
Overview and Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
1-1
Overview of Analog I/O Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
1-2
Features and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
1-3
System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18
1-4
Specifications and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20
1-5
Operating Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
43
1-6
Error Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
46
1-7
Specification Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
49
SECTION 2
Individual Unit Descriptions for CS Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
53
2-1
CS1W-PTS01-V1 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54
2-2
CS1W-PTS11 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
65
2-3
CS1W-PTS51 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
81
2-4
CS1W-PTS55 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
93
2-5
CS1W-PTS02 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100 or JPt100). . . . . . . . .
106
2-6
CS1W-PTS03 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Ni508.4 Ω) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
117
2-7
CS1W-PTS12 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100, Pt50, Ni508.4 Ω) 127
2-8
CS1W-PTS52 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100) . . . . . . . . . .
142
2-9
CS1W-PTS56 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100) . . . . . . . . . .
151
2-10 CS1W-PTW01 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
160
2-11 CS1W-PDC01 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
172
2-12 CS1W-PDC11 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
183
2-13 CS1W-PDC55 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
199
2-14 CS1W-PTR01 Power Transducer Input Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
210
2-15 CS1W-PTR02 Analog Input Unit (100 mV). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
219
2-16 CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
227
2-17 CS1W-PMV01 Isolated-type Analog Output Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
239
2-18 CS1W-PMV02 Isolated-type Analog Output Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
247
vii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 3
Individual Unit Descriptions for CJ Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
3-1
CJ1W-PTS51 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
256
3-2
CJ1W-PTS52 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100). . . . . . . . . . .
267
Appendices
A
Supplementary Explanation of Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
277
B
Zero/Span Adjustment Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
287
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Revision History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
viii
About this Manual:
This manual describes the installation and operation of the CS/CJ-series Analog I/O Units and
includes the sections described below.
In this manual, “Analog I/O Units” is a product group name for the following groups of Units.
Name
CS-series
Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Model number
CS1W-PTS01-V1
CS1W-PTS11
CS1W-PTS51
CS1W-PTS55
Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100 or JPt100) CS1W-PTS02
Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Ni508.4 Ω)
CS1W-PTS03
Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100,
Pt50, or Ni508.4 Ω)
Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100)
CS1W-PTS52
Isolated-type 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit
CS1W-PTS56
CS1W-PTW01
Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
CJ-series
CS1W-PTS12
CS1W-PDC01
CS1W-PDC11
Power Transducer Input Unit
CS1W-PDC55
CS1W-PTR01
Analog Input Unit
Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit
CS1W-PTR02
CS1W-PPS01
Isolated-type Analog Output Unit
Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
CS1W-PMV01/PMV02
CJ1W-PTS51
Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100)
CJ1W-PTS52
Please read this manual carefully and be sure you understand the information provided before
attempting to install and operate the Analog I/O Units.
Section 1 presents an overview of the CS/CJ-series Analog I/O Units, and outlines their common features.
Section 2 describes each of the CS-series Analog I/O Units in detail.
Section 3 describes each of the CJ-series Analog I/O Units in detail.
Appendix A provides a supplementary explanation of Unit functions.
Appendix B provides an example of zero/span adjustment.
!WARNING Failure to read and understand the information provided in this manual may result in personal injury or death, damage to the product, or product failure. Please read each section
in its entirety and be sure you understand the information provided in the section and
related sections before attempting any of the procedures or operations given.
ix
PRECAUTIONS
This section provides general precautions for using the CS/CJ-series Programmable Controllers (PLCs) and related
devices.
The information contained in this section is important for the safe and reliable application of Programmable
Controllers. You must read this section and understand the information contained before attempting to set up
or operate a PLC system.
1
Intended Audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xii
2
General Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xii
3
Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xii
4
Operating Environment Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xiii
5
Application Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xiv
6
Conformance to EC Directives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xv
6-1
Applicable Directives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xv
6-2
Concepts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xv
6-3
Conformance to EC Directives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xv
6-4
Conditions for Complying with EC Directives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xvi
xi
1
Intended Audience
1
Intended Audience
This manual is intended for the following personnel, who must also have
knowledge of electrical systems (an electrical engineer or the equivalent).
• Personnel in charge of installing FA systems.
• Personnel in charge of designing FA systems.
• Personnel in charge of managing FA systems and facilities.
2
General Precautions
The user must operate the product according to the performance specifications described in the operation manuals.
Before using the product under conditions which are not described in the
manual or applying the product to nuclear control systems, railroad systems,
aviation systems, vehicles, combustion systems, medical equipment, amusement machines, safety equipment, and other systems, machines, and equipment that may have a serious influence on lives and property if used
improperly, consult your OMRON representative.
Make sure that the ratings and performance characteristics of the product are
sufficient for the systems, machines, and equipment, and be sure to provide
the systems, machines, and equipment with double safety mechanisms.
This manual provides information for programming and operating the Unit. Be
sure to read this manual before attempting to use the Unit and keep this manual close at hand for reference during operation.
!WARNING It is extremely important that a PLC and all PLC Units be used for the specified purpose and under the specified conditions, especially in applications that
can directly or indirectly affect human life. You must consult with your OMRON
representative before applying a PLC System to the above-mentioned applications.
3
Safety Precautions
!WARNING Do not attempt to take any Unit apart while the power is being supplied. Doing
so may result in electric shock.
!WARNING Provide safety measures in external circuits (i.e., not in the Programmable
Controller), including the following items, to ensure safety in the system if an
abnormality occurs due to malfunction of the PLC or another external factor
affecting the PLC operation. Not doing so may result in serious accidents.
• Emergency stop circuits, interlock circuits, limit circuits, and similar safety
measures must be provided in external control circuits.
• Unless otherwise stated, the PLC will turn OFF all outputs when its selfdiagnosis function detects any error or when a severe failure alarm
(FALS) instruction is executed. (The operation of outputs from Analog
Output Units is described later in this manual.) As a countermeasure for
such errors, external safety measures must be provided to ensure safety
in the system. (The external alarm output on the CS1W-PTS51/PTS52,
CJ1W-PTS51/PTS52, however, will be ON.)
• The PLC outputs may remain ON or OFF due to deposition or burning of
the output relays or destruction of the output transistors. As a countermeasure for such problems, external safety measures must be provided
to ensure safety in the system.
• When the 24-VDC output (service power supply to the PLC) is overloaded
or short-circuited, the voltage may drop and result in the outputs being
turned OFF. As a countermeasure for such problems, external safety
measures must be provided to ensure safety in the system.
xii
Operating Environment Precautions
4
!WARNING Always turn OFF the power supply to the PLC before attempting any of the following. Not turning OFF the power supply may result in malfunction or electric
shock.
• Mounting or dismounting the Power Supply Units, I/O Units, CPU Units, or
any other Units.
• Assembling the Units.
• Setting DIP switches or rotary switches.
• Connecting cables or wiring the system.
• Connecting or disconnecting the connectors.
!WARNING Do not attempt to disassemble, repair, or modify any Units. Any attempt to do
so may result in malfunction, fire, or electric shock.
!Caution Execute online edit only after confirming that no adverse effects will be
caused by extending the cycle time. Otherwise, input signals may not be readable.
4
Operating Environment Precautions
!Caution Do not operate the control system in the following locations:
• Locations subject to direct sunlight.
• Locations subject to temperatures or humidity outside the range specified
in the specifications.
• Locations subject to condensation as the result of severe changes in temperature.
• Locations subject to corrosive or flammable gases.
• Locations subject to dust (especially iron dust) or salts.
• Locations subject to exposure to water, oil, or chemicals.
• Locations subject to shock or vibration.
!Caution Take appropriate and sufficient countermeasures when installing systems in
the following locations:
•
•
•
•
Locations subject to static electricity or other forms of noise.
Locations subject to strong electromagnetic fields.
Locations subject to possible exposure to radioactivity.
Locations close to power supplies.
!Caution The operating environment of the PLC System can have a large effect on the
longevity and reliability of the system. Improper operating environments can
lead to malfunction, failure, and other unforeseeable problems with the PLC
System. Be sure that the operating environment is within the specified conditions at installation and remains within the specified conditions during the life
of the system.
xiii
5
Application Precautions
5
Application Precautions
Observe the following precautions when using the Analog I/O Unit.
• If any one of cold junction compensating elements is disconnected, no
compensation will be performed, resulting in improper temperature measurement. Do not disconnect cold junction compensating elements.
(Applicable to the CS1W-PTS01-V1, PTS11/PTS51/PTS55 or CJ1WPTS51 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit.)
• Each cold junction compensation element is calibrated for the individual
Unit and connected circuit; do not use elements from other Units or
replace two elements of the same Unit. Doing so will result in improper
temperature measurement. Use elements attached at the time of product
delivery. (Applicable to the CS1W-PTS01-V1, PTS11/PTS51/PTS55 or
CJ1W-PTS51 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit.)
• Check the user program for proper execution before actually running it on
the Unit. Not checking the program may result in an unexpected operation.
• Fail-safe measures must be taken by the customer to ensure safety in the
event of incorrect, missing, or abnormal signals caused by broken signal
lines, momentary power interruptions, or other causes.
• Confirm that no adverse effect will occur in the system before attempting
any of the following. Not doing so may result in an unexpected operation.
• Changing the operating mode of the PLC.
• Force-setting/force-resetting any bit in memory.
• Changing the present value of any word or any set value in memory.
• Be sure that all the mounting screws, terminal screws, and cable connector screws are tightened to the torque specified in this manual. Incorrect
tightening torque may result in malfunction.
• Be sure that the terminal blocks, expansion cables, and other items with
locking devices are properly locked into place. Improper locking may
result in malfunction.
• Take appropriate measures to ensure that the specified power with the
rated voltage and frequency is supplied in places where the power supply
is unstable. An incorrect power supply may result in malfunction.
• Leave the label attached to the Unit when wiring. Removing the label may
result in malfunction if foreign matter enters the Unit.
• Remove the label after the completion of wiring to ensure proper heat dissipation. Leaving the label attached may result in malfunction.
• Use crimp terminals for wiring. Do not connect bare stranded wires
directly to terminals. Connection of bare stranded wires may result in
burning.
• Do not apply voltages to the input section in excess of the rated input voltage. Excess voltages may result in burning.
• Do not apply voltages or connect loads to the output section in excess of
the maximum switching capacity. Excess voltage or loads may result in
burning.
• Double-check all wiring and switch settings before turning ON the power
supply. Incorrect wiring may result in burning.
• Resume operation only after transferring to the new CPU Unit the contents of the DM Area, HR Area, and other data required for resuming
operation. Not doing so may result in an unexpected operation.
• Touch a grounded piece of metal to discharge static electricity from your
body before touching a Unit.
• Check the terminal block completed before mounting it.
• Install circuit breakers or take other countermeasures against short-circuits in external wiring.
xiv
6
Conformance to EC Directives
• Check to be sure that all switches and memory contents, such as the DIP
Switches and the contents of the DM Area) are correct before starting
operation.
• Do not pull on cables or bend them past their natural bending radius.
• Do not place any objects on top of cables.
6
6-1
Conformance to EC Directives
Applicable Directives
• EMC Directives
• Low Voltage Directive
6-2
Concepts
EMC Directives
OMRON devices that comply with EC Directives also conform to the related
EMC standards so that they can be more easily built into other devices or the
overall machine. The actual products have been checked for conformity to
EMC standards (see the following note). Whether the products conform to the
standards in the system used by the customer, however, must be checked by
the customer.
EMC-related performance of the OMRON devices that comply with EC Directives will vary depending on the configuration, wiring, and other conditions of
the equipment or control panel on which the OMRON devices are installed.
The customer must, therefore, perform the final check to confirm that devices
and the overall machine conform to EMC standards.
Note Applicable EMC (Electromagnetic Compatibility) standards are as follows:
EMS (Electromagnetic Susceptibility): EN61000-6-2
EMI (Electromagnetic Interference): EN61000-6-4
(Radiated emission: 10-m regulations)
Low Voltage Directives
Always ensure that devices operating at voltages of 50 to 1,000 V AC and 75
to 1,500 V DC meet the required safety standards for the PLC (EN61131-2).
6-3
Conformance to EC Directives
The CS/CJ-series PLCs comply with EC Directives. To ensure that the
machine or device in which a CS/CJ-series PLC is used complies with EC
Directives, the PLC must be installed as follows:
• The CS/CJ-series PLC must be installed within a control panel.
• You must use reinforced insulation or double insulation for the DC power
supplies used for the communications power supply and I/O power supplies.
• CS/CJ-series PLCs complying with EC Directives also conform to the
Common Emission Standard (EN61000-6-4). Radiated emission characteristics (10-m regulations) may vary depending on the configuration of
the control panel used, other devices connected to the control panel, wiring, and other conditions. You must therefore confirm that the overall
machine or equipment complies with EC Directives.
xv
Conformance to EC Directives
6-4
6
Conditions for Complying with EC Directives
The following condition was used in the immunity test of the CS1W-PTS11/
PTS12, and PDC11 Analog I/O Units.
• Standard accuracy: ±5%
The following conditions were used in the immunity test of the CS1W-PTS51/
PTS52/PTS55/PTS56, PDC55 and CJ1W-PTS51/PTS52.
CS1W-PTS51 R or S thermocouple ±1% of PV or ±10°C, whichever is larger, ±1
digit
CS1W-PTS55
±1% of PV or ±4°C, whichever is larger, ±1
CJ1W-PTS51 K, J, T, or L thermocouple
digit
CS1W-PTS52 ±1% of PV or ±2°C, whichever is larger, ±1 digit
CS1W-PTS56
CJ1W-PTS52
CS1W-PDC55 ±1% of FS max.
xvi
SECTION 1
Overview and Features
This section presents an overview of the CS/CJ-series Analog I/O Units and outlines their features.
1-1
Overview of Analog I/O Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
1-1-1
CS-series Analog I/O Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
1-1-2
CJ-series Analog I/O Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
1-2
Features and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
1-3
System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18
1-3-1
18
1-4
System Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20
1-4-1
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20
1-4-2
Nomenclature and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
23
1-4-3
Exchanging Data with the CPU Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
27
1-4-4
Mounting the Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
37
1-4-5
Precautions when Handling Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
39
1-4-6
Connecting Crimp Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
41
1-4-7
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
41
1-5
Operating Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
43
1-6
Error Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
46
1-7
Specification Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
49
1
Section 1-1
Overview of Analog I/O Units
1-1
Overview of Analog I/O Units
1-1-1
CS-series Analog I/O Units
There are 18 Analog I/O Unit models, as shown in the following table.
Name
Model
Number Resoluof I/O
tion
Conversion
period
Isolatedtype Thermocouple
Input Unit
CS1WPTS01V1
4 inputs 1/4,096
150 ms/
4 inputs
All inputs are
isolated.
• Thermocouple: • Variable range setting
B, E, J, K, N, R, • Process value scaling
S, T, mV
• Process value alarm
• Mean value processing
• Rate-of-change calculation
and alarm
• Alarm-ON delay
• Disconnection detection
CS1WPTS11
4 inputs 1/64,000 20 ms/
4 inputs
10 ms/
2 inputs
All inputs are
isolated.
• Thermocouple:
B, E, J, K, L, N,
R, S, T, U,
WRe5-26, PL II
• DC voltage:
±100 mV
CS1WPTS51
CS1WPTS55
4 inputs ---
250 ms/
4 inputs
Field I/O
isolation
All inputs are
isolated.
8 inputs ---
250 ms/
8 inputs
All inputs are
isolated.
IsolatedCS1Wtype Resis- PTS02
tance
Thermometer Input
Unit
(Pt100,
JPt100)
4 inputs 1/4,096
100 ms/
4 inputs
All inputs are
isolated.
IsolatedCS1Wtype Resis- PTS03
tance
Thermometer Input
Unit
(Ni508.4
Ω)
4 inputs 1/4,096
2
100 ms/
4 inputs
All inputs are
isolated.
I/O type
• Thermocouple:
B, J, K, L, R, S,
T
Main functions
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
• Thermocouple: •
B, J, K, L, R, S, •
T
•
•
• Resistance ther- •
mometer:
•
Pt100 (JIS,
•
IEC), JPt100
•
•
•
•
• Resistance ther- •
mometer:
•
Ni508.4 Ω
•
•
•
•
•
Variable range setting
Process value scaling
Process value alarm
Mean value processing
Rate-of-change calculation
and alarm
Alarm-ON delay
Disconnection detection
Adjustment period control
Peak and bottom values
Top and valley values
Zero/span adjustment
Process value alarm (with
external alarm)
Sensor error detection
Alarm-ON delay
Zero/span adjustment
Process value alarm
Sensor error detection
Alarm-ON delay
Zero/span adjustment
Variable range setting
Process value scaling
Process value alarm
Mean value processing
Rate-of-change calculation
and alarm
Alarm-ON delay
Disconnection detection
Variable range setting
Process value scaling
Process value alarm
Mean value processing
Rate-of-change calculation
and alarm
Alarm-ON delay
Disconnection detection
Section 1-1
Overview of Analog I/O Units
Name
Model
Number Resoluof I/O
tion
Conversion
period
Field I/O
isolation
I/O type
All inputs are
isolated.
• Resistance thermometer:
Pt100, JPt100,
Pt50, Ni508.4 Ω
IsolatedCS1Wtype Resis- PTS12
tance
Thermometer Input
Unit
(Pt100,
JPt100,
Pt50,
Ni508.4 Ω)
4 inputs 1/64,000 20 ms/
4 inputs
10 ms/
2 inputs
Isolatedtype Resistance
Thermometer Input
Unit
(Pt100,
JPt100)
Isolatedtype Resistance
Thermometer Input
Unit
(Pt100,
JPt100)
Isolatedtype 2Wire
Transmitter Input
Unit
CS1WPTS52
4 inputs ---
250 ms/
4 inputs
All inputs are
isolated.
CS1WPTS56
8 inputs ---
250 ms/
8 inputs
CS1WPTW01
4 inputs 1/4,096
100 ms/
4 inputs
Main functions
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
• Resistance ther- •
mometer:
Pt100 (JIS,
•
IEC), JPt100
•
•
Variable range setting
Process value scaling
Process value alarm
Mean value processing
Rate-of-change calculation
and alarm
Alarm-ON delay
Disconnection detection
Adjustment period control
Peak and bottom values
Top and valley values
Zero/span adjustment
Process value alarm (with
external alarm)
Sensor error detection
Alarm-ON delay
Zero/span adjustment
All inputs are
isolated.
• Resistance thermometer:
Pt100 (JIS,
IEC), JPt100
•
•
•
•
Process value alarm
Sensor error detection
Alarm-ON delay
Zero/span adjustment
All inputs are
isolated.
4 to 20 mA from
2-wire transmitter.
• DC current:
4 to 20 mA
• DC voltage:
1 to 5 V
• Built-in power supply for 2wire transmitter
• Process value scaling
• Process value alarm
• Mean value processing
• Rate-of-change calculation
and alarm
• Alarm-ON delay
• Input error detection
3
Section 1-1
Overview of Analog I/O Units
Name
Model
IsolatedCS1Wtype Direct PDC01
Current
Input Unit
CS1WPDC11
CS1WPDC55
Number Resoluof I/O
tion
Conversion
period
4 inputs 1/4,096
Field I/O
isolation
I/O type
Main functions
100 ms/
4 inputs
All inputs are
isolated.
• DC voltage:
–10 to 10 V, 0 to
10 V, –5 to 5 V,
0 to 5 V, 1 to
5 V, ±10 V userset range
• DC current:
4 to 20 mA, 0 to
20 mA
•
•
•
•
•
4 inputs 1/64,000 20 ms/
4 inputs
10 ms/
2 inputs
All inputs are
isolated.
• DC voltage:
0 to 1.25 V,
–1.25 to 1.25 V,
0 to 5 V, 1 to
5 V, –5 to 5 V,
–10 to 10 V, 0 to
10 V, ±10 V
user-set
• DC current:
0 to 20 mA
4 to 20 mA
•
•
•
•
•
Process value scaling
Square root
Process value alarm
Mean value processing
Rate-of-change calculation
and alarm
• Alarm-ON delay
• Input error detection
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Variable range setting
Process value scaling
Square root
Mean value processing
Rate-of-change calculation
and alarm
Alarm-ON delay
Input error detection
Adjustment period control
Peak and bottom values
Top and valley values
Zero/span adjustment
Integral value calculation
Process value scaling
Square root
Process value alarm
Input error detection
8 inputs ---
250 ms/
8 inputs
All inputs are
isolated.
• DC voltage:
0 to 5 V, 1 to
5 V, 0 to 10 V
• DC current:
4 to 20 mA
Power
CS1WTransPTR01
ducer Input
Unit
8 inputs 1/4,096
200 ms/
8 inputs
No isolation
between
inputs
• Input from a
power transducer:
–1 to 1 mA,
0 to 1 mA
CS1WPTR02
8 inputs 1/4,096
200 ms/
8 inputs
No isolation
between
inputs
IsolatedCS1Wtype Pulse PPS01
Input Unit
4 inputs 1/4,096
100 ms/
4 inputs
All inputs are
isolated.
• Process value scaling
• DC voltage:
–100 to 100 mV, • Process value alarm
0 to 100 mV
• Inrush input limit
• Alarm-ON delay
• Mean value processing
• No-voltage
• Sensor power supply:
12 V DC, built-in
semiconductor
input: 0 to
• Instantaneous value scaling
20,000 pulses/s • Mean value processing
• Instantaneous value alarm
• Voltage input:
• Alarm-ON delay
0 to 20,000
• Accumulated value output
pulses/s
Analog
Input Unit
(100 mV)
• Anti-overshooting at motor
startup
• Square root
• Process value alarm
• Inrush input limit
• Alarm-ON delay
• Mean value processing
• Contact input:
0 to 20 pulses/s
Isolatedtype Analog Output
Unit
4
•
•
•
•
•
Output disconnection alarm
Answer input
Output rate-of-change limit
Output high/low limits
Output hold when CPU Unit
error occurs
• Output disconnection detection
CS1WPMV01
4 outputs
1/4,096
100 ms/ All outputs
4 outputs are isolated.
• DC current:
4 to 20 mA
• DC voltage:
1 to 5 V
CS1WPMV02
4 outputs
1/4,000
40 ms/
All outputs
4 outputs are isolated.
• Output rate-of-change limit
• DC voltage:
−10 to 10 V, 0 to • Output high/low limits
10 V, −5 to 5 V, • Output hold when CPU Unit
0 to 5 V, −1 to
error occurs
1 V, 0 to 1 V
Section 1-2
Features and Functions
1-1-2
CJ-series Analog I/O Units
There are 2 Analog I/O Unit models, as shown in the following table.
Name
Model
Isolatedtype Thermocouple
Input Unit
Number Resoluof I/O
tion
CJ1WPTS51
4 inputs ---
IsolatedCJ1Wtype Resis- PTS52
tance
Thermometer Input
Unit
(Pt100,
JPt100)
4 inputs ---
1-2
ConverField I/O
sion
isolation
period
250 ms/ All inputs are
4 inputs isolated.
250 ms/
4 inputs
All inputs are
isolated.
I/O type
• Thermocouple:
B, J, K, L, R, S,
T
Main functions
• Process value alarm (with
external alarm
• Sensor error detection
• Alarm-ON delay
• Zero/span adjustment
• Resistance ther- • Process value alarm (with
external alarm)
mometer:
Pt100 (JIS,
• Sensor error detection
IEC), JPt100
• Alarm-ON delay
• Zero/span adjustment
Features and Functions
I/O Isolation
The Analog I/O Units listed below have isolation between inputs or outputs.
Therefore sneak circuits do not occur between thermocouples or between the
power supply’s common voltage inputs, so there is no need to utilize a signal
converter to prevent sneak circuits.
CS1W-PTS01-V1, PTS11/PTS51/PTS55 and CJ1W-PTS51 Isolated-type
Thermocouple Input Units
CS1W-PTS02/PTS03/PTS12/PTS52/PTS56 and CJ1W-PTS52 Isolated-type
Resistance Thermometer Input Units
CS1W-PTW01 Isolated-type 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit
CS1W-PDC01/PDC11/PDC55 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Units
CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit
CS1W-PMV01/PMV02 Isolated-type Analog Output Units
Analog I/O Unit
Isolation
Isolation
Isolation
Variable Input Range
Setting
For the Analog I/O Units listed below, the input range can be set by the user
according to the application. This function applies to the following Units:
CS1W-PTS01-V1/PTS11 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Units
CS1W-PTS02/PTS12 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Units
CS1W-PDC01/PDC11 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Units
Note The accuracy and resolution of the CS1W-PTS01-V1, CS1W-PTS02, and
CS1W-PDC01 are in respect to the internal ranges.
5
Section 1-2
Features and Functions
Measurable temperature range
Operating
temperature
Zero range
Span
Process Value (or
Instantaneous Value)
Scaling in Industrial Units
This function takes the value scaled in industrial units with respect to the input
signal’s zero point and span point, and transfers it to the CPU Unit as the process value (or instantaneous value). Because of this, no ladder program is
required at the CPU Unit for scaling.
Note It also possible to set the process value scaling zero/span point in reverse to
create an inverse relationship.
This function is supported by the following Units:
CS1W-PTS01-V1/PTS11 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Units
CS1W-PTS02/PTS03/PTS12 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input
Units
CS1W-PTW01 Isolated-type 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit
CS1W-PDC01/PDC55 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
CS1W-PTR01 Power Transducer Input Unit
CS1W-PTR02 Analog Input Unit (100 mV)
CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit
Input signal
Industrial unit
CS1W-PTS11/12, PDC11
With the CS1W-PTS11/PTS12, and PDC11, the input range for thermocouple
inputs, and platinum-resistance thermometer inputs, or the ±10-V user-set
range for DC inputs can be set directly, and scaling can be set for the range in
industrial units. This eliminates the need for processing scaling in the ladder
program.
Note It also possible to set the process value scaling zero/span points in reverse to
create an inverse relationship.
Measurable range
−270°C
1372°C
K thermocouple
0°C
Minimum input signal value
0
Minimum scaling value
Process Value Alarm
6
400°C
Maximum input signal value
Operating
temperature range
Scaling range
10000
Maximum scaling value
Either a 2-point alarm (H and L limits) or a 4-point alarm (HH, H, L, and LL limits) is possible for the process value (or instantaneous value).
Section 1-2
Features and Functions
This function is supported by the following Units:
4-point Alarm
CS1W-PTS01-V1/PTS11 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Units
CS1W-PTS02/PTS03/PTS12 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input
Units
CS1W-PTW01 Isolated-type 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit
CS1W-PDC01/PDC11 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Units
CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit
2-point Alarm
CS1W-PTS51/PTS55 and CJ1W-PTS51 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input
Units
CS1W-PTS52/PTS56 and CJ1W-PTS52 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Units
CS1W-PTR01 Power Transducer Input Unit
CS1WPTR02, PDC55 Analog Input Unit (100 mV)
CS1W-PTS51/52 and CJ1W-PTS51/52 Units have one external alarm output
for each input. High or low outputs can be selected.
CS1W-PTS55/PTS56 and PDC55 output alarms to the Expansion Setting
Area. This enables obtaining alarm outputs without special programming.
Alarm output
Process value input
Alarm setting
LL
L
H
HH
(low low limit) (low limit) (high limit) (high high limit)
Alarm output
Process value input
Alarm setting
Rate-of-change
Calculation and Alarm
L (low limit)
H (high limit)
The Analog I/O Units listed below calculate the rate of change for the process
value, and output an alarm when the high or low limit is exceeded. The rateof-change value is derived by taking the difference each second between the
process value at that time and the process value before the comparison time
interval. The comparison time interval can be set from 1 to 16 seconds. This
allows even a small process value rate of change to be detected.
7
Section 1-2
Features and Functions
This function is supported by the following Units:
CS1W-PTS01-V1/PTS11 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Units
CS1W-PTS02/PTS03/PTS12 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input
Units
CS1W-PTW01 Isolated-type 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit
CS1W-PDC01/PDC11 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Units
Comparison time interval
set from 1 s to 16 s
Process value
Process value
Time
Rate of change
(See note.)
Rate-of-change high
limit alarm setting
Time
Process value (comparison time interval: 3 s)
Time
Rate-of-change high
limit alarm output
Time
Time
Note The rate of change is calculated every second (and not just once during the
comparison time interval) so that even minute changes in the process value
are detected.
Alarm Hysteresis
8
An hysteresis can be set for the process value (or instantaneous value) alarm
and the rate-of-change alarm. The operation is as shown in the following diagram.
This function is supported by the following Units:
CS1W-PTS01-V1/PTS11/PTS51/PTS55 and CJ1W-PTS51 Isolated-type
Thermocouple Input Units
CS1W-PTS02/PTS03/PTS12/PTS52/PTS56 and CJ1W-PTS52 Isolated-type
Resistance Thermometer Input Units
CS1W-PTW01 Isolated-type 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit
CS1W-PDC01/PDC11/PDC55 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Units
CS1W-PTR01 Power Transducer Input Unit
CS1W-PTR02 Analog Input Unit (100 mV)
CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit
Section 1-2
Features and Functions
Hysteresis
Alarm output
Process value input
and rate of change
Alarm setting
Alarm-ON Delay
This function can be used to set a given time period (0 s to 60 s) for delaying
the turning ON of the alarm after the process value (or instantaneous value)
alarm status or the alarm setting is reached. One alarm-ON delay is set for
each input or output. The same setting is used for all process value alarms
(HH, H, L, LL) and rate-of-change alarms (H, L).
This function is supported by the following Units:
CS1W-PTS01-V1/PTS11/PTS51/PTS55 and CJ1W-PTS51 Isolated-type
Thermocouple Input Units
CS1W-PTS02/PTS03/PTS12/PTS52/PTS56 and CJ1W-PTS52 Isolated-type
Resistance Thermometer Input Units
CS1W-PTW01 Isolated-type 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit
CS1W-PDC01/PDC11/PDC55 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Units
CS1W-PTR01 Power Transducer Input Unit
CS1W-PTR02 Analog Input Unit (100 mV)
CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit
Process value
Example: H alarm setting
Time
Alarm output
Time
ON delay time (0 s to 60 s)
Mean Value Processing
The moving average of a specified number (from 1 to 16) of past process values (or instantaneous values) can be calculated and stored as the process
value. An input noise filter can be installed if erroneous process values are
obtained due to noise, or if the system has sudden voltage or current fluctuations.
This function is supported by the following Units:
CS1W-PTS01-V1/PTS11 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Units
CS1W-PTS02/PTS03/PTS12 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input
Units
CS1W-PTW01 Isolated-type 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit
CS1W-PDC01/PDC11 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Units
CS1W-PTR01 Power Transducer Input Unit
9
Section 1-2
Features and Functions
CS1W-PTR02 Analog Input Unit (100 mV)
CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit
Note For the CS1W-PTR01 and CS1W-PTR02, four process values are always
averaged. For the CS1W-PTS11, CS1W-PTS12, and CS1W-PDC11, the
number of values to be averaged can be set to between 1 and 128.
Analog Output Unit
CPU Unit
Calculation
of moving
average
Input Disconnection
Detection
Sensor disconnections can be detected for thermocouple input and resistance
thermometer input. Either the high (115%) or low (–15%) direction can be
specified for when a disconnection is detected.
This function is supported by the following Units:
CS1W-PTS01-V1/PTS11 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Units
CS1W-PTS02/PTS03/PTS12 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input
Units
Analog Input Unit
CPU Unit
Disconnection
Detection Flag
Process value
High/low designation:
115% or −15%
Input Error Detection
An errors resulting from exceeding the high or low limits can be detected.
This function is supported by the following Units:
CS1W-PTS51/PTS55 and CJ1W-PTS51 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input
Units
CS1W-PTS52/PTS56 and CJ1W-PTS52 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Units
CS1W-PTW01-V1 Isolated-type 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit
CS1W-PDC01/PDC11/PDC55 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Units
Note An input error will be detected for the [email protected] or [email protected] if the
input exceeds 20 digits for the high or low limits of the sensor range.
For the CS1W-PDC55, an input error will be detected if the input exceeds -5%
or +105% for the internal range full span.
Cold Junction Sensor
Errors
10
If a Thermocouple Input Unit’s cold junction sensor is disconnected, or if
short-circuiting occurs, the Cold Junction Error Flag will turn ON and a temperature process value with no cold junction compensation will be stored in
the CIO Area.
This function is supported by the following Units:
Section 1-2
Features and Functions
CS1W-PTS01-V1/PTS11/PTS51/PTS55 and CJ1W-PTS51 Isolated-type
Thermocouple Input Units
Note
1. If one of the two cold junction sensors is disconnected as described above,
cold junction compensation will be stopped for all inputs.
2. There is only one cold junction sensor for the CS1W-PTS51 and CJ1WPTS51.
Square Root
For 2-wire transmitter input and analog input, this function takes as the process value the square root of the analog input value. It is used for operations
such as calculating momentary flow based on the differential pressure input
from a differential pressure transmitter.
With linear characteristics at an output of approximately 7% or less, an on-site
differential pressure transmitter’s zero-point adjustment can be performed
with this function enabled.
Note The square root function is enabled only when the maximum scaling value is
greater than the minimum scaling value. Square root extraction will not be
possible if the minimum scaling value is greater.
This function is supported by the following Units:
CS1W-PTW01 Isolated-type 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit
CS1W-PDC01/PDC11/PDC55 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Units
Process value input
Input signal
Inrush Input Limit
The inrush input limit function temporarily limits the process value input to a
given set value when it increases from a low value (2%). This function is used
for preventing a process value alarm from being generated by the inrush current, e.g., when the motor is started.
This function is supported by the following Units:
CS1W-PTR01 Power Transducer Input Unit
CS1W-PTR02 Analog Input Unit (100 mV)
Analog output
High limit
Time
Inrush high limit time: 0 s to 100 s
Zero/Span Adjustment
The zero point and span point can be adjusted for a process value (or instantaneous value). The zero adjustment offsets the line plotting values before
and after adjustment parallel to the original line. The span adjustment
changes the slope of the line (i.e., the gain) around the minimum value in the
11
Section 1-2
Features and Functions
range (i.e., the minimum value is not changed). The zero adjustment value
and the span adjustment gain are set in the DM Area words allocated in the
CPU Unit. These settings are refreshed during operation, so the values can
be adjusted under normal operating conditions.
Also, with the CS1W-PTS11/PTS12 and CS1W-PDC11, the zero point and
span point can be adjusted for a specified point (position) other than 0% or
100%. The zero adjustment value and span adjustment gain for specified
points are set in the Expansion Setting Area allocated to the Unit.
Refer to Appendix B Zero/Span Adjustment Example for details.
Zero/Span Adjustment Only
This function is supported by the following Units:
CS1W-PTS01-V1/PTS11/PTS51/PTS55 and CJ1W-PTS51 Isolated-type
Thermocouple Input Units
CS1W-PTS02/PTS03/PTS12/PTS52/PTS56 and CJ1W-PTS52 Isolated-type
Resistance Thermometer Input Units
CS1W-PTW01 Isolated-type 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit
CS1W-PDC01/PDC11/PDC55 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Units
CS1W-PTR01 Power Transducer Input Unit
CS1W-PTR02 Analog Input Unit (100 mV)
CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit
CS1W-PMV01/PMV02 Isolated-type Analog Output Units
Zero/Span Adjustment and Zero/Span Adjustment for Specified Points
These functions are supported by the following Units:
CS1W-PTS11 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
CS1W-PTS12 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit
CS1W-PDC11 Isolated-type Analog Input Unit
12
Section 1-2
Features and Functions
CPU Unit
Zero/Span Adjustment
Analog I/O Unit
Output data
DM Area
Span adjustment
gain B
Maximum range
Always transferred
Adjustment data
Zero adjustment
value A
Gain for
span
adjustment
Expansion Memory
Area allocation
Expansion Memory
Area leading address
Before adjustment
Expansion Setting Area
(CS1W-PTS11/PTS12
only)
Area for Expansion
Control/Monitor Area
First word of
Expansion
Control/Monitor Area
After adjustment
Maximum range
Minimum range
Adjustment position
Power ON or
Unit restarted.
Input
Minimum range
Zero adjustment value
Span adjustment
position D
Output data
Zero adjustment
position C
Specified Point Zero/Span
Adjustment with Expansion
Setting Area Settings (CS1WPTS11/PTS12, -PDC11 only)
Maximum range
Maximum range
After adjustment
Zero adjustment
value
Before adjustment
Gain for
span adjustment
Minimum range
Minimum range
Input
Zero adjustment
position
Span adjustment
position
Stepdown
This function reduces the number of pulses by 1/10, 1/100, or 1/1,000. It only
operates for an accumulating counter (and not for instantaneous values).
Make this setting to prevent accumulating counter overflow. If the number of
pulses is 3,000, for example, setting the stepdown rate to 1/100 will reduce
the number to 30, and the totalizing will then be based on that value.
This function is supported by CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Units
only.
Pulse Input Instantaneous
Value Conversion
This function counts the number of pulses per time unit and converts the number to an instantaneous value (pulses/time unit). Any of the following time
units can be selected: 1 s, 3 s, 10 s, 30 s, or 60 s. (These match the cycles for
conversion to instantaneous values.)
When the number of pulses per time unit (i.e., pulse rate) is low, lengthen the
time unit. The instantaneous value stored, however, can only be refreshed at
intervals of this time unit.
If there is fluctuation in the instantaneous values, the moving average function
can be used to even the values out through averaging. Calculate the moving
average for the specified number of values, and then convert it to the number
of pulses per time unit. To determine the number of values for averaging,
observe the operating status.
13
Section 1-2
Features and Functions
This function is supported by CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Units
only.
Pulse Accumulation
Pulse Input Units can accumulate pulses within a range of 0 to 9,999 (0000 to
270F hex). With each accumulation conversion period, the number of input
pulses after the stepdown is added. If the accumulated value exceeds 9,999,
pulses are accumulated again from 0000. When the power is turned ON or
the Unit is restarted, the accumulated value is reset to 0 and the Accumulation
Reset Bit turns ON for 10 seconds.
This function is supported by CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Units
only.
Answer Input
During analog output, the actual analog output (current or voltage) signal can
be checked by being read again from the analog output terminals. This function is used for checking for actual output load discrepancies due to external
load resistance, or for checking actual analog signal values when an output
rate-of-change limit is used.
This function is supported by CS1W-PMV01 Isolated-type Analog Output
Units only.
Analog Output Unit
Output value
Rate-of-change limit
High/low limit
Load
Answer input
(Actual output value)
Output Rate-of-change
Limit
With this function, the analog output value’s rate of change can be limited separately for the positive and negative directions.
This function is supported by CS1W-PMV01/PMV02 Isolated-type Analog
Output Units only.
Analog output
Without rate-of-change limit
With rate-of-change limit
Negative direction rate-of-change limit
Positive direction rate-of-change limit
Time
Output Disconnection
Detection
14
If a current loop is disconnected during analog output, this function will detect
it.
This function is supported by CS1W-PMV01 Isolated-type Analog Output
Units only.
Section 1-2
Features and Functions
CPU Unit
Analog Output Unit
Output Disconnection Detection Flag
Output Hold When CPU
Unit Error Occurs
When a fatal error (including user-defined FALS execution), or a CPU error in
the CPU Unit occurs, or all outputs are turned OFF with the Output OFF Bit,
this function can hold either a preset value or the analog output value prior to
the error. When the CPU Unit is restored to normal operation, the output value
in the CIO Area is output.
This function is supported by CS1W-PMV01/PMV02 Isolated-type Analog
Output Units only.
CPU Unit
Fatal error or
all outputs
turned OFF
with Output
OFF Bit
Adjustment Period
Control
Load
Analog Output Unit
Prior analog
output value or
preset value
Analog output
When zero/span adjustment is executed, the date is internally recorded at the
Unit. When the preset zero/span adjustment period and the notice of days
remaining have elapsed, this function turns ON a warning flag to give notice
that it is time for readjustment.
This function is supported by the following Units:
CS1W-PTS11 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
CS1W-PTS12 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit
CS1W-PDC11 Isolated-type Analog Input Unit
15
Section 1-2
Features and Functions
CPU Unit
Analog I/O Unit
DM Area
Span adjustment
gain B
Continuously
refreshed
Adjustment
data
Zero adjustment
value A
Expansion Memory
Area allocation
Expansion Memory
Area leading address
Expansion Memory
Area
Expansion Data Area
allocation
Final adjustment date
Example:
Zero/span adjustment period = 180 days
Notice of days remaining before zero/span
adjustment period elapses = 30 days
July 3, 2002: Zero/span adjustment executed.
Power ON or
Unit restarted
November 30, 2002: Adjustment Period Notice Flag
December 30, 2002: Adjustment Period End Flag
Expansion Data Area
leading address
Zero/span
adjustment period
Notice of days remaining
before zero/span adjustment period elapses
Present date
Expansion Control/
Monitor Area
Adjustment Update
Bit
Adjustment Period
End Flag
Continuously
refreshed
Comparison
Power ON or
Unit restarted
Continuously
refreshed
Adjustment Period
Notice Flag
Peak and Bottom
Detection
16
This function detects the maximum (peak) and minimum (bottom) analog
input values, from when the Hold Start Bit (output) allocated in the Expansion
Control/Monitor Area turns ON until it turns OFF. The peak and bottom values
in the Expansion Control/Monitor Area are constantly refreshed, and they are
cleared to zero while the Hold Value Reset Bit is ON.
This function is supported by the following Units:
CS1W-PTS11 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
CS1W-PTS12 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit
CS1W-PDC11 Isolated-type Analog Input Unit
Section 1-2
Features and Functions
Analog input
0
Hold Start Bit
Hold Value Reset Bit
Peak value
0
Bottom value
0
Note The top and valley detection function and the peak and bottom detection function cannot be used simultaneously.
Top and Valley Detection
This function detects the top and valley values for analog inputs, from when
the Hold Start Bit (output) allocated in the Expansion Control/Monitor Area
turns ON until it turns OFF. A detection hysteresis can be set so that minute
changes are not detected. The top and valley values in the Expansion Control/Monitor Area are constantly refreshed, and they are cleared to zero while
the Hold Value Reset Bit is ON.
This function is supported by the following Units:
CS1W-PTS11 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
CS1W-PTS12 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit
CS1W-PDC11 Isolated-type Analog Input Unit
Analog input
0
Hold Start Bit
Hold Value Reset Bit
Top value
0
Valley value
0
Note Either peak and bottom values or top and valley values can be selected for
detection. This selection is made by using the Hold Function Selection Flag in
the Expansion Control/Monitor Area to select either the top and valley detection function or the peak and bottom detection function. These two functions
cannot be used simultaneously.
17
Section 1-3
System Configuration
Integral Value Calculation
(PDC11 Only)
This function calculates the analog input value’s time integral. The unit can be
selected as either “hour” or “minute” by a setting in the Expansion Setting
Area.
The integral value can be output to the Expansion Monitor/Control Area by
turning ON the Integral Value Calculation Start Bit in the Expansion Monitor/Control Area. It can also be cleared to zero by turning ON the Integral
Value Reset Bit in the Expansion Monitor/Control Area.
This function is supported by only the CS1W-PDC11 Isolated-type Analog
Input Unit.
Count
(analog input value)
Integral value
Time t
Integral width
1-3
1-3-1
System Configuration
System Configuration
CS Series
These Analog I/O Units belong to the CS-series Special I/O Unit group.
• They can be mounted to CS-series CPU Racks or Expansion I/O Racks.
• They cannot be mounted to C200H CPU Racks, Expansion I/O Racks, or
SYSMAC BUS Remote I/O Slave Racks.
The number of Units that can be mounted to one Rack (either a CPU Rack or
Expansion I/O Rack) depends upon the maximum current supplied by the
Power Supply Unit and the current consumption by the other Units.
There are no restrictions on Rack position.
Note I/O addresses for Special I/O Units are allocated according to the unit number
set on the switches on the front panel, and not according to the slot position in
which they are mounted.
18
Section 1-3
System Configuration
CS-series CPU Rack
I/O Unit
CPU Unit
Power Supply Unit
CS-series Expansion I/O Rack #1
I/O Unit
CS-series Expansion I/O Rack #2
I/O Unit
A maximum of 7 Expansion
I/O Racks can be mounted.
CS-series Expansion I/O Rack #7
CJ Series
I/O Unit
These Analog I/O Units belong to the CJ-series Special I/O Unit group.
• They can be mounted to CJ-series CPU Racks or Expansion I/O Racks.
The number of Units that can be mounted to one Rack (either a CPU Rack or
Expansion I/O Rack) depends upon the maximum current supplied by the
Power Supply Unit and the current consumption by the other Units.
There are no restrictions on Rack position.
Note I/O addresses for Special I/O Units are allocated according to the unit number
set on the switches on the front panel, and not according to the slot position in
which they are mounted.
19
Section 1-4
Specifications and Installation
10 I/O Units max.
CPU Unit
Power
Supply Unit
CPU Rack
I/O Control Unit
End Cover
Power
Supply Unit
CJ-series Expansion
Rack
Expansion
Racks
3 maximum
I/O Interface Unit
I/O Interface Unit
Power
Supply Unit
CJ-series Expansion
Rack
10 I/O Units max.
1-4
1-4-1
Specifications and Installation
Specifications
CS Series
The specifications shown in the following table apply to all the CS-series Analog I/O Units. For specifications and installation procedures specific to each
Unit, refer to the explanations in SECTION 2 Individual Unit Descriptions for
CS Series.
Item
Unit classification
Specification
CS-series Special I/O Unit
Structure
Backplane-mounted, single slot size
Dimensions
Weight
35 × 130 × 126 mm (W × H × D)
450 g max.
Maximum number of
Units
Confirm that the total current consumption of all the Units
(including the CPU Unit) mounted to a single CPU Rack or
Expansion Rack does not exceed the maximum power supplied by the Power Supply Unit.
0 to 55°C
Ambient operating temperature
Ambient operating
humidity
20
10% to 90% (with no condensation)
Section 1-4
Specifications and Installation
Current consumption
Name
Model
Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
CS1W-PTS01-V1
0.15 A (0.75 W)
0.15 A (3.9 W)
CS1W-PTS11
CS1W-PTS51
0.16 A (0.60 W)
0.25 A (1.25 W)
0.08 A (2.08 W)
Not used.
CS1W-PTS55
CS1W-PTS02
0.18 A (0.90 W)
0.15 A (0.75 W)
0.06 A (1.56 W)
0.15 A (3.9 W)
Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer
Input Unit (Ni508.4Ω)
CS1W-PTS03
0.15 A (0.75 W)
0.15 A (3.9 W)
Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer
Input Unit (Pt100,
JPt100, Pt50,
Ni508.4Ω)
CS1W-PTS12
0.12 A (0.60 W)
0.07 A (1.82 W)
Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer
Input Unit (Pt100,
JPt100)
Isolated-type 2-Wire
Transmitter Input Unit
Isolated-type Direct
Current Input Unit
CS1W-PTS52
CS1W-PTS56
0.25 A (1.25 W)
0.18 A (0.90 W)
Not used.
0.06 A (1.56 W)
CS1W-PTW01
0.15 A (0.75 W)
0.16 A (4.2 W)
CS1W-PDC01
0.15 A (0.75 W)
0.15 A (3.9 W)
CS1S-PDC11
CS1W-PDC55
0.12 A (0.60 W)
0.18 A (0.90 W)
0.12 A (3.12 W)
0.06 A (1.56 W)
Power Transducer
Input Unit
CS1W-PTR01
0.15 A (0.75 W)
0.08 A (2.1 W)
Analog Input Unit (100
mV)
Isolated-type Pulse
Input Unit
Isolated-type Analog
Output Unit
CS1W-PTR02
0.15 A (0.75 W)
0.08 A (2.1 W)
CS1W-PPS01
0.20 A (1.00 W)
0.16 A (4.2 W)
CS1W-PMV01
0.15 A (0.75 W)
0.16 A (4.2 W)
CS1W-PMV02
0.12 A (0.60 W)
0.12 A (3.2 W)
Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer
Input Unit (Pt100,
JPt100)
Current consumption (power)
5V
26 V
(Reference) Maximum current and total power supplied
Power Supply
Unit
Maximum current supplied (power)
5V
26 V
24 V
Maximum
total power
C200HW-PA204
C200HW-PA204S
4.6 A (23 W)
4.6 A (23 W)
0.6 A (15.6 W)
0.6 A (15.6 W)
None
0.8 A (19.2 W)
30 W
30 W
C200HW-PA204R
C200HW-PD204
4.6 A (23 W)
4.6 A (23 W)
0.6 A (15.6 W)
0.6 A (15.6 W)
None
None
30 W
30 W
C200HW-PA209R
CS1D-PA207R
9 A (45 W)
7 A (35 W)
1.3 A (33.8 W)
1.3 A (33.8 W)
None
None
45 W
35 W
21
Section 1-4
Specifications and Installation
CJ Series
The specifications shown in the following table apply to all the CJ-series Analog I/O Units. For specifications and installation procedures specific to each
Unit, refer to the explanations in SECTION 3 Individual Unit Descriptions for
CJ Series.
Item
Specification
Unit classification
Dimensions
CJ-series Special I/O Unit
31 × 90 × 65 mm (W × H × D)
Weight
Maximum number
of Units
150 g max.
Confirm that the total current consumption of all the Units (including the CPU Unit) mounted to a single CPU Rack or Expansion
Rack does not exceed the maximum power supplied by the Power
Supply Unit.
Ambient operating 0 to 55°C
temperature
Ambient operating 10% to 90% (with no condensation)
humidity
Current consumption
Name
Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Isolated-type Resistance
Thermometer Input Unit
(Pt100, JPt100)
Model
Current consumption (power)
5V
26 V
CJ1W-PTS51
0.25 A (1.25 W)
Not used.
CJ1W-PTS52
0.25 A (1.25 W)
Not used.
(Reference) Maximum current and total power supplied
Power Supply Unit
22
Maximum current supplied (power)
5V
24-V relay driver
current
Maximum total
power
CJ1W-PA205R
CJ1W-PA205
5.0 A (25 W)
2.8 A (14 W)
0.8 A
0.4 A
25 W
14 W
CJ1W-PD025
5.0 A (25 W)
0.8 A
25 W
Section 1-4
Specifications and Installation
1-4-2
Nomenclature and Functions
CS Series
[email protected]@[email protected]/[email protected]/51/52
(Side view)
With Terminal Block mounted
Model number
Terminal Block
Unit number switch
Fastening screws
(black M3 screws)
Terminal Block
(M3 screws)
Backplane fastening screw
Terminal number/symbol
(Varies depending on the Analog I/O Unit model.)
Note
1. The Terminal Block is detachable, with connectors. It can be removed by
loosening the two black screws (on the top and bottom).
2. Always confirm that the black Terminal Block mounting screws are tightened to a torque of 0.5 N•m.
Screw
Screw
23
Section 1-4
Specifications and Installation
CS1W-PTS55/56, PDC55
(Side view)
With Terminal Block mounted
Model number
RUN
ERC
MACH
No.
Terminal Block
ERH
X101
X100
Unit number
switch
Fastening screws
(black M3 screws)
Lock lever
Terminal number/symbol
(Varies depending on the Analog I/O Unit model.)
Note The Terminal Block is detachable, with Lock lever. It can be removed by
unlocking the lock lever.
RUN
ERC
ERH
54321
543210
9876
DCBA
DCBA
MACH FE 1 0 FE X100
X10
No.
9876
Lock lever
24
Section 1-4
Specifications and Installation
Front Panel LED Indicators
■ [email protected]@[email protected]/[email protected], PTS55/56, PDC55
RUN
ERC
LED
Meaning
CS
ERH
Indicator
RUN
(green)
Operating
Lit
Not lit
ERC
(red)
Error detected by Lit
Unit
ERH
(red)
Error in the CPU
Unit
Operating status
Operating normally.
Unit has stopped exchanging data
with the CPU Unit.
Data setting is out of range in the
DM Area.
Not lit
Lit
Not lit
Operating normally.
Error has occurred during data
exchange with the CPU Unit, or
Analog I/O Unit’s unit number is set
incorrectly, or there is a mounting
error.
Operating normally.
■ CS1W-PTS51/52
PTS51
RUN
ERC
ALM1
ALM2
LED
RUN
(green)
Meaning
Operating
ERC
(red)
Error detected by Lit
Unit
Not lit
ERH
(red)
Error in the CPU
Unit
Not lit
ALM1 to External alarm
ALM4
outputs
(yellow)
Unit Number Switches
Indicator
Lit
CS
ERH
ALM3
ALM4
Operating status
Operating normally.
Unit has stopped exchanging data
with the CPU Unit.
Data setting is out of range in the
DM Area.
Operating normally.
Lit
Error has occurred during data
exchange with the CPU Unit, or
Analog I/O Unit’s unit number is set
incorrectly, or there is a mounting
error.
Not lit
Lit
Operating normally.
External alarm output ON
Not lit
External alarm output OFF
The CPU Unit and Analog Input Unit exchange data via words allocated to the
Analog Input Unit as a Special I/O Unit. Words are allocated to Special I/O
Units in both the CIO Area and the DM Area.
The words that each Analog I/O Unit uses are determined by the setting of the
unit number switches on the front panel of the Unit.
25
Section 1-4
Specifications and Installation
Unit number switches
Unit No.
CIO Area addresses
DM Area addresses
0
1
CIO 2000 to CIO 2009
CIO 2010 to CIO 2019
D20000 to D20099
D20100 to D20199
2
3
CIO 2020 to CIO 2029
CIO 2030 to CIO 2039
D20200 to D20299
D20300 to D20399
4
5
CIO 2040 to CIO 2049
CIO 2050 to CIO 2059
D20400 to D20499
D20500 to D20599
6
7
CIO 2060 to CIO 2069
CIO 2070 to CIO 2079
D20600 to D20699
D20700 to D20799
8
9
CIO 2080 to CIO 2089
CIO 2090 to CIO 2099
D20800 to D20899
D20900 to D20999
10
to
CIO 2100 to CIO 2109
to
D21000 to D21099
to
n
to
CIO 2000 + n × 10 to CIO 2000 +
n × 10 + 9
to
D20000 + n × 100 to D20000 +
n × 100 + 99
to
95
CIO 2950 to CIO 2959
D29500 to D29599
Note If two or more Special I/O Units are assigned the same unit number, a “UNIT
No. DPL ERR” error (in the Programming Console) will occur (A40113 will
turn ON) and the PLC will not operate.
CJ Series
Front Panel LED Indicators
■ [email protected]
RUN
ERC
ERH
LED
RUN
(green)
Meaning
Operating
ERC
(red)
Error detected by Lit
Unit
Not lit
ERH
(red)
Error in the CPU
Unit
Unit Number Switches
26
Indicator
Lit
Not lit
ALM1 to External alarm
ALM4
outputs
(yellow)
ALM
1 - 2 - 3 - 4
Operating status
Operating normally.
Unit has stopped exchanging data
with the CPU Unit.
Data setting is out of range in the
DM Area.
Operating normally.
Lit
Error has occurred during data
exchange with the CPU Unit, or
Analog I/O Unit’s unit number is set
incorrectly, or there is a mounting
error.
Not lit
Lit
Operating normally.
External alarm output ON.
Not lit
External alarm output OFF.
The CPU Unit and Analog Input Unit exchange data via words allocated to the
Analog Input Unit as a Special I/O Unit. Words are allocated to Special I/O
Units in both the CIO Area and the DM Area.
Section 1-4
Specifications and Installation
The words that each Analog I/O Unit uses are determined by the setting of the
unit number switches on the front panel of the Unit.
Unit Number Switches
78
456
78
901
23
456
MACH
No.
X100
901
23
MACH
No.
1
X10
Unit No.
CIO Area addresses
0
CIO 2000 to CIO 2009
DM Area addresses
D20000 to D20099
1
2
CIO 2010 to CIO 2019
CIO 2020 to CIO 2029
D20100 to D20199
D20200 to D20299
3
4
CIO 2030 to CIO 2039
CIO 2040 to CIO 2049
D20300 to D20399
D20400 to D20499
5
6
CIO 2050 to CIO 2059
CIO 2060 to CIO 2069
D20500 to D20599
D20600 to D20699
7
8
CIO 2070 to CIO 2079
CIO 2080 to CIO 2089
D20700 to D20799
D20800 to D20899
9
10
CIO 2090 to CIO 2099
CIO 2100 to CIO 2109
D20900 to D20999
D21000 to D21099
to
n
to
to
CIO 2000 + n × 10 to CIO 2000 +
n × 10 + 9
to
to
D20000 + n × 100 to D20000 +
n × 100 + 99
to
95
CIO 2950 to CIO 2959
D29500 to D29599
Note If two or more Special I/O Units are assigned the same unit number, a “UNIT
No. DPL ERR” error (in the Programming Console) will occur (A40113 will
turn ON) and the PLC will not operate.
1-4-3
Exchanging Data with the CPU Unit
CS1W-PTS01-V1,
PTS02/03/51/52,
PTW01, PDC01,
PTR01/02, PMV01/02,
CJ1W-PTS51/52
The Analog I/O Unit exchanges data with the CPU Unit via the allocated portions of the CPU Unit’s Special I/O Unit Area and DM Area. The addresses
allocated in these areas are determined as follows, according to the value (0
to 95) set by the unit number switch on the front panel of the Analog I/O Unit.
• Special I/O Unit Area: 10 words from beginning word n
n = 2000 + unit number (0 to 95) x 10
• DM Area: 100 words from beginning word m
m = D20000 + unit number (0 to 95) x 100
The following table shows the addresses allocated according to the unit number.
Unit No.
Special I/O Unit Area
DM Area
0
1
CIO 2000 to CIO 2009
CIO 2010 to CIO 2019
D20000 to D20099
D20100 to D20199
2
3
CIO 2020 to CIO 2029
CIO 2030 to CIO 2039
D20200 to D20299
D20300 to D20399
4
5
CIO 2040 to CIO 2049
CIO 2050 to CIO 2059
D20400 to D20499
D20500 to D20599
6
7
CIO 2060 to CIO 2069
CIO 2070 to CIO 2079
D20600 to D20699
D20700 to D20799
27
Section 1-4
Specifications and Installation
8
Unit No.
Special I/O Unit Area
CIO 2080 to CIO 2089
DM Area
D20800 to D20899
9
10
CIO 2090 to CIO 2099
CIO 2100 to CIO 2109
D20900 to D20999
D21000 to D21099
to
95
to
CIO 2950 to CIO 2959
to
D29500 to D29599
Analog I/O Unit
CPU Unit
(See note 3.)
Data for Operation
Process values,
analog output values
Rates of change
Error flags
Special I/O Unit Area
n = 2000 + (unit No. x 10)
n
n+1
I/O refresh
to
n+9
DM Area
m = D20000 + (unit No. x 100)
m
Default block read command
Setting Group 1
m+1
to
Setting Group 2
m+34
to
m+93
Display Parameter
m+94
to
m+99
Note
Power ON or Unit
restarted.
(See note 1.)
I/O refresh
Power ON or Unit
restarted.
(See note 1.)
Power ON or Unit
restarted.
Unit Settings
Default transfer reception
Continuously
Refreshed Area
Alarm settings,
zero/span
Adjustment values, etc.
Area Refreshed
at Restart
Initial values for
sensor/input
signal types,
scaling, etc.
(See note 2.)
1. This applies when m is other than 12345 (3039 hex), e.g., 0000 hex. When
m is 12345 (3039 hex), the transfer direction will be reversed.
2. The functions that can be used depend on the model.
3. The allocated data areas depend on the model.
These areas have the following functions for Analog I/O Units.
Special I/O
Unit Area
28
The data for operation is continuously refreshed.
The following types of data are transferred from Analog Input Units to
the CPU Unit: Values scaled in industrial units for process values
and rate-of-change values; alarm contact data, Input Disconnection
Flag data, etc.
Analog output values are transferred from the CPU Unit to Analog
Output Units.
Section 1-4
Specifications and Installation
DM Area
Data is set in this area. The allocated portion of the DM Area is
divided into the four areas shown below.
Note For details, refer to the explanations for the individual Units.
1) Default block read When power is turned OFF → ON to the
command
PLC or the Unit is restarted, the default data
in the Analog I/O Unit can be transferred
back to the CPU Unit.
Beginning word m is fixed. When m is
12345 (3039 hex), then the data is transferred from the Analog I/O Unit to the CPU
Unit.
When m is less than 12345 (3039 hex),
such as 0 (0000 hex), then data is transferred from the CPU Unit to the Analog I/O
Unit as usual.
2) Setting Group 1
(continuously
refreshed area)
3) Setting Group 2
(initial settings area)
When the PLC is ON (even if the CPU Unit
is operating), this area is continuously
refreshed.
This area is refreshed when power is turned
ON or the Unit is restarted.
The area is refreshed regardless of the
CPU Unit’s operation mode (i.e., RUN, Monitor, or Program Mode).
Alarm settings, zero/span adjustment values, and so on, are set here.
When m is anything other than 12345 (3039
hex), data is transferred once to this area
from the CPU Unit when power is turned
ON or the Unit is restarted.
Sensor types, process value scaling, alarm
supplementary functions, etc., are set here.
4) Display Parameter Data range error addresses are stored
here. (See note.)
Note
1. The ERC indicator on the Unit's front panel will light if an out-of-range setting is made in either Setting Group1 or 2. The offset from m of the first DM
word containing the out-of-range error will be stored as the Data Range Error Address in the DM Area in four digits hexadecimal. When an error is
made in Setting Group 1, the ERR indicator will light and the data range
error address will be stored immediately. When an error is made in Setting
Group 2, the ERC indicator will light when the power is turned ON again or
the Unit is restarted and the data range error address will be stored at that
time.
2. The functions that can be used depend on the model.
29
Section 1-4
Specifications and Installation
Transferring Analog I/O
Unit Default Settings to
the CPU Unit
When transferring the Analog I/O Unit’s default settings to the CPU Unit’s DM
Area to be used for operation, store 12345 (3039 hex) in word m and either
turn the power supply OFF and ON or restart the Unit. After the default settings have been transferred, the value in word m will be automatically returned
to 0 (0000 hex). From that point onwards, the values stored in the DM Area
will be transferred to the Analog I/O Unit for operation when power is turned
ON or the Unit is restarted.
Analog I/O Unit
CPU Unit
(See note 1.)
DM Area
m = D20000 + (unit No. x 100)
m
12345 (3039 Hex)
Setting Group 1
Power ON or Unit
restarted.
m+1
to
Setting Group 2
When m is 12345
(3039 Hex)
Settings
Default transfer reception
Analog I/O Unit
initial settings
m+34
to
m+93
Display Parameter
m+94
to
Analog I/O Unit
default settings are
transferred to the
CPU Unit at powerup
or Unit restart.
(See note 2.)
m+99
Note
• Area Refreshed
when Restarted
Initial values for
sensor/input
signal types,
scaling, etc.
1. The allocated data areas depend on the model.
2. The functions that can be used depend on the model.
Restarting Special I/O
Units
To restore operation after the contents of the DM Area have been changed, or
after the cause of an error has been cleared, either turn the power supply to
the PLC OFF and ON or turn the Special I/O Unit Restart Bit ON and then
OFF again.
0
Unit No.
DM Area allocation
A50200
1
to
A50201
to
15
to
A50215
to
95
A50715
Note If an error is not cleared when the PLC is powered up again or the Special I/O
Unit Restart Bit is turned ON and then OFF again, replace the Unit.
CS1W-PTS11/12 and
CS1W-PDC11
These Units exchange data with the following CPU Unit areas:
• DM Area words allocated to the Unit as a Special I/O Unit
• CIO Area words allocated to the Unit as a Special I/O Unit
• Expansion Setting Area
• Expansion Control/Monitor Area
Set the addresses for these areas as follows:
Area
Setting method
DM Area words allocated to the Unit as Set on the unit number switches (rotary
a Special I/O Unit
switches) on the front of the Analog I/O
Unit.
Data Area allocated to the Unit as a
Special I/O Unit
30
Expansion Setting Area
Set in words m+98 and m+99 in the
DM Area.
Expansion Control/Monitor Area
Set in words o and o+1 in the Expansion Setting Area.
Section 1-4
Specifications and Installation
Expansion Area addresses are determined as follows, according to the settings.
DM Area
A total of 100 words beginning with first word, word m. (m = D20000 + unit
number (0 to 95) x 100)
Special I/O Unit Area
A total of 10 words beginning with first word, word n. (n = 2000 + unit number
(0 to 95) x 100)
Expansion Setting Area
A total of 46 words beginning with first word, word o. (o = Word specified in
m+99 in the area specified in m+98 in the DM Area)
Expansion
Control/Monitor Area
A total of 35 words beginning with first word, word p. (p = address specified in
o+1 in the area specified in o in the Expansion Setting Area.
Analog I/O Unit
CPU Unit
• Data for Operation
• Process values, analog
output values, rates of
change, error flags
• Special I/O Unit Area
n = 2000 + (unit No. × 10)
n
n+1
to
I/O refresh
n+9
•
Expansion Control/
Monitor Area
• Data for Operation
• Operation count, hold
function controls, hold
values, etc.
p = Address specified in o +1 in
area specified in o of
Expansion Setting Area
p
p+1
I/O refresh
to
p+34
• DM Area
m = D20000 + (unit No. × 100)
m
m+1
Default block read command
Power ON or Unit
restarted.
Points Used
Setting Group 1
m+2
to
Setting Group 2
(See note.)
I/O refresh, power
ON, or Unit restarted.
• Unit Settings
Default transfer reception
• Continuously
Refreshed Area
Alarm settings,
zero/span adjustment
settings, etc.
m+34
to
m+93
Display Parameter
(See note.)
Power ON or Unit
restarted.
m+94
to
• Area Refreshed
at Restart Initial
value for sensor
types, scaling,
etc.
m+97
Expansion Setting Area Allocation
Settings
m+98
m+99
Area of Expansion Setting Area
First Word in Expansion Setting Area
• Expansion Setting Area
o = Address specified in
m +99 in area specified
in m+98 of DM Area
Setting Group 3
o
o+1
o+2
to
o+45
(See note.)
Power ON or Unit
restarted.
(See note.)
Power ON or Unit
restarted.
Area of Expansion Control/Monitor Area
First word in Expansion Control/Monitor Area
(See note.)
Power ON or Unit
restarted.
Expansion Setting Area
Allocation Settings
• Settings
Expansion Control/Monitor Area
Settings
• Restart Refresh Area
Zero/span adjustment settings, operation count settings, top/valley hold settings, and number of inputs setting
Note: This applies when m is other than 12345 (3039 Hex), e.g., 0000 Hex.
When m is 12345 (3039 Hex), the transfer direction will be reversed.
31
Section 1-4
Specifications and Installation
These areas have the following functions for Analog I/O Units.
DM Area
Data is set in this area. The allocated portion of the DM Area
is divided into the five areas shown below.
Note For details, refer to the explanations for the individual
Units.
1) Default block read command:
When power is turned ON to the PLC or the Unit is
restarted, the default data in the Analog I/O Unit can be
transferred back to the CPU Unit.
Beginning word m is fixed. When m is 12345 (3039 hex),
then the data is transferred from the Analog I/O Unit to
the CPU Unit.
When m is less than 12345 (3039 hex), such as 0 (0000
hex), then data is transferred from the CPU Unit to the
Analog I/O Unit as usual.
2) Setting Group 1 (continuously refreshed area):
When the PLC is ON (even if the CPU Unit is operating),
this area is continuously refreshed.
This area is refreshed when power is turned ON or the
Unit is restarted.
The area is refreshed regardless of the CPU Unit’s operation mode (i.e., RUN, Monitor, or Program Mode).
Alarm settings, zero/span adjustment values, and so on,
are set here.
3) Setting Group 2 (initial settings area):
Data is transferred once to this area from the CPU Unit
when power is turned ON or the Unit is restarted, unless
m = 12345.
Sensor types, process value scaling, alarm supplementary functions, etc., are set here.
4) Display parameters:
Data range error addresses are stored here. (See note.)
5) Expansion Setting Area settings:
Data is transferred once to this area from the CPU Unit
when power is turned ON or the Unit is restarted, as long
as m is other than 12345.
Expansion Setting Area settings are made here.
Special I/O Unit Area The data in for operation is continuously refreshed.
The following types of data are transferred from Analog I/O
Units to the CPU Unit: Values scaled in industrial units for process values and rate-of-change values; alarm contact data,
Input Disconnection Flag data, etc.
32
Expansion Setting
Area
Data for operation is continuously refreshed.
Note For details, refer to the explanations for the individual
Units.
3) Setting Group 3 (initial settings area):
Data is transferred once to this area from the CPU Unit
when power is turned ON or the Unit is restarted, as long
as m is other than 12345 and the Expansion Setting Area
settings are allocated (i.e., word m+98 is other than 0).
Expansion Control/Monitor Area settings, zero/span
adjustment supplement, and so on, are set here.
Expansion Control/Monitor Area
Data for operation is continuously refreshed. Bits for beginning or resetting the operation count, beginning or resetting
the hold function selection, adjustment period control, and so
on, are transferred from the CPU Unit to the Analog I/O Unit.
Adjustment period notices, peak and bottom values, top and
valley values, and so on, are transferred from the Analog I/O
Unit to the CPU Unit.
Section 1-4
Specifications and Installation
Note The ERC indicator on the Unit’s front panel will light if an out-of-range setting
is made in either Setting Group 1 or 2. The offset from m of the first DM word
containing the out-of-range error will be stored as the Data Range Error
Address in the DM Area in four digits hexadecimal. If the first word containing
the out-of-range error is in the Expansion Setting Area, the Data Range Error
Address offset will be 100 words or more (e.g., 100 words for an error in the
first word in the Expansion Setting Area). When an error is made in Setting
Group 1, the ERR indicator will light and the data range error address will be
stored immediately. When an error is made in Setting Group 2, the ERC indicator will light when the power is turned ON again or the Unit is restarted and
the data range error address will be stored at that time.
Transferring Analog I/O
Unit Default Settings to
the CPU Unit
When transferring the Analog I/O Unit’s default settings to the CPU Unit’s DM
Area and Expansion Setting Area used for operation, store 12345 (3039 hex)
in word m and either turn the power supply OFF and ON or restart the Unit.
After the default settings have been transferred, the value in word m will be
automatically returned to 0 (0000 hex). From that point onwards, the values
stored in the DM Area will be transferred to the Analog I/O Unit for operation
when power is turned ON or when the Unit is restarted.
Analog I/O Unit
CPU Unit
DM Area
Power ON or
Unit restarted.
m = D20000 + (unit No. x 100)
m
12345 (3039 hex)
Setting Group 1
m+1
When m = 12345
(3039 hex)
to
Setting Group 2
m+34
to
m+93
Display Parameters
m+94
to
m+97
Expansion Setting Area settings
m+98
m+99
Restarting Special I/O
Units
Area for Expansion Memory
Area
First word in Expansion
Setting Area
Unit Settings
Default transfer reception
Analog I/O Unit
initial settings
When the power is
turned ON or the Unit
is restarted, the
default values in the
Unit are sent to the
CPU Unit.
• Area Refreshed
when Restarted
Initial values for
sensor types,
scaling, etc.
When the power is
turned ON or the Unit
is restarted, the default
values in the Unit are
sent to the CPU Unit.
Expansion Setting
Area settings
To restore operation after the contents of the DM Area have been changed, or
after the cause of an error has been cleared, either turn ON the power supply
to the PLC again or turn ON the Special I/O Unit Restart Bit ON.
Unit No.
0
AR Area allocation
A50200
1
...
A50201
...
15
...
A50215
...
95
A50715
Note If an error is not cleared when the PLC is powered up again or the Special I/O
Unit Restart Bit is turned ON and then OFF again, replace the Unit.
33
Section 1-4
Specifications and Installation
CS1W-PTS55/56,
PDC55
The Analog I/O Unit exchanges data with the CPU Unit via the allocated portions of the CPU Unit’s Special I/O Unit Area and DM Area. The addresses
allocated in these areas are determined as follows, according to the value (0
to 95) set by the unit number switch on the front panel of the Analog I/O Unit.
• Special I/O Unit Area: 10 words from beginning word n
n = 2000 + unit number (0 to 95) x 10
• DM Area: 100 words from beginning word m
m = D20000 + unit number (0 to 95) x 100
• Expansion Setting Area
• CS1W-PTS55/PTS56
Address specified in m+60 in the area specified in o in the Expansion
Setting Area (one word only).
• CS1W-PDC55
Address specified in m+84 in the area specified in o in the Expansion
Setting Area (one word only).
The following table shows the addresses allocated according to the unit number.
Unit No.
34
Special I/O Unit Area
DM Area
0
1
CIO 2000 to CIO 2009
CIO 2010 to CIO 2019
D20000 to D20099
D20100 to D20199
2
3
CIO 2020 to CIO 2029
CIO 2030 to CIO 2039
D20200 to D20299
D20300 to D20399
4
5
CIO 2040 to CIO 2049
CIO 2050 to CIO 2059
D20400 to D20499
D20500 to D20599
6
7
CIO 2060 to CIO 2069
CIO 2070 to CIO 2079
D20600 to D20699
D20700 to D20799
8
9
CIO 2080 to CIO 2089
CIO 2090 to CIO 2099
D20800 to D20899
D20900 to D20999
10
to
CIO 2100 to CIO 2109
to
D21000 to D21099
to
95
CIO 2950 to CIO 2959
D29500 to D29599
Section 1-4
Specifications and Installation
Analog I/O Unit
CPU Unit
(See note 3.)
Data for Operation
Process values,
analog output values
Rates of change
Error flags
Special I/O Unit Area
n = 2000 + (unit No. x 10)
n
n+1
I/O refresh
to
n+9
DM Area
m = D20000 + (unit No. x 100)
m
Default block read command
Setting Group 1
Power ON or Unit
restarted.
(See note 1.)
m+1
to
Setting Group 2
I/O refresh
Power ON or Unit
restarted.
m+34
(See note 1.)
to
Power ON or Unit
restarted.
m+58
Unit Settings
Default transfer reception
Continuously
Refreshed Area
Alarm settings,
zero/span adjustment
values, etc.
Area Refreshed at Restart
Initial values for
sensor/input signal types,
scaling, etc.
(See note 2.)
Expansion Setting Area Settings
m+59
m+60
Expansion Setting
Area Settings
Expansion Setting Area Enable
Expansion Setting Area address
Expansion Setting Area
CS1W-PTS55/56
Address specified in m+60.
CS1W-PDC55
Address specified in m+84
o
Note
Expansion Setting Area
Unit Settings
I/O refresh
Process Value Alarm
1. This applies when m is other than 12345 (3039 hex), e.g., 0000 hex. When
m is 12345 (3039 hex), the transfer direction will be reversed.
2. The functions that can be used depend on the model.
3. The allocated data areas depend on the model.
These areas have the following functions for Analog I/O Units.
Special I/O
Unit Area
The data for operation is continuously refreshed.
The following types of data are transferred from Analog Input Units to
the CPU Unit: Values scaled in industrial units for process values
and rate-of-change values; alarm contact data, Input Disconnection
Flag data, etc.
Analog output values are transferred from the CPU Unit to Analog
Output Units.
35
Section 1-4
Specifications and Installation
DM Area
Data is set in this area. The allocated portion of the DM Area is
divided into the four areas shown below.
Note For details, refer to the explanations for the individual Units.
1) Default block read When power is turned OFF → ON to the
command
PLC or the Unit is restarted, the default data
in the Analog I/O Unit can be transferred
back to the CPU Unit.
Beginning word m is fixed. When m is
12345 (3039 hex), then the data is transferred from the Analog I/O Unit to the CPU
Unit.
When m is less than 12345 (3039 hex),
such as 0 (0000 hex), then data is transferred from the CPU Unit to the Analog I/O
Unit as usual.
2) Setting Group 1
(continuously
refreshed area)
3) Setting Group 2
(initial settings area)
When the PLC is ON (even if the CPU Unit
is operating), this area is continuously
refreshed.
This area is refreshed when power is turned
ON or the Unit is restarted.
The area is refreshed regardless of the
CPU Unit’s operation mode (i.e., RUN, Monitor, or Program Mode).
Alarm settings, zero/span adjustment values, and so on, are set here.
When m is anything other than 12345 (3039
hex), data is transferred once to this area
from the CPU Unit when power is turned
ON or the Unit is restarted.
Sensor types, process value scaling, alarm
supplementary functions, etc., are set here.
4) Display Parameter Data range error addresses are stored
here. (See note.)
Expansion
Setting Area
Note
Data for operation is continuously refreshed.
Process Value Alarm
1. The ERC indicator on the Unit's front panel will light if an out-of-range setting is made in either Setting Group1 or 2. The offset from m of the first DM
word containing the out-of-range error will be stored as the Data Range Error Address in the DM Area in four digits hexadecimal. When an error is
made in Setting Group 1, the ERR indicator will light and the data range
error address will be stored immediately. When an error is made in Setting
Group 2, the ERC indicator will light when the power is turned ON again or
the Unit is restarted and the data range error address will be stored at that
time.
2. The functions that can be used depend on the model.
36
Section 1-4
Specifications and Installation
Transferring Analog I/O
Unit Default Settings to
the CPU Unit
When transferring the Analog I/O Unit’s default settings to the CPU Unit’s DM
Area to be used for operation, store 12345 (3039 hex) in word m and either
turn the power supply OFF and ON or restart the Unit. After the default settings have been transferred, the value in word m will be automatically returned
to 0 (0000 hex). From that point onwards, the values stored in the DM Area
will be transferred to the Analog I/O Unit for operation when power is turned
ON or the Unit is restarted.
CPU Unit
Analog I/O Unit
(See note 1.)
DM Area
m = D20000 + (unit No. x 100)
m
12345 (3039Hex)
m+1
Setting Group 1
When m is 12345
(3039 Hex)
to
m+34
Setting Group 2
to
m+58
Expansion Setting Area Settings
m+59
m+60
Note
Power ON or Unit
restarted.
Expansion Setting Area Enable
Expansion Setting Area address
Analog I/O Unit default
settings are transferred
to the CPU Unit at
powerup or Unit
restart.
Settings
Default transfer reception
Continuously
Refreshed Area
Alarm settings,
zero/span adjustment
values, etc.
Area Refreshed when
Restarted
Initial values for
sensor/input signal types,
scaling, etc.
(See note 2.)
Expansion Setting
Area Settings
1. The allocated data areas depend on the model.
2. The functions that can be used depend on the model.
Restarting Special I/O
Units
To restore operation after the contents of the DM Area have been changed, or
after the cause of an error has been cleared, either turn the power supply to
the PLC OFF and ON or turn the Special I/O Unit Restart Bit ON and then
OFF again.
Unit No.
0
DM Area allocation
A50200
1
to
A50201
to
15
to
A50215
to
95
A50715
Note If an error is not cleared when the PLC is powered up again or the Special I/O
Unit Restart Bit is turned ON and then OFF again, replace the Unit.
1-4-4
Mounting the Units
CS Series
Use the following procedure to mount the CS-Series Analog I/O Unit to the
Backplane.
1,2,3...
1. Mount the Unit to the Backplane by attaching it with the top and bottom
hooks.
37
Section 1-4
Specifications and Installation
Hook
Backplane
2. Properly insert each Unit into the Backplane connector, and tighten the
screws on the bottom of the Unit to a torque of 0.4 N•m.
3. To remove a Unit, loosen the screws and lift it off.
Screw
Note To allow for mounting and removal of Units, leave at least 20 mm of space
between Units, as shown in the following diagram.
20 mm min.
Backplane
20 mm min.
Phillips-head screwdriver
CJ Series
Use the following procedure to connect Analog I/O Units to a CJ-series Rack.
1,2,3...
38
1. Align the connectors and press in firmly on the Units to connect them completely.
Section 1-4
Specifications and Installation
Hooks
Connector
Hook holes
2. Move the sliders on the top and bottom of the Unit to the lock position to
secure the Units. The sliders should click into place.
Move the sliders to the back
until they click into place.
Slider
Lock
Release
3. Attach an End Cover to the Unit on the right end of the Rack.
Note The CJ-series PLC may not operate properly if the sliders are not locked
firmly into place.
1-4-5
Precautions when Handling Units
CS Series
Turn OFF the power to the PLC before mounting or removing Units, or connecting or disconnecting wiring.
To prevent adverse effects from noise, place I/O wiring in separate ducts from
high-voltage or power lines.
Always ground the GR terminal on the Power Supply Unit of the PLC.
When wiring, leave the label on the Unit’s top panel in place to prevent foreign
objects such as wire clippings from dropping into the Unit. The label must be
removed after wiring or the Unit will overheat.
39
Section 1-4
Specifications and Installation
Remove the label after wiring has been completed.
CJ Series
Be sure to turn OFF the power supply to the PLC before installing or disconnecting Units or connecting lines.
To reduce the risk of malfunctioning due to electrical noise, wire input and output lines in separate ducts from high-voltage and power lines.
When wiring a Unit, place a label over the top of the Unit to prevent wire clippings or other materials from getting inside the Unit. When the wiring has
been completed, the label must be removed to prevent heat radiation.
Remove the label after the
wiring has been completed.
N
RUC
ERH
ER
H
MAC
No. 1
x10
0
x10
Precautions in Handling
Removable Terminal
Blocks
• The terminal block is removable. Press the lever on the bottom of the terminal block to remove the terminal block.
• During normal use, check that the lever is raised and the terminal block is
locked in place.
Note Precautions for Terminal Blocks on Thermocouple Input Units
• Thermocouple Input Units have cold junction compensation. Indication
accuracy will be as specified only when the cold junction compensator
(i.e., the terminal block) and the Unit are used as a set. Always use the
CS1W-PTS51/CJ1W-PTS51 Unit and its terminal block as a set. Both the
CS1W-PTS51/CJ1W-PTS51 Unit and the terminal block have labels on
them providing the serial number.
• If repairs are required to the Unit, always return the terminal block (including the cold junction compensator) with the Unit.
40
Section 1-4
Specifications and Installation
Serial No.
LOT No.
23X3
SER No.
0008
8188E
RUN
ERC
ERH
54321
9876
54321
N
RUC
ER
ERH
DCBA
DCBA
0
0 FE
MACH 0 FE
1
X10
X10
No.
A1
B1
9876
MACH
No. 1
X10
X10
1-4-6
0
Connecting Crimp Terminals
M3 screw
Fork type
6.0 mm max.
1-4-7
Round type
6.0 mm max.
Dimensions
CS Series
[email protected]@[email protected]/[email protected]/51/52
Unit: mm
41
Section 1-4
Specifications and Installation
■ Terminal Block Dimensions
CS1W-PTS55/56/PDC55
125mm
101mm
35mm
RUN
ERC
X101
X100
42
2.4mm
6mm
130mm
MACH
No.
ERH
Section 1-5
Operating Procedures
■ Terminal Block Dimensions
7.62
6.4
96.47
10
18.6
CJ Series
89
65
27
31
PTS51
RUN
ERC
ERH
B1
A1
MACH
No.
×10
1
27
90
×100
1-5
Operating Procedures
Use the following procedures to operate the Analog I/O Unit. The procedures
are the same for all models.
Initial Setup (Hardware)
1,2,3...
1. Set the unit number, using the rotary switches on the front panel of the
Unit.
2. Mount the Unit to either a CPU Rack or Expansion Rack.
A maximum of 80 Units for the CS Series and 40 Units for the CJ Series
43
Section 1-5
Operating Procedures
can be mounted in a basic System (with no restrictions on mounting location).
3. Connect sensors or external control units.
4. Connect a Programming Device to the PLC.
5. Turn ON the power to the PLC.
6. Create the I/O tables.
Initial Software Setup
1,2,3...
1. Make the initial settings in the DM Area (m to m+99).
• When using the Unit’s default values, set word m to 12345 (3039 hex).
• When using data from the CPU Unit’s DM Area, set word m to a value
other than 12345 (3039 hex), such as 0000 hex.
2. Turn the power OFF and then back ON again, or turn ON the Special I/O
Unit Restart Bit.
Ladder Diagram Program
Name
Model
Isolated-type Thermo- CS1W-PTS01couple Input Unit
V1
CS1WPTS11/51
CS1W-PTS55
Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer
Input Unit (Pt100,
JPt100)
Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer
Input Unit (Ni508.4Ω)
Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer
Input Unit (Pt100,
JPt100, Pt50,
Ni508.4Ω)
Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer
Input Unit (Pt100,
JPt100)
Isolated-type 2-Wire
Transmitter Input Unit
Isolated-type Direct
Current Input Unit
CJ1W-PTS51
CS1W-PTS02
Basic ladder diagram programming
Reading the converted value using MOV(021)with the Input Disconnection
Flag's NC condition as the input condition.
Input Disconnection Flag (See note.)
MOV (021)
Bit 08 of word n+9
200908
2001
Input No. 1 converted value
Word n+1
D01000
Note:Bit 00 of word n +9 (CIO 200900, in this case) is the Sensor Error Flag for
[email protected] and [email protected]
CS1W-PTS03
CS1W-PTS12
CS1W-PTS52
CS1W-PTS56
CJ1W-PTS52
CS1W-PTW01
CS1W-PDC01
CS1W-PDC11
CS1W-PDC55
Reading the converted value using MOV(021) with the Input Error Flag's
NC condition as the input condition.
Input Error Flag (See note)
MOV (021)
Bit 08 of word n+9
200908
2001
D01000
Input No. 1 converted value
Word n+1
Note:Bit 00 of word n +9 (CIO 200900, in this case) is the Sensor Error Flag for
[email protected]
Power Transducer
Input Unit
Isolated-type Pulse
Input Unit
CS1W-PTR01
Analog Input Unit
(100 mW)
CS1W-PTR02
44
CS1W-PPS01
Reading the converted value using MOV(021).
Section 1-5
Operating Procedures
Name
Isolated-type Analog
Output Unit
Model
CS1W-PMV01
Basic ladder diagram programming
Writing the value to convert using MOV(021). After writing, then checking of the
answer input value and output disconnection.
CS1W-PMV02
Writing the value to convert using MOV(021).
45
Section 1-6
Error Processing
1-6
Error Processing
The following table shows the contents of the LED indicator displays on the
front panel of the Analog I/O Unit. The contents shown here are the same for
all models. For error processing specific to each Unit, refer to the explanations
for the individual Units.
Errors Detected by the Analog I/O Unit
ERC LED
(red)
Lit
RUN LED
(green)
Lit
Not lit
Contents
Probable cause
Unit operation
Remedy
Setting Group 1 (continuously refreshed
area) error
(See note 1.)
The Analog I/O Unit
started up and was
operating properly,
but an out-of-range
setting was made in
Setting Group 1 in the
DM Area.
The Unit continues
operating with the
Setting Group 1 data
prior to the change.
Restore the set value
to within the allowable
range. (There is no
need to turn the
power supply OFF
and ON or to restart
the Unit.)
Setting Group 1 (See
note 1.), Setting
Group 2 (See note 2.)
error, or Expansion
Setting Area (See
note 3.)
An out-of-range set- The Unit will not start
ting was made for
up.
either Setting Group 1
or Setting Group 2 in
the DM Area.
Restore the set value
to within the allowable
range, and then either
turn the power supply OFF and ON or
restart the Unit.
Note
1. The following table shows the processing and results for Setting Group 1.
Processing
Result
LED indicators on
Unit
Data range error
address stored in
DM Area
When an out-ofrange setting is
made in Setting
Group 1 during
operation
The Unit continues
to operate with the
Setting Group 1
data prior to the
change.
ERC indicator is lit.
RUN indicator
remains lit.
The lowest DM
address where the
out-of-range error
occurred is stored,
in four digits hexadecimal, as the offset value from m
(i.e., the number of
added words).
↓
When the setting is
changed within the
allowable range
during operation
The Unit operates
with the Setting
Group 1 data after
the change.
ERC indicator is not If there is no other
lit. RUN indicator
error, 0000 hex is
remains lit.
stored. (If there is
another error, the
offset value for that
DM address is
stored.)
The Unit will not
start up.
ERC indicator is lit. The lowest DM
RUN indicator is not address where the
lit.
out-of-range error
occurred is stored,
in four digits hexadecimal, as the offset value from m
(i.e., the number of
added words).
The Unit starts up
normally.
ERC indicator is not If there is no other
lit. RUN indicator is error, 0000 hex is
lit.
stored. (If there is
another error, the
offset value for that
DM address is
stored.)
When the power is
turned ON or the
Unit is restarted
with an error still in
effect.
↓
When the setting is
made within the
allowable range,
and the power is
turned ON or the
Unit is restarted
46
Section 1-6
Error Processing
2. The following table shows the processing and results for Setting Group 2.
Processing
When an out-ofrange setting is
made in Setting
Group 2 during
operation
Result
The Unit operates
with the Setting
Group 2 data prior
to the change.
↓
When the power is The Unit will not
turned ON or when start up.
the Unit is restarted
↓
When the setting is
made within the
allowable range,
and the power is
turned ON or the
Unit is restarted
The Unit starts up
normally.
LED indicators on
Unit
Data range error
address stored in
DM Area
ERC indicator is not If there is no other
lit. RUN indicator
setting error, 0000
remains lit.
hex remains stored.
(If there is another
setting error, the
offset value for that
DM address is
stored.)
ERC indicator is lit. The lowest DM
RUN indicator is not address where the
lit.
out-of-range error
occurred is stored,
in four digits hexadecimal, as the offset value from m
(i.e., the number of
added words).
ERC indicator is not If there is no other
lit. RUN indicator is error, 0000 hex is
lit.
stored. (If there is
another error, the
offset value for that
DM address is
stored.)
47
Section 1-6
Error Processing
Errors Related to the CPU Unit
The ERH indicator will be lit red for all of the following errors.
ERH RUN
LED
LED
(red) (green)
Lit
Lit
Contents
Error in
data
exchange
with the
CPU Unit
Probable
cause
During normal operation, an I/O
bus error,
CPU Unit
monitoring
error, or
WDT error
occurred at
the CPU
Unit.
Error type
I/O bus error A data transmission error
occurred
between the
CPU Unit and
the Analog
I/O Unit.
CPU Unit
monitoring
error
CPU Unit
WDT error
Not lit
Error in
Analog I/O
Unit’s unit
number or
mounting
Either the
unit number is set
incorrectly
or the Unit
is mounted
incorrectly.
Detailed
cause
WDT error
has been
generated at
CPU Unit.
The Analog
I/O Units registered in the
I/O table are
different from
the ones
actually
mounted.
Fatal error at CPU Unit after turning ON the power supply
Note
48
Converted
data
becomes
0000 hex.
External
alarm output:
No output.
(See note 3.)
Depending
on the output
hold status,
either the set
values prior
to the error or
preset values will be
held.
Changes to
undefined
state.
External
alarm output:
No output.
(See note 3.)
Depending
on the output
hold status,
either the set
values prior
to the error or
preset values will be
held.
Remedy
Turn OFF the
power supply
and check the
installation conditions and the
cable connections between
devices. Then
turn the power
The CPU
Maintains the Held at status back ON.
Unit did not
status exist- existing
respond
ing before the before the
within a fixed error.
error.
period of
External
time.
alarm output:
Output.
(See note 3.)
The same
Duplicate
Unit Number unit number
has been
assigned to
more than
one Unit or
the unit number was set
to a value
other than 00
to 95.
Special I/O
Unit Setting
Error
Input Unit
Output Unit
status
status
(See note 1.) (See note 2.)
Conversion
0 mA or 0 V
does not
will be output.
start.
External
alarm output:
No output.
(See note 3.)
In PROGRAM
Mode, turn the
power OFF and
then back ON.
Reset the unit
number so that it
will not duplicate
any other.
Check the
mounting positions, and either
mount the Units
according to the
I/O table or correct the I/O table.
Take measures
for CPU fatal
error.
1. Applicable Units:
CS1W-PTS01-V1/PTS11/PTS51/PTS55 and CJ1W-PTS51 Isolated-type
Thermocouple Input Units
CS1W-PTS02/PTS03/PTS12/PTS52/PTS56 and CJ1W-PTS52 Isolatedtype Resistance Thermometer Input Units
CS1W-PTW01 Isolated-type 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit
CS1W-PDC01/PDC11/PDC55 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Units
CS1W-PTR01 Power Transducer Input Unit
Section 1-7
Specification Changes
CS1W-PTR02 Analog Input Unit (100 mV)
CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit.
2. Applicable Unit: CS1W-PMV01 Isolated-type Analog Output Unit.
3. Indicates the external alarm output status for CS1W-PTS51/PTS52 and
CJ1W-PTS51/PTS52. The alarm outputs will operate normally even if all
loads are turned OFF from the CPU Unit.
4. If either of the following changes is made for the Expansion Setting Area
for the CS1W-PTS55/PTS56/PDC55, the previous data will be left in the
Expansion Setting Area even after the change has been made.
Clear the previous data when changing either of these settings.
• The Expansion Setting Area Enable setting is changed from “enabled”
to “disabled.”
• The Expansion Setting Area Address setting is changed while the Expansion Setting Area Enable setting is set to “enabled.”
1-7
Specification Changes
The specifications of the following I/O Units with a lot number 000426 XXXX
(manufactured on April 26, 2000) or later have been changed as shown in the
table below.
Overview
Name
Model
Main changes
Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
CS1W-PTS01V1
• Improved effective resolution: From the equivalent of 10
bits to 1/4,096
• Improved rate-of-change calculation: See note 1.
Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer
Input Unit
CS1W-PTS02
• Improved effective resolution: From the equivalent of 10
bits to 1/4,096
• Improved rate-of-change calculation: See note 1.
Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer
Input Unit (Ni508.4 Ω)
CS1W-PTS03
Isolated-type 2-Wire Transmitter Input
Unit
CS1W-PTW01
• Improved effective resolution: From the equivalent of 11
bits to 1/4,096
• Improved rate-of-change calculation: See note 1.
• Improved effective resolution: From the equivalent of 10
bits to 1/4,096
• Improved rate-of-change calculation: See note 1.
• Reduced 26-V consumption current: 0.4 A to 0.16 A
Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
CS1W-PDC01
Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit
CS1W-PPS01
Isolated-type Analog Output Unit
CS1W-PMV01
• Improved effective resolution: From the equivalent of 10
bits to 1/4,096
• Improved rate-of-change calculation: See note 1.
• Added input range: 0 to 20 mA (See note 2.)
• Changed instantaneous value setting method and added
time unit setting function (See note 3.)
• Reduction of 26 V consumption current: 0.22 A to 0.16 A
• Improved resolution (answer back input): From the equivalent of 9 bits to 1/2000
Details
Improvement in Rate-of-change Calculation Method
Before Change
The current process value was compared with the value before the time set by
the comparison time interval and the difference between them was divided by
the comparison time interval to find the rate-of-change per second. When the
49
Section 1-7
Specification Changes
difference was small, the calculated value turned out to be so small that it was
hard to identify the change.
After Change
The current process value is compared with the value before the time set by
the comparison time interval and the difference is output. When the difference
is small, the comparison time interval can be set longer so that the change
can be easily identified.
New Input Range (0 to 20 mA) for the CS1W-PDC01
Before Change
–10 to 10 V, 0 to 10 V, –5 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, 1 to 5 V, 4 to 20 mA, optionally set
voltages
After Change
–10 to 10 V, 0 to 10 V, –5 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, 1 to 5 V, 4 to 20 mA, optionally set
voltages, 0 to 20 mA (new)
The settings are shown below. (There is no need to change the setting unless
the new setting is going to be used.)
• Before Change (m = D20000 + Unit number x 100)
Input
No. 1
m+34
Offset
Input
Input
No. 2
No. 3
m+48
m+62
Input
No. 4
m+76
Setting
range
0 to 6
Setting name
Input signal
0: –10 to +10 V,
1: 0 to 10 V,
2: –5 to 5 V,
3: 0 to 5 V,
4: 1 to 5 V,
5: 4 to 20 mA,
6: User-set voltages
• After Change (m = D20000 + Unit number x 100)
Input
No. 1
m+34
50
Offset
Input
Input
No. 2
No. 3
m+48 m+62
Input
No. 4
m+76
Setting
range
0 to 7
Setting name
Input signal
0: –10 to +10 V,
1: 0 to 10 V,
2: –5 to 5 V,
3: 0 to 5 V,
4: 1 to 5 V,
5: 4 to 20 mA,
6: User-set voltages
7: 0 to 20 mA
Section 1-7
Specification Changes
Instantaneous Value Measurement and Measurement Time Unit Setting for CS1W-PPS01
Instantaneous Value Measurement
Before Change
The number of pulses per second was output as an instantaneous value. To
calculate the value, the number of pulses per 0.1 second was multiplied by 10.
For pulses less than 10 Hz, 10 pulses/second and 0 pulses/second were
alternately output due to inaccurate calculations.
After Change
The number of pulses per second is counted for that one second and output
as is. This allows calculation of pulses down to 1 Hz.
Measurement Time Unit Setting
This new function allows setting of measurement time unit to enable measuring pulses with much slower frequencies. Measurement time unit can be set
to 1, 3, 10, 30, or 60 s.
The settings are shown below. (There is no need to change the setting if the
current unit of 1 s is going to be used.)
• Before Change (m = D20000 + Unit number x 100)
Offset
Input
No. 1
m+30
Input
No. 2
m+38
Input
No. 3
m+46
Input
No. 4
m+54
Setting
range
Bits 00 to
03: 0 to 3
Bits 04 to
15: 0
Setting name
Decimal point position
from right of instantaneous value conversion
coefficient
Not used
• After Change (m = D20000 + Unit number x 100)
Offset
Input
No. 1
m+30
Input
No. 2
m+38
Input
No. 3
m+46
Input
No. 4
m+54
Setting
range
Setting name
Bits 00 to
03: 0 to 3
Decimal point from right
of instantaneous value
conversion coefficient
Bits 04 to
07: 0 to 4
Instantaneous value
time unit
0: 1 s
1: 3 s
2: 10 s
3: 30 s
4: 60 s
Not used
Bits 08 to
15: 0
51
Specification Changes
52
Section 1-7
SECTION 2
Individual Unit Descriptions for CS Series
This section describes each of the CS-series Analog I/O Units in detail.
2-1
CS1W-PTS01-V1 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54
2-2
CS1W-PTS11 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
65
2-3
CS1W-PTS51 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
81
2-4
CS1W-PTS55 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
93
2-5
CS1W-PTS02 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100 or JPt100) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
106
2-6
CS1W-PTS03 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Ni508.4 Ω) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
117
2-7
CS1W-PTS12 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100, Pt50, Ni508.4 Ω) . .
127
2-8
CS1W-PTS52 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
142
2-9
CS1W-PTS56 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
151
2-10 CS1W-PTW01 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
160
2-11 CS1W-PDC01 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
172
2-12 CS1W-PDC11 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
183
2-13 CS1W-PDC55 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
199
2-14 CS1W-PTR01 Power Transducer Input Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
210
2-15 CS1W-PTR02 Analog Input Unit (100 mV) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
219
2-16 CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
227
2-17 CS1W-PMV01 Isolated-type Analog Output Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
239
2-18 CS1W-PMV02 Isolated-type Analog Output Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
247
53
Section 2-1
CS1W-PTS01-V1 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
2-1
CS1W-PTS01-V1 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Overview
The CS1W-PTS01-V1 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit provides four
direct thermocouple inputs, and sends the data to the CPU Unit each cycle.
All inputs are isolated.
CS1W-PTS01-V1
System Configuration
CS1W-PTS01-V1
4 thermocouple inputs
(K, J, B, E, N, R, S, T, or mV)
Features
• Up to four thermocouples can be directly connected to each Unit (with
four separate settings for temperature sensors and input ranges).
• Isolation between inputs prevents sneak circuits from occurring between
thermocouple inputs.
• This Unit is suitable for a wide range of temperature specifications. K, J,
B, E, N, R, S, or T can be selected.
• Temperature sensor values are transmitted to the CPU Unit in four digits
hexadecimal.
• Variable input range setting.
• Four values for each process value alarm input.
• ON-delay timer for process value alarm.
• Mean value processing.
• Rate-of-change calculation.
• Two values for each rate-of-change alarm input.
• Zero/span adjustment capability during operation.
• Disconnection detection.
• Maximum or minimum process value can be specified for when a disconnection is detected.
54
Section 2-1
CS1W-PTS01-V1 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Model Information
Unit classification
Model number
CS-series Special I/O Unit CS1W-PTS01-V1
Inputs
4 max.
Temperature sensor types
Thermocouple K, J, B, E, N, R, S, T, or mV.
Block Diagram (Order of Processing)
The processing for the four inputs is as shown in the following diagram.
CPU Unit CIO Area
HH, H, L, LL
Process value alarm
Process value
H, L
Rate-of-change value
One for all inputs
Rate-of-change alarm
Input disconnection alarm
Cold junction sensor error
Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Process value alarm
Rate-of-change alarm
Output limit: −15% to +115%
Rate-of-change calculation and scaling
+115% or −15% when input disconnection is detected
Output limit: −15% to +115%
Zero/span adjustment
Input disconnection check
Process value scaling
Input calculations
Thermocouple type
Cold junction sensor error
Input range
Cold junction temperature compensation
A/D conversion, moving average
Upper cold junction sensor
Lower cold junction sensor
Thermocouple
55
CS1W-PTS01-V1 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Section 2-1
Specifications
Item
Specifications
Model number
CS1W-PTS01-V1
Applicable PLC
Unit classification
CS Series
CS-series Special I/O Unit
Mounting position
CS-series CPU Rack or CS-series Expansion Rack (Cannot be mounted to C200H
Expansion I/O Rack or SYSMAC BUS Remote I/O Slave Rack.)
80 (within the allowable current consumption and power consumption range)
Maximum number of Units
Unit numbers
Areas for data Special I/O Unit
exchange with Area
CPU Unit
00 to 95 (Cannot duplicate Special I/O Unit numbers.)
10 words/Unit
Thermocouple Input Unit to CPU Unit:
All process values, process value alarms (LL, L, H, HH), rate-of-change values, rateof-change alarms (L, H), disconnection alarms, cold junction sensor errors
DM Area words
100 words/Unit
allocated to Spe- CPU Unit to Thermocouple Input Unit:
cial I/O Units
Temperature sensor type, input range (user set), scaling of process value data to be
stored in allocated words in CIO area, number of items for moving average, process
value alarm setting (LL, L, H, HH), rate-of-change alarm setting (L, H), zero/span
adjustment value, etc.
Number of temperature sensor
4
inputs
Temperature sensor types
Input ranges
Scaling in industrial units
Data storage in the CIO Area
Accuracy (25°C)
Thermocouple B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T or
–80 to 80 mV. (Set separately for each of
four inputs.)
Sensor type, input range, and scaling to
industrial units are separate for each of
the 4 inputs.
Note Sensor type, input range, and scaling to industrial units are set in the
DM Area.
The input range can be set within any of
Example:
the measurable input ranges shown in
Thermocouple: K; input range: 0 to
Table 1 (below).
500°C; industrial unit scaling: 0 to 500°C.
DM Area settings are as follows:
Note Internally, inputs are processed in
five ranges (refer to Table 2 below), Thermocouple: 3 (0003 hex)
so accuracy and resolution accord Input signal maximum: 5000 (1388 hex)
with these internal ranges.
Input signal minimum: 0 (0000 hex)
Data to be stored in the allocated words in Industrial unit maximum value stored: 500
(01F4 hex)
the CIO area must be scaled (with the
minimum and maximum values set). Data Industrial unit minimum value stored:
0 (0000 hex)
can be stored at 0% to 100%.
The value derived from carrying out the following processing in order of the actual process data in the input range is stored in four digits hexadecimal (binary values) in the
allocated words in the CIO Area.
1) Mean value processing → 2) Scaling → 3) Zero/span adjustment → 4) Output limits
±0.1% (of internal range full span)
As shown in the following equation, the accuracy depends on the ratio of the selected
internal range (0 to 4) span to the set input range span.
Accuracy = ±0.1% x
Internal range span (electromotive force conversion)
Set input range span (electromotive force conversion)
Temperature coefficient
±0.015% /°C, for any of internal range numbers 0 to 4.
Resolution
1/4,096 (of internal range full span)
As shown in the following equation, the resolution depends on the ratio of the selected
internal range (0 to 4) span to the set input range span.
Resolution =
1
x
4096
Cold junction compensation error ±1°C, at 20 ±10°C
Maximum signal input
Input impedance
56
–80 to 80 mV
20 kΩ min.
Internal range span (electromotive force conversion)
Set input range span (electromotive force conversion)
Section 2-1
CS1W-PTS01-V1 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Item
Input disconnection detection cur- 0.1 µA (typical)
rent
Specifications
Response time
Conversion period
1 s (travel time from input 0% to 90%, for step input)
150 ms/4 inputs
Maximum time to store data in
CPU Unit
Conversion period + one CPU Unit cycle
Disconnection detection
Function
Detects disconnections at each input and turns ON the Disconnection Detection Flag.
Hardware detection time: Approx. 5 s
The process value overrange direction for when a disconnection occurs can be specified. (High: 115% of set input range; low: –15% of set input range)
Mean value pro- Calculates the moving average for the specified number of process values (1 to 16),
cessing (input fil- and stores that value in the CIO Area as the process value.
ter)
Process value
Process value 4-point alarm (HH, H, LL, L), alarm hysteresis, and ON-delay timer (0 to
alarm
60 s) are available.
Rate-of-change
Calculates the amount of change per comparison time interval (1 to 16 s).
calculation
Rate-of-change
Rate-of-change 2-point alarm (H, L), alarm hysteresis (shared with process value
alarm
alarm), and ON-delay timer (0 to 60 s, shared with process value alarm) are available.
Isolation
Between temperature inputs and between input terminals and PLC signals: Isolation
by transformer
Insulation resistance
Dielectric strength
20 MΩ (at 500 V DC) between inputs
Between inputs: 1,000 V AC, at 50/60 Hz, for 1 min, leakage current 10 mA max.
External connections
Unit number settings
Terminal block (detachable)
Set by rotary switches on front panel, from 0 to 95.
Indicators
Three LED indicators on front panel (for normal operation, errors detected at the Thermocouple Input Unit, and errors related to the CPU Unit).
Front panel connector
Alarm time for CPU Unit cycle
time
Current consumption
Sensor input connector terminal block (detachable)
0.3 ms
Dimensions
Weight
35 × 130 × 126 mm (W × H × D)
Note The height including the Backplane is 145 mm.
450 g max.
Standard accessories
Two cold junction sensors (installed in terminal block)
5 V DC at 150 mA max., 26 V DC at 150 mA max.
57
Section 2-1
CS1W-PTS01-V1 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Sensor Types and Input Ranges
The temperature sensor (thermocouple) type and input range are set in the
allocated words in the DM Area for every four inputs. The input range can be
set anywhere within the measurable input ranges shown in Table 1.
Table 1: Measurable Input
Ranges
Sensor type
DM Area setting
Measurable input range (See note.)
B
0
0 to 1,820°C
E
1
–270 to 1,000°C
J
2
–210 to 1,200°C
K
3
–270 to 1,372°C
N
4
–270 to 1,300°C
R
5
–50 to 1,768°C
S
6
–50 to 1,768°C
T
7
–270 to 400°C
mV
8
–80 to 80 mV
Note Set the input range in the DM Area within this range.
Inputs are processed internally in five progressive ranges (Nos. 0 to 4), as
shown in the following table.
Table 2: Internal Ranges
Internal range number
Thermocouple
electromotive force
Internal range span
0
–80 to 80 mV
160 mV
1
–40 to 40 mV
80 mV
2
–20 to 20 mV
40 mV
3
–10 to 10 mV
20 mV
4
–5 to 5 mV
10 mV
Therefore, the accuracy and resolution are determined by the ratio of the
selected internal range (0 to 4) span to the set input range span (electromotive force converted value). For the internal range, a larger number is selected
when both the minimum and maximum values of the range fall within that next
range.
For example, suppose that the thermocouple type is K and the set input range
is 0 to 800°C. The electromotive force for K 0 to 800°C is 0 to 33.277 mV.
Since both the minimum and maximum values fall within the limits for internal
range No. 1 (–40 to 40 mV), that range will be selected.
The following table shows the set input ranges corresponding to the internal
range numbers 0 to 4.
Table 3: Set Input Ranges Corresponding to Internal Ranges
Sensor
type
Measurable Input
range
Internal range
No. 0
–80 to 80 mV
Internal range
No. 1
–40 to 40 mV
Internal range
No. 2
–20 to 20 mV
Internal range
No. 3
–10 to 10 mV
Internal range
No. 4
–5 to 5 mV
B
0 to 1,820°C
Not used.
Not used.
0 to 1,820°C
0 to 1,496°C
0 to 1,030°C
E
–270 to 1,000°C
–270 to 1,000°C
–270 to 537°C
–270 to 286°C
–270 to 153°C
–94 to 80°C
J
–210 to 1,200°C
–210 to 1,200°C
–210 to 713°C
–210 to 366°C
–210 to 186°C
–100 to 95°C
K
–270 to 1,372°C
–270 to 1,372°C
–270 to 967°C
–270 to 484°C
–270 to 246°C
–153 to 121°C
N
–270 to 1,300°C
–270 to 1,300°C
–270 to 1,097°C
–270 to 584°C
–270 to 318°C
–270 to 171°C
R
–50 to 1,768°C
Not used.
–50 to 1,769°C
–50 to 1,684°C
–50 to 961°C
–50 to 548°C
S
–50 to 1,768°C
Not used.
Not used.
–50 to 1,769°C
–50 to 1,035°C
–50 to 576°C
T
–270 to 400°C
Not used.
–270 to 400°C
–270 to 385°C
–270 to 213°C
–166 to 115°C
mV
–80 to 80 mV
–80 to 80 mV
–40 to 40 mV
–20 to 20 mV
–10 to 10 mV
–5 to 5 mV
Note With Thermocouple Input Units, process values can be scaled in industrial
units for the set input range. It is possible to set the process value scaling
higher than the resolution, but it will cause the values to be unstable.
58
Section 2-1
CS1W-PTS01-V1 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
DM Area Allocations
m = D20000 + unit number × 100 (unit number: 0 to 95)
DM Area address
Input
No. 1
Input
No. 2
Input
No. 3
Data range
Input
No. 4
m
Decimal
12345, 0
Hexadecimal
3039 hex
0000 hex
Default
(See note
1.)
0000 hex
Data contents
Default block read command
Specifies the direction of data transfer When
power is turned ON to the PLC or the Unit is
restarted for DM words m+2 to m+93.
• 12345 (3039 hex): The default data at the left
is transferred from the Thermocouple Input
Unit to the CPU Unit. When the transfer is
completed, the value will become 0000 hex.
• Other than 12345 (such as 0000 hex): The
data in the allocated words of DM Area is
transferred from the CPU Unit to the Thermocouple Input Unit.
Setting Group 1 (continuously refreshed area): Parameters that are continuously refreshed during PLC operation (regardless of the
CPU Unit’s operation mode)
Process value alarm settings
m+2
m + 10
m + 18
m + 26
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex
4200
(1068 hex)
Process value HH (high high limit) alarm setting
(Set at process value scaling value.)
m+3
m + 11
m + 19
m + 27
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex
4000
(0FA0 hex)
Process value H (high limit) alarm setting
(Set at process value scaling value.)
m+4
m + 12
m + 20
m + 28
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex
0
(0000 hex)
Process value L (low limit) alarm setting
(Set at process value scaling value.)
m+5
m + 13
m + 21
m + 29
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex
–200
(FF38 hex)
Process value LL (low low limit) alarm setting
(Set at process value scaling value.)
m+6
m + 14
m + 22
m + 30
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex
4000
(0FA0 hex)
Rate-of-change value H (high limit) alarm setting
(Set at rate-of-change scaling value.)
m+7
m + 15
m + 23
m + 31
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex
0
(0000 hex)
Rate-of-change value L (low limit) alarm setting
(Set at rate-of-change scaling value.)
Rate-of-change value alarm settings
Zero/span adjustment
m+8
m + 16
m + 24
m + 32
0 to 32000 0000 to 7D00 hex
10000
(2710 hex)
Gain for span adjustment
(set value x 0.0001)
m+9
m + 17
m + 25
m + 33
–32000 to
32000
0
(0000 hex)
Zero adjustment value
(Set at process value scaling value.)
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
Setting Group 2 (initial settings area): Parameters that are transferred one time from the CPU Unit to the Thermocouple Input Unit if m
is other than 12345 when the PLC is powered up or the Thermocouple Input Unit is restarted.
m + 34
m + 49
m + 64
m + 79
0 to 8
0000 to 0008 hex
3
(0003 hex)
Sensor type
0: B, 1: E, 2: J, 3: K, 4: N, 5: R, 6: S, 7: T, 8: mV
m + 35
m + 50
m + 65
m + 80
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
4000
(0FA0 hex)
Maximum input signal value
(set value x 0.1°C/°F or mV)
m + 36
m + 51
m + 66
m + 81
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
0
(0000 hex)
Minimum input signal value
(set value x 0.1°C/°F or mV)
m + 37
m + 52
m + 67
m + 82
0, 1
0000, 0001 hex
0
(0000 hex)
Unit
0: °C, 1: °F
m + 38
m + 53
m + 68
m + 83
0, 1
0000, 0001 hex
0
(0000 hex)
Process value overrange direction at time of
input disconnection
0: High; 1: Low
m + 39
m + 54
m + 69
m + 84
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
4000
(0FA0 hex)
Value stored for maximum value in range
(span)
m + 40
m + 55
m + 70
m + 85
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
0
(0000 hex)
Value stored for minimum value in range (zero)
Process value input range settings
Process value scaling
59
Section 2-1
CS1W-PTS01-V1 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
DM Area address
Data range
Decimal
Hexadecimal
Default
(See note
1.)
Data contents
Input
No. 1
Input
No. 2
Input
No. 3
Input
No. 4
m + 41
m + 56
m + 71
m + 86
0 to 32000 0000 to 7D00 hex
40
(0028 hex)
Alarm hysteresis
(Set at process value scaling value. Shared
with process value alarm and rate-of-change
alarm.)
m + 42
m + 57
m + 72
m + 87
0 to 60
0000 to 003C hex
0
(0000 hex)
Alarm ON-delay time (Unit: s)
(Shared with process value alarm and rate-ofchange alarm.)
m + 43
m + 58
m + 73
m + 88
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
4000
(0FA0 hex)
m + 44
m + 59
m + 74
m + 89
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
–4000
(F060 hex)
m + 45
m + 60
m + 75
m + 90
1 to 16
0001 to 0010 hex
1
(0001 hex)
Rate-of-change comparison time interval
(Unit: s)
m + 46
m + 61
m + 76
m + 91
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
4000
(0FA0 hex)
Rate-of-change
value scaling
m + 47
m + 62
m + 77
m + 92
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
0
(0000 hex)
m + 48
m + 63
m + 78
m + 93
1 to 16
0001 to 0010 hex
4
(0004 hex)
Number of process values for calculating moving average for mean value processing
m + 96
m + 97
0 to 93
0000 to 005D hex
0
(0000 hex)
Address of Data Range Error (See note 2.)
Alarm supplementary functions
Rate-of-change function
Rate-of-change
range setting
Maximum rate-of-change
value (Process value
industrial unit; comparison
time interval)
Minimum rate-of-change
value (Process value
industrial unit; comparison
time interval)
Value stored for maximum
value in range
Value stored for minimum
value in range
Mean value processing function
Storage parameter
m + 94
m + 95
Note
1. The default values are transferred from the Thermocouple Input Unit to the
CPU Unit when m is 12345 (3039 hex).
2. The ERC indicator on the Unit’s front panel will light if an out-of-range setting is made in either Setting Group1 or 2. The offset from m of the first DM
word containing the out-of-range error will be stored as the Address of
Data Range Error in the DM Area in four digits hexadecimal. For more information, refer to 1-6 Error Processing.
60
Section 2-1
CS1W-PTS01-V1 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
CIO Area Allocations
n = 2000 + unit number × 10 (unit number: 0 to 95)
Direction
Word
Thermocou- n
ple Input
Unit to CPU
Unit
Bit
00
Input No. 1
Name
Data range
Process value LL (low 0, 1
low limit) alarm
01
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
02
Process value H (high 0, 1
limit) alarm
03
Process value HH
(high high limit) alarm
Process value LL (low
low limit) alarm
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
Process value H (high
limit) alarm
04
Input No. 2
05
06
07
08
Input No. 3
10
11
13
0, 1
0, 1
0: Process value <
Set value
1: Process value ≥ Set
value
Same as for input No.
1.
0, 1
0, 1
Process value HH
0, 1
(high high limit) alarm
09
12
0, 1
Contents
0: Process value >
Set value
1: Process value ≤ Set
value
Input No. 4
Process value LL (low 0, 1
low limit) alarm
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
Process value H (high
limit) alarm
Process value HH
(high high limit) alarm
Process value LL (low
low limit) alarm
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
Same as for input No.
1.
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
Same as for input No.
1.
0, 1
14
Process value H (high 0, 1
limit) alarm
15
0, 1
Process value HH
(high high limit) alarm
61
Section 2-1
CS1W-PTS01-V1 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Direction
Word
Thermocou- n + 1
ple Input
Unit to CPU
Unit
n+2
Bit
00 to 15
Name
Input No. 1 process value
00 to 15
Input No. 2 process value
n+3
00 to 15
Input No. 3 process value
n+4
00 to 15
Input No. 4 process value
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
n+5
00 to 15
Input No. 1 rate-of-change value
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
n+6
00 to 15
Input No. 2 rate-of-change value
n+7
00 to 15
Input No. 3 rate-of-change value
n+8
00 to 15
Input No. 4 rate-of-change value
n+9
00
Input No. 1
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
0, 1
01
02
Input No. 2
03
04
Input No. 3
05
06
07
62
Input No. 4
Rate-of-change value
L (low limit) alarm
Data range
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
Contents
The present process
value is stored
according to the scaling set in the allocated
words of the DM Area.
The process value
rate of change is
stored according to
the scaling set in the
allocated words of the
DM Area.
0: Rate-of-change
value > Set value
1: Rate-of-change
value ≤ Set value
Rate-of-change value
H (high limit) alarm
0, 1
0: Rate-of-change
value < Set value
1: Rate-of-change
value ≥ Set value
Rate-of-change value
L (low limit) alarm
Rate-of-change value
H (high limit) alarm
Rate-of-change value
L (low limit) alarm
Rate-of-change value
H (high limit) alarm
0, 1
Same as for input No.
1.
Rate-of-change value
L (low limit) alarm
0, 1
Rate-of-change value
H (high limit) alarm
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
Same as for input No.
1.
0, 1
08
Input No. 1 input disconnection
0, 1
09
Input No. 2 input disconnection
0, 1
10
Input No. 3 input disconnection
0, 1
11
Input No. 4 input disconnection
0, 1
12
Cold junction sensor error
0, 1
Same as for input No.
1.
0: Normal
1: Disconnection
Same as for input No.
1.
Same as for input No.
1.
Same as for input No.
1.
0: Normal
1: Error
Section 2-1
CS1W-PTS01-V1 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Terminal Connection Diagram
CS1W-PTS01-V1 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
1+
2+
3+
4+
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
Note
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
B10
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
N.C.
CJ1+
CJ1−
1−
2−
3−
4−
CJ2+
CJ2−
N.C.
N.C.
Thermocouple
Input No. 1
(See
note 4.)
Thermocouple
Input No. 4
(See note 4.)
Thermocouple
Input No. 2
Thermocouple
Input No. 3
1. Cold junction sensors are installed between A2 and A3, and between A8
and A9 when the product is shipped. Do not remove them when using the
Unit. If they are removed, temperatures cannot be measured correctly because there will be no compensation.
2. Use the same cold junction sensors that come with the Unit, and leave
them just as they are. They are provided specifically for this Unit and its circuitry, and temperatures cannot be measured correctly if they are switched
around or if another Unit’s sensors are used in their place.
3. For unused input terminals, short-circuit the positive and negative sides
(e.g., terminals A4 and B4 for input No. 1) of the thermocouple inputs with
the lead wire.
4. When connecting input No. 4, remove the cold junction sensor between
CJ2+ and CJ2−, and then reconnect it after the input is connected. Attempting to connect the input without removing the cold junction sensor
may result in damage to the sensor.
63
Section 2-1
CS1W-PTS01-V1 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Terminal Block Diagram
CS1W-PTS01-V1 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
A2
A3
B4
Thermocouples
Amplifier
Input No. 1
Isolation
circuit
Multiplexer
Amplifier
circuit
Upper cold junction sensor
−
Multi-gain
amplifier circuit
A/D converter
Amplifier
Isolation
circuit
Digital computation circuit
Input No. 2
−
A5
B6
Amplifier
Isolation
circuit
Input No. 3
+ B7
Input No. 4
Amplifier
Lower cold junction sensor
5 V DC
Isolation
circuit
− A7
Connector
− A6
To CPU Unit
Isolated power supply circuit
26 V DC
Amplifier
circuit
Error Processing
Conversion Data Does Not Change.
Probable cause
Remedy
The gain for span adjustment is
Set the gain for span adjustment to a value other than 0.
set to 0.
The minimum and maximum val- Set the minimum and maximum values correctly.
ues for process value scaling are
either the same or are set
extremely low.
The sensor type, input range, or Check and correct the settings.
process value scaling is not set
correctly.
An input device is malfunctioning, Check whether the input voltage has changed. Check for faulty or disconnected wiring.
input wiring is faulty, or wiring is
Check whether a wiring disconnection has been detected in the I/O Area.
disconnected.
Values are Not Converted as Intended.
Probable cause
Remedy
The sensor type, input range, or Check and correct the settings.
process value scaling is not set
correctly.
The zero/span adjustment data is Check and correct the zero/span adjustment settings.
incorrect.
Cold junction compensation is
Check the Cold Junction Sensor Error Flag.
not operating.
64
Section 2-2
CS1W-PTS11 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Probable cause
No compensation lead wire is
being used, or another type of
compensation lead wire is being
used.
Remedy
Use the correct compensation lead wire for thermocouples.
The input wiring is faulty. (The
thermocouple or compensation
lead wire polarity is wrong.)
Correct the input wiring.
Converted Values are Unstable.
Probable cause
Input signals are being affected
by external noise.
The process value scaling value
is greater than the Unit’s resolution.
The input signal range setting is
too small.
2-2
Remedy
Change the connection paths of the input signal lines. (Separate them from sources of
noise or use shielded cable.)
Insert 0.01-µF to 0.1-µF ceramic capacitors between the positive and negative input
terminals.
Increase the number of values for calculating the moving average in mean value processing.
Reduce the process value scaling value.
Match the input signal range to the internal ranges.
CS1W-PTS11 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Overview
The CS1W-PTS11 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit provides four direct
thermocouple inputs, and sends the data to the CPU Unit each cycle. All
inputs are isolated.
CS1W-PTS11
RUN
ERC
ERH
54321
EDCBA
543210
F
X101 0 X100
9876
F
EDCBA
MACH
No.
9876
System Configuration
CS1W-PTS11
4 thermocouple
inputs (B, E, J, K, L,
N, R, S, T, U,
WRe5-26, PL II, mV)
65
Section 2-2
CS1W-PTS11 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Features
• Up to four thermocouples can be connected for each Unit (with four separate settings for temperature sensors and input ranges).
• There is isolation between channels, so unwanted circuit paths between
thermocouple inputs can be prevented.
• A variety of temperature specifications are supported. Any of the following
can be selected for thermocouple input: B, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U,
WRe5-26, PL II, mV.
• Resolution of 1/64,000 for all temperature specifications.
• High-speed conversion, at 20 ms/4 inputs and 10 ms/2 inputs.
• Temperature sensor values are transmitted to the CPU Unit in four digits
hexadecimal.
• Variable input range setting.
• Four values for each process value alarm input.
• ON-delay timer for process value alarm.
• Mean value processing.
• Rate-of-change calculation.
• Two values for each rate-of-change alarm input.
• Zero/span adjustment capability during operation.
• Disconnection detection.
• Maximum or minimum process value can be specified for when a disconnection is detected.
• Adjustment period control.
• Peak and bottom detection.
• Top and valley detection.
Model Information
Unit
Model number
classification
CS-series
CS1W-PTS11
Special I/O
Unit
66
Inputs
4
Temperature sensor
types
B, E, J, K, L, N, R, S,
T, U, WRe5-26, PL II,
mV
Section 2-2
CS1W-PTS11 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Block Diagram (Order of Processing)
The processing for the inputs is as shown in the following diagram.
CPU Unit
CPU Unit Expansion Area Allocations
Peak/top value
Bottom/valley value
CPU Unit CIO Area
HH, H, L, LL
Process value
H, L
Rate-of-change value
Process value alarm
One for all inputs
Rate-of-change alarm
Input disconnection alarm
Cold junction sensor error
I/O refresh
Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Process value alarm
Rate-of-change alarm
Output limit: −15% to +115%
Rate-of-change calculation and scaling
+115% or −15% when input disconnection is detected
Output limit: −15% to +115%
Input disconnection check
Zero/span adjustment
Process value scaling
Input calculations
Thermocouple type
Input range
Cold junction temperature compensation
Cold junction sensor error
A/D conversion, moving average
Upper cold junction sensor
Lower cold junction sensor
Thermocouple
67
Section 2-2
CS1W-PTS11 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Specifications
Item
Specifications
Model
CS1W-PTS11
Applicable PLC
Unit classification
CS Series
CS-series Special I/O Unit
Mounting position
CS-series CPU Rack or CS-series Expansion Rack (Cannot be mounted to C200H
Expansion I/O Rack or SYSMAC BUS Remote I/O Slave Rack.)
80 (within the allowable current consumption and power consumption range)
Maximum number of Units
Unit numbers
Areas for data
exchange with
CPU Unit
Special I/O Unit
Area
00 to 95 (Cannot duplicate Special I/O Unit numbers.)
10 words/Unit
Resistance Thermometer Input Unit to CPU Unit:
All process values, process value alarms (LL, L, H, HH), rate-of-change values, rateof-change alarms (L, H), disconnection alarms, cold junction sensor errors
DM Area words 100 words/Unit
allocated to
CPU Unit to Resistance Thermometer:
Special I/O Units Temperature sensor type, input range (user set), scaling of process value data to be
stored in allocated words in CIO area, rate-of-change input range, scaling of rate-ofchange data, number of items for moving average, process value alarm setting (LL, L,
H, HH), rate-of-change alarm setting (L, H), zero/span adjustment value, etc.
Expansion Con- 35 words/Unit
trol/Monitor Area CPU Unit to Input Unit:
Designations and flags for beginning or resetting the hold function selection, adjustment period control, etc.
Input Unit to CPU Unit:
Adjustment period notices (with each input), peak and bottom values, top and valley
values
Expansion Setting Area
Number of temperature sensor
inputs
Temperature sensor types
Scaling
Data storage in the CIO Area
Accuracy (25°C)
Temperature coefficient
46 words/Unit
CPU Unit to Input Unit:
Expansion Control/Monitor Area settings, adjustment period control, peak and bottom
detection, top and valley detection
4
The sensor type, input range, and scaling can be set individually for each of 4 inputs,
which are each selectable from B, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U, WRe5-26, PL II, and mV.
Data to be stored in the allocated words in the CIO area must be scaled (individually
for each of the 4 inputs, with the minimum and maximum values set). Data can be
stored at 0% to 100%.
The value derived from carrying out the following processing in order of the actual process data in the input range is stored in four digits hexadecimal (binary values) in the
allocated words in the CIO Area.
1) Mean value processing → 2) Scaling → 3) Zero/span adjustment → 4) Output limits
±0.05% (Depends on the Sensor used and the measured temperature. Refer to Accuracy by Sensor Type and Measured Temperature Range on page 70 for details.)
±0.01% /°C (For full scale of electromotive force. See note.)
Resolution
1/64,000
Cold junction compensation error ± 1°C, at 20°C ± 10°C
Maximum signal input
Input impedance
± 120 mV
20 kΩ min.
Input disconnection detection cur- 0.1 µA (typical)
rent
Response time
100 ms (travel time from input 0% to 90%, for ±100 mV step input and with moving
average for 4 samples)
Conversion period
20 ms/4 inputs, 10 ms/2 inputs. Can be switched in DM Area words allocated to the
Unit as a Special I/O Unit.
Conversion period + one CPU Unit cycle
Maximum time to store data in
CPU Unit
68
CS1W-PTS11 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Item
Disconnection detection
Function
Section 2-2
Specifications
Detects disconnections at each input and turns ON the Disconnection Detection Flag.
Hardware detection time: Approx. 0.5 s max.
The process value overrange direction for when a disconnection occurs can be specified. (High: 115% of set input range; low: –15% of set input range)
Mean value pro- Calculates the moving average for the specified number of process values (1 to 128),
cessing (input
and stores that value in the CIO Area as the process value.
filter)
Process value
alarm
Process value 4-point alarm (HH, H, LL, L), alarm hysteresis, and ON-delay timer (0 to
60 s) are available.
Rate-of-change
calculation
Rate-of-change
alarm
Adjustment
period control
Calculates the amount of change per comparison time interval (1 to 16 s).
Peak and bottom detection
This function detects the maximum (peak) and minimum (bottom) analog input values,
from when the Hold Start Bit (output) allocated to the Expansion Control/Monitor Area
turns ON until it turns OFF, and stores them in the Expansion Control/Monitor Area.
Top and valley
detection
This function detects the top and valley values for analog inputs, from when the Hold
Start Bit (output) allocated to the Expansion Control/Monitor Area turns ON until it
turns OFF, and stores them in the Expansion Control/Monitor Area.
Between inputs and PLC signals, and between inputs: Isolation by transformer for
power supply, and by photocoupler for signals.
Isolation
Rate-of-change 2-point alarm (H, L), alarm hysteresis (shared with process value
alarm), and ON-delay timer (0 to 60 s, shared with process value alarm) are available.
When zero/span adjustment is executed, the date is internally recorded at the Unit.
When the preset zero/span adjustment period and number of days notice have
elapsed, this function turns ON a warning flag to give notice that it is time for readjustment.
Insulation resistance
Dielectric strength
20 MΩ (at 500 V DC) between inputs
Between inputs: 1,000 V AC, at 50/60 Hz, for 1 min, leakage current 10 mA max.
External connections
Terminal block (detachable)
Unit number settings
Indicators
Set by rotary switches on front panel, from 0 to 95.
Three LED indicators on front panel (for normal operation, errors detected at the
Resistance Thermometer Input Unit, and errors related to the CPU Unit).
Front panel connector
Alarm time for CPU Unit cycle
time
Current consumption (supplied
from Power Supply Unit)
Dimensions
Sensor input connector terminal block (detachable)
0.3 ms
Weight
Standard accessories
450 g max.
5 V DC at 120 mA max., 26 V DC at 80 mA max.
35 × 130 × 126 mm (W × H × D)
Note The height including the Backplane is 145 mm.
Two cold junction sensors (mounted to terminal block)
Note The method for calculating the error in temperature measurements, including
the temperature coefficient, is given below. The “full scale of electromotive
force” is the difference between the high limit and low limit converted to electromotive force for each thermocouple.
69
Section 2-2
CS1W-PTS11 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Example
Ambient temperature: 30 °C
Temperature Sensor: K thermocouple (−270 to 1,372 °C)
Measured temperature: 500 °C
From electromotive force table
−270 °C:
−6.458 mV
54.86 mV
1,372 °C:
Full scale: 61.344
Electromotive conversion of temperature coefficient:
61.344 mV × ± 0.01%/°C = ±6.13 µV/°C
Error in electromotive force at 30°C:
±6.13 µV/°C x (30°C − 25°C) = 30.65 µV/°C
Temperature difference between measurement point and terminals on
Unit (ambient temperature) (based on ambient temperature of 30 °C and
Measured temperature of 500 °C):
470 °C
Electromotive force per °C at a measured temperature of 470 °C (from the
electromotive force tables for a K thermocouple):
43 µV/°C
Error in temperature coefficient: ±30.65 µV ÷ 43 µV/°C = ±0.7°C
Error in measured temperature = Accuracy ± Error from temperature coefficient + Error in cold junction compensation = ±0.8°C + ±0.7°C + ±1.0°C =
±2.5°C
Sensor Type and Input Range
The Temperature Sensor type and input range are set in the allocated words
in the DM Area for every four inputs. The input range can be set anywhere
within the measurable input ranges shown in the following table. Accuracy and
resolution, however, are not determined from the set input range, but rather
from the measurable input range shown in the following table. Therefore,
accuracy and resolution do not change even when a narrow input range is set.
Sensor type
DM Area setting
Measurable input range
B
E
0
1
0 to 1,820°C
−270 to 1,000°C
J
K
2
3
−210 to 1,200°C
−270 to 1,372°C
N
R
4
5
−270 to 1,300°C
−50 to 1,768°C
S
T
6
7
−50 to 1,768°C
−270 to 400°C
mV
L
8
9
−100 to 100 mV
−200 to 900°C
U
WRe5-26
10
11
−200 to 600°C
0 to 2,300°C
PLII
12
0 to 1,300°C
Accuracy by Sensor Type and Measured Temperature Range
Sensor type
Temperature range
Standard accuracy
Details
B
0 to 1,820°C
±1.8°C (±0.1%)
400 to 800°C: ±3°C
Less than 400°C: Accuracy is not specified.
E
−270 to 1,000°C
±0.6°C (±0.05%)
−250 to 200°C: ±1.2°C
Less than −250°C: Accuracy is not specified.
J
K
−210 to 1,200°C
−270 to 1,372°C
±0.7°C (±0.05%)
±0.8°C (±0.05%)
70
−250 to 200°C: ±2°C
Less than −250°C: Accuracy is not specified.
Section 2-2
CS1W-PTS11 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
N
Sensor type
Temperature range
−270 to 1,300°C
Standard accuracy
±0.8°C (±0.05%)
Details
−200 to 150°C: ±1.6°C
Less than −200°C: Accuracy is not specified.
R
−50 to 1,769°C
±1.8°C (±0.1%)
0 to 100°C: ±2.5°C
Less than 0°C: Accuracy is not specified.
S
−50 to 1,769°C
±1.8°C (±0.1%)
0 to 100°C: ±2.5°C
Less than 0°C: 3.2°C
T
−270 to 400°C
±0.35°C (±0.05%)
−180 to 0°C: ±0.7°C
−200 to −180°C: ±1.3°C
Less than −200°C: Accuracy is not specified.
L
U
−200 to 900°C
−200 to 600°C
±0.5°C (±0.05%)
±0.4°C (±0.05%)
WRe5-26
0 to 2,315°C
±1.2°C (±0.05%)
PLII
0 to 1,395°C
±0.7°C (±0.05%)
−100 to 0°C: ±0.5°C
Less than −100°C: ±0.7°C
More than 2,200°C: ±1.4°C
DM Area Allocations
First word: m = D20000 + unit number × 100 (unit number: 0 to 95)
DM Area address
Data range
Input No. Input No. Input No. Input No.
1
2
3
4
m+0
Decimal
12345, 0
Default
Data contents
Hexadecimal
3039 hex
0000 hex
0000 hex
Default block read command
Specifies the direction of data transfer when
power is turned ON to the PLC or the Unit is
restarted for DM words m+1 (first word) to
m+93.
• 12345 (3039 hex): The default data at the
left is transferred from the Resistance
Thermometer Input Unit to the CPU Unit.
When the transfer is completed, the value
will become 0000 hex.
• Other than 12345 (3039 hex) (such as
0000 hex): The data in the allocated
words of DM Area is transferred from the
CPU Unit to the Resistance Thermometer
Input Unit.
Number of inputs setting
m+1
0, 1
0000, 0001
hex
0
(0000 hex)
0: 4 inputs, 1: 2 inputs
Setting Group 1 (continuously refreshed area): Parameters that are continuously refreshed during PLC operation (regardless of the
CPU Unit’s operation mode)
Process value alarm settings
m+2
m + 10
m + 18
m + 26
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF 4200
hex, 0000 to (1068 hex)
7FFF hex
Process value HH (high high limit) alarm
setting
(Set at process value scaling value.)
m+3
m + 11
m + 19
m + 27
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF 4000
hex, 0000 to (0FA0 hex)
7FFF hex
Process value H (high limit) alarm setting
(Set at process value scaling value.)
m+4
m + 12
m + 20
m + 28
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF 0
hex, 0000 to (0000 hex)
7FFF hex
Process value L (low limit) alarm setting
(Set at process value scaling value.)
m+5
m + 13
m + 21
m + 29
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF –200
hex, 0000 to (FF38 hex)
7FFF hex
Process value LL (low low limit) alarm setting
(Set at process value scaling value.)
Rate-of-change value alarm settings
m+6
m + 14
m + 22
m + 30
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF 4000
hex, 0000 to (0FA0 hex)
7FFF hex
Rate-of-change value H (high limit) alarm
setting
(Set at rate-of-change scaling value.)
m+7
m + 15
m + 23
m + 31
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF 0
hex, 0000 to (0000 hex)
7FFF hex
Rate-of-change value L (low limit) alarm setting
(Set at rate-of-change scaling value.)
m+8
m + 16
m + 24
m + 32
0 to 32000
0000 to 7D00 10000
hex
(2710 hex)
Gain for span adjustment
(set value x 0.0001%)
Zero/span adjustment
71
Section 2-2
CS1W-PTS11 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
DM Area address
Data range
Input No. Input No. Input No. Input No.
1
2
3
4
m+9
m + 17
m + 25
m + 33
Decimal
–32000 to
32000
Default
Data contents
Hexadecimal
8300 to FFFF 0
hex,
(0000 hex)
0000 to 7D00
hex
Zero adjustment value
(Set at process value scaling value.)
Setting Group 2 (initial settings area): Parameters that are transferred one time from the CPU Unit to the Input Unit if the DM Area first
word is other than 12345 when the PLC is powered up or the Input Unit is restarted.
m + 34
m + 49
m + 64
m + 79
0 to 12
0000 to 000C 0
hex
(0000 hex)
Sensor type
0: B, 1: E, 2: J, 3: K, 4: N, 5: R, 6: S, 7: T, 8:
mV, 9: L, 10: U, 11: Wre5-26, 12: PLII
m + 35
m + 50
m + 65
m + 80
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF 4000
hex, 0000 to (0FA0 hex)
7D00 hex
Maximum input signal value
(set value x 0.1°C/°F or mV)
m + 36
m + 51
m + 66
m + 81
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF 0
hex, 0000 to (0000 hex)
7D00 hex
Minimum input signal value
(set value x 0.1°C/°F or mV)
m + 37
m + 52
m + 67
m + 82
0, 1
0000, 0001
hex
0
(0000 hex)
Unit
0: °C, 1: °F
m + 38
m + 53
m + 68
m + 83
0, 1
0000, 0001
hex
0
(0000 hex)
Process value overrange direction at time of
input disconnection
0: High; 1: Low
m + 39
m + 54
m + 69
m + 84
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF 4000
hex, 0000 to (0FA0 hex)
7D00 hex
Value stored for maximum value in range
(span)
m + 40
m + 55
m + 70
m + 85
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF 0
hex, 0000 to (0000 hex)
7D00 hex
Value stored for minimum value in range
(zero)
m + 41
m + 56
m + 71
m + 86
0 to 32000
0000 to 7D00 40
hex
(0028 hex)
Alarm hysteresis
(Set at process value scaling value. Shared
with process value alarm and rate-ofchange alarm.)
m + 42
m + 57
m + 72
m + 87
0 to 60
0000 to 003C 0
hex
(0000 hex)
Alarm ON-delay time (Unit: s)
(Shared with process value alarm and rateof-change alarm.)
m + 43
m + 58
m + 73
m + 88
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF 4000
hex, 0000 to (0FA0 hex)
7D00 hex
Rate-of-change
range setting
m + 44
m + 59
m + 74
m + 89
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF –4000
hex, 0000 to (F060 hex)
7D00 hex
m + 45
m + 60
m + 75
m + 90
1 to 16
0001 to 0010
hex
m + 46
m + 61
m + 76
m + 91
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF 4000
hex, 0000 to (0FA0 hex)
7D00 hex
m + 47
m + 62
m + 77
m + 92
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF –4000
hex, 0000 to (F060 hex)
7D00 hex
Process value input range settings
Process value scaling
Alarm supplementary functions
Rate-of-change function
1
(0001 hex)
Maximum rate-of-change
value (Set value industrial
unit; comparison time
interval)
Minimum rate-of-change
value (Set value industrial
unit; comparison time
interval)
Rate-of-change comparison time interval
(Unit: s)
Rate-of-change
value scaling
Value stored for maximum value in range
Value stored for minimum
value in range
Mean value processing function
m + 48
m + 63
m + 78
m + 93
1 to 128
0001 to 0080
hex
25
(0019 hex)
Number of process values for calculating
moving average for mean value processing
m + 96
m + 97
0 to 99, 100
to 1XX
0000 to 0063
hex, 0064 to
0XXX hex
0
(0000 hex)
Address of Data Range Error (See note.)
Display parameter
m + 94
72
m + 95
Section 2-2
CS1W-PTS11 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
DM Area address
Data range
Input No. Input No. Input No. Input No.
1
2
3
4
Decimal
Default
Data contents
Hexadecimal
Expansion Setting Area allocations
m+98
0 to 5
0000 to 0005
hex
---
m+99
0 to 32767
0000 to 7FFF --hex
Expansion Setting Area allocations:
0: Not used; 1: DM; 2: CIO; 3: W; 4: H; 5:
EM
Expansion Setting Area first word
Note The ERC indicator on the Unit’s front panel will light if an out-of-range setting
is made in either Setting Group1 (continuously refreshed area) or 2 (initial settings area), or in the Expansion Setting Area. The offset from m of the first DM
word containing the out-of-range error will be stored as the Address of Data
Range Error in the DM Area in four digits hexadecimal. If the first memory
address containing the out-of-range error is in the Expansion Setting Area,
the Address of Data Range Error will be over +100 (or +100 if the first word in
the Expansion Setting Area is an error).
Expansion Setting Area
First word: word o. (o = address specified in m+99 in the area specified in
m+98 in the DM Area)
DM Area address
Input
No. 1
Input
No. 2
Input
No. 3
Data range
Input
No. 4
Decimal
Default
Data contents
Hexadecimal
Setting Group 3 (initial settings area): Parameters that are transferred one time from the CPU Unit to the Input Unit if the DM Area first
word is other than 12345, and if Expansion Setting Area settings are allocated, when the PLC is powered up or the Input Unit is restarted.
Expansion Control/Monitor Area settings
o+0
0 to 5
0000 to 0005
hex
---
Expansion Control/Monitor Area allocation
0: Not used. 1: DM; 2: CIO; 3: W; 4: H; 5:
EM
o+1
0 to 32767
0000 to 7FFF
hex
---
Expansion Control/Monitor Area first word
Zero/span adjustment supplement
0+2
0+13
0+24
0+35
0 to 32000
0000 to 7D00
hex
10000 (2710
hex)
Span adjustment position
(Input span percentage)
0+3
0+14
0+25
0+36
−32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF
hex, 0000 to
7D00 hex
0 (0000 hex)
Zero adjustment position
(Input span percentage)
0+4
0+15
0+26
0+37
0 to 9999
0000 to 270F
hex
365 (016D hex) Zero/span adjustment period (Unit: Days)
0+5
0+16
0+27
0+38
0 to 9999
0000 to 270F
hex
30 (001E hex)
Notice of days remaining (Unit: Days)
0+6
0+17
0+28
0+39
---
---
---
Not used.
0+7
0+18
0+29
0+40
---
---
---
Not used.
0+8
0+19
0+30
0+41
---
---
---
Not used.
Not used.
Top and valley hold
0+9
0+20
0+31
0+42
0 to 32000
0000 to 7D00
hex
40 (0028 hex)
Hysteresis
0+10
0+21
0+32
0+43
---
---
0 (0000 hex)
Not used.
0+11
0+22
0+33
0+44
---
---
0 (0000 hex)
Not used.
0+12
0+23
0+34
0+45
---
---
0
Not used.
Not used.
Not used.
Not used.
73
Section 2-2
CS1W-PTS11 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
CIO Area Allocations
First word: n = 2000 + unit number × 10 (unit number: 0 to 95)
Direction
Thermocouple
Input Unit to
CPU Unit
Word
n
Bit
00
01
02
03
04
Name
Input No. 1 Process value
LL (low low
limit) alarm
Process value L
(low limit) alarm
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
Process value
HH (high high
limit) alarm
Input No. 2 Process value
LL (low low
limit) alarm
05
07
Input No. 3
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
Process value
HH (high high
limit) alarm
0, 1
Process value
LL (low low
limit) alarm
0, 1
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
10
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
Process value
HH (high high
limit) alarm
Process value
LL (low low
limit) alarm
Process value L
(low limit) alarm
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
Process value
HH (high high
limit) alarm
12
13
14
15
0: Process value < Set value
1: Process value ≥ Set value
0, 1
09
11
74
0, 1
Contents
0: Process value > Set value
1: Process value ≤ Set value
Same as for input No. 1.
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
Process value 0, 1
H (high limit)
alarm
06
08
Data range
Input No. 4
Same as for input No. 1.
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
Same as for input No. 1.
Section 2-2
CS1W-PTS11 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Direction
Thermocouple
Input Unit to
CPU Unit
Word
n+1
Bit
Name
00 to 15 Input No. 1 process value
n+2
00 to 15 Input No. 2 process value
n+3
00 to 15 Input No. 3 process value
n+4
00 to 15 Input No. 4 process value
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
n+5
00 to 15 Input No. 1 rate-of-change
value
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
n+6
00 to 15 Input No. 2 rate-of-change
value
n+7
n+8
n+9
Data range
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
00 to 15 Input No. 3 rate-of-change
–32768 to 32767
value
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
00 to 15 Input No. 4 rate-of-change
–32768 to 32767
value
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
00
Input No. 1 Rate-of-change 0, 1
value L (low
limit) alarm
01
02
Input No. 2
03
04
07
08
09
10
11
The process value rate of
change is stored according
to the scaling set in the allocated words of the DM Area.
0: Rate-of-change value >
Set value
1: Rate-of-change value ≤
Set value
Rate-of-change 0, 1
value H (high
limit) alarm
0: Rate-of-change value <
Set value
1: Rate-of-change value ≥
Set value
Rate-of-change 0, 1
value L (low
limit) alarm
Same as for input No. 1.
Rate-of-change 0, 1
value H (high
limit) alarm
Input No. 3
05
06
Contents
The present process value is
stored according to the scaling set in the allocated
words of the DM Area.
Input No. 4
Rate-of-change
value L (low
limit) alarm
Rate-of-change
value H (high
limit) alarm
Rate-of-change
value L (low
limit) alarm
Rate-of-change
value H (high
limit) alarm
Input No. 1 input disconnection
Input No. 2 input disconnection
Input No. 3 input disconnection
Input No. 4 input disconnection
0, 1
Same as for input No. 1.
0, 1
0, 1
Same as for input No. 1.
0, 1
0, 1
0: Normal
1: Disconnection
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
75
Section 2-2
CS1W-PTS11 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Direction
Thermocouple
Input Unit to
CPU Unit
Word
n+9
Bit
12
Name
Cold junction sensor error
Data range
0, 1
Contents
0: Normal
1: Error
13
Zero/span adjustment period 0, 1
end
0: Adjustment enabled
1: Adjustment ended
14
Zero/span adjustment period 0, 1
notice
0: Adjustment enabled
1: Notice period
15
Not used.
0
Expansion Control/Monitor Area Allocations
First word: word p. (p = address specified in o+1 in the area specified in o in
the Expansion Setting Area)
Direction
Word
CPU Unit to p+0
Thermocouple Input
p+1
Unit
p+2
76
Bit
00 to
15
00
Not used.
Name
Data range
Not used.
Contents
Not used.
0: Peak and bottom
1: Top and valley
Input No. 1 hold function selection
0, 1
01
02
Input No. 2 hold function selection
Input No. 3 hold function selection
0, 1
0, 1
03
04 to
07
Input No. 4 hold function selection
Not used.
0, 1
0
Not used.
08
09
Input No. 1 hold start
Input No. 2 hold start
0, 1
0, 1
0: Do not hold.
1: Hold
10
11
Input No. 3 hold start
Input No. 4 hold start
0, 1
0, 1
12
13
Input No. 1 hold value reset
Input No. 2 hold value reset
0, 1
0, 1
14
Input No. 3 hold value reset
0, 1
15
00
Input No. 4 hold value reset
Input No. 1 zero/span adjustment update bit
0, 1
0, 1
01
02
Input No. 2 zero/span adjustment update bit
Input No. 3 zero/span adjustment update bit
0, 1
0, 1
03
Input No. 4 zero/span adjustment update bit
0, 1
04 to
15
Not used.
0
0: Normal operation
1: Reset hold value.
0: Normal operation
1: Update adjustment
date
(Remains ON while
writing external
FROM.)
Not used.
Section 2-2
CS1W-PTS11 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Direction
Word
Thermocou- p+3
ple Input
Unit to CPU
Unit
Bit
00
Input No. 1
01
02
Input No. 2
03
04
Input No. 3
05
Name
Zero/span adjustment
period end
Data range
0, 1
Contents
0: Adjustment
enabled.
1: Adjustment period
end
Zero/span adjustment
period notice
Zero/span adjustment
period end
Zero/span adjustment
period notice
Zero/span adjustment
period end
0, 1
0: Adjustment
enabled.
1: Notice period in
effect.
Remains set to 1 if the
zero/span adjustment
bit has never been
ON.
Zero/span adjustment
period notice
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
06
Input No. 4
Zero/span adjustment
period end
0, 1
07
Zero/span adjustment
period notice
External FROM Error Flag
0, 1
0, 1
0: Normal operation
1: External FROM
error
09 to
15
00 to
15
00 to
15
00 to
15
00 to
15
Not used.
0
Not used.
p+8
00 to
15
Input No. 3
p+9
00 to
15
p+10
00 to
15
00 to
15
00 to
15
00 to
15
Input No. 4
Not used.
0
p+14
00 to
15
Not used.
0
p+15
00 to
15
Not used.
0
08
p+4
p+5
p+6
p+7
p+11
p+12
p+13
Input No. 1
Input No. 2
Day of final adjustment date 0100 to 3100
(BCD)
Year and month of final
0001 to 9912
adjustment date
(BCD)
Day of final adjustment date 0100 to 3100
(BCD)
Year and month of final
0001 to 9912
adjustment date
(BCD)
Day of final adjustment date 0100 to 3100
(BCD)
Year and month of final
adjustment date
Not used.
Remains set to FFFF
if the zero/span
adjustment bit has
never been ON.
0001 to 9912
(BCD)
Day of final adjustment date 0100 to 3100
(BCD)
Year and month of final
0001 to 9912
adjustment date
(BCD)
0
Not used.
77
Section 2-2
CS1W-PTS11 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Direction
Word
Thermocou- p+16
ple Input
Unit to CPU
Unit
Bit
00 to
15
p+17
00 to
15
p+18
00 to
15
p+19
00 to
15
p+20
00 to
15
p+21
00 to
15
p+22
00 to
15
p+23
00 to
15
p+24 to 00 to
34
15
78
Input No. 1
Input No. 2
Input No. 3
Name
Peak/top value
Data range
−32728 to
+32767
(8000 to FFFF
hex, 0000 to
7FFFHex)
Contents
Counts the number of
repetitions of conditional operations set
in the Expansion Setting Area.
Bottom/valley value
−32728 to
+32767
(8000 to FFFF
hex, 0000 to
7FFFHex)
The bottom or valley
value is stored
according to the scaling set in the DM
Area.
Peak/top value
−32728 to
+32767
(8000 to FFFF
hex, 0000 to
7FFFHex)
Same as for Input No.
1.
Bottom/valley value
−32728 to
+32767
(8000 to FFFF
hex, 0000 to
7FFFHex)
−32728 to
+32767
(8000 to FFFF
hex, 0000 to
7FFFHex)
−32728 to
+32767
(8000 to FFFF
hex, 0000 to
7FFFHex)
−32728 to
+32767
(8000 to FFFF
hex, 0000 to
7FFFHex)
−32728 to
+32767
(8000 to FFFF
hex, 0000 to
7FFFHex)
Peak/top value
Bottom/valley value
Input No. 4
Peak/top value
Bottom/valley value
Not used.
0 (0000Hex)
Not used.
Section 2-2
CS1W-PTS11 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Terminal Connection Diagram
N.C.
B1
N.C.
B2
N.C.
B3
1+
B4
2+
B5
3+
B6
4+
B7
N.C.
B8
N.C.
B9
N.C.
B10
A1
N.C.
A2
CJ1+
A3
CJ1−
A4
1−
A5
2−
A6
3−
A7
4−
A8
CJ2+
A9
CJ2−
A10
N.C.
A11
N.C.
*2
No. 1
thermocouple
input
No. 2
thermocouple
input
No. 4
thermocouple
input (*1)
No. 3
thermocouple
input
Note Action for Unused Input Terminals
• Short-circuit the positive (+) and negative (−) sides of the thermocouple
input section using a lead wire. For example, short terminals A4 and B4
for No. 1 thermocouple input.
• Cold junction sensors are mounted between A2 and A3, and A8 and A9
before shipment. If one of the cold junction sensors is disconnected, cold
junction compensation will stop and correct measurement of temperatures cannot be made. Always make sure the cold junction sensors are
connected when using the Units.
• Cold junction sensors are calibrated separately for each Unit and connected circuit, so correct temperatures will not be measured if a cold junction sensor from another Unit is used or if the two cold junction sensors in
a Unit are swapped. Use the cold junction sensors as they are provided,
without making any changes.
• When wiring No. 4 thermocouple input terminals (*1 in the above diagram), remove the cold junction sensor between terminals CJ2+ and
CJ2− at the bottom (*2 in the above diagram), connect the No. 4 thermocouple input, and then reconnect the cold junction sensor. Any attempt to
connect No. 4 thermocouple input without removing the cold junction sensor may result in damage to the cold junction sensor.
• Always ground the GR terminal on the Power Supply Unit of the PLC.
• If the input device uses a voltage generator, temperature compensator, or
similar device, then ground the input device if it has a ground terminal.
79
Section 2-2
CS1W-PTS11 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Terminal Block Diagram
Thermocouples
Isolation circuit
B4
B5
No. 2 input
A/D
converter
Amplifier
circuit
A/D
converter
Photocoupler
5 VDC
A5
B6
No. 3 input
Photocoupler
Isolation circuit
A/D
converter
Amplifier
circuit
A6
B7
No. 41 input
26 VDC
Isolation circuit
Digital
circuits
Connector
A4
Amplifier
circuit
Input selector
No. 1 input
Photocoupler
Isolation circuit
A/D
converter
Amplifier
circuit
A7
Photocoupler
Amplifier
circuit
Lower
A8
A9
Amplifier
circuit
Photocoupler
A2
A3
A/D converter
Upper
Multiplexer
Cold junction
sensors
Error Processing
Conversion Data Does Not Change.
Probable cause
Remedy
The gain for span adjustment is
set to 0.
The minimum and maximum values for process value scaling are
either the same or are set
extremely low.
Set the gain for span adjustment to a value other
than 0.
Set the minimum and maximum values correctly.
The sensor type, input range, or
process value scaling is not set
correctly.
An input device is malfunctioning,
input wiring is faulty, or wiring is
disconnected.
Check and correct the settings.
Check whether the input voltage or current has
changed. Check for faulty or disconnected wiring. Check whether a wiring disconnection has
been detected in the I/O Area.
Values are Not Converted as Intended.
Probable cause
Remedy
The sensor type, input range, or
process value scaling is not set
correctly.
Check and correct the settings.
The zero/span adjustment data is
incorrect.
Check and correct the zero/span adjustment settings.
Cold junction compensation is not Check the Cold Junction Error Flag.
operating.
80
Section 2-3
CS1W-PTS51 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Probable cause
A compensation conductor has
not been used or a different compensation conductor is used.
Incorrect input wiring (incorrect
thermocouple or compensation
conductor polarity.)
Remedy
Use the correct compensation conductor for the
thermocouple.
Correct the input wiring.
Converted Values are Unstable.
Probable cause
Remedy
Input signals are being affected by Change the connection paths of the input signal
external noise.
lines. (Separate them from sources of noise or
use shielded cable.)
Insert a 0.01 to 0.1 µF ceramic capacitor
between the positive (+) and negative (−) input
terminals.
Increase the number of values for calculating the
moving average in mean value processing.
The process value scaling value is Reduce the process value scaling value.
greater than the Unit’s resolution.
The input signal range setting is
Match the input signal range to the internal
too small.
ranges.
2-3
CS1W-PTS51 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Overview
The CS1W-PTS51 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit provides four direct
thermocouple inputs, and sends the data to the CPU Unit each cycle. All
inputs are isolated.
CS1W-PTS51
RUN
ERC
ERH
54321
EDCBA
543210
F
X101 0 X100
9876
F
EDCBA
MACH
No.
9876
System Configuration
CS1W-PTS51
4 thermocouple
inputs (K, J, L, R, S,
T, B )
81
Section 2-3
CS1W-PTS51 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Features
• Up to four thermocouples can be connected for each Unit (with four separate settings for temperature sensors and input ranges).
• There is isolation between channels, so unwanted circuit paths between
thermocouple inputs can be prevented.
• A variety of temperature specifications are supported. Any of the following
can be selected for thermocouple input: K, J, L, R, S, T, B. (Decimal
points can be selected for K, J, and L.)
• Temperature sensor values are transmitted to the CPU Unit in four digits
hexadecimal. (Binary or BCD can be selected for the data output format.)
• Process value alarm (with two internal alarms in memory and one external alarm output for each input).
• Alarm ON-delay timer and hysteresis for process value.
• Zero/span adjustment capability during operation.
• Sensor error detection.
• Maximum or minimum process value can be specified for when a sensor
error is detected.
Model Information
Unit
classification
CS-series
Special I/O
Unit
82
Model number
CS1W-PTS51
Inputs
4
Temperature sensor
types
K, J, L, R, S, T, B
Section 2-3
CS1W-PTS51 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Block Diagram (Order of Processing)
The processing for the inputs is as shown in the following diagram.
CPU Unit
CPU Unit Expansion Area Allocations
H, L
Process value
Process value alarm
External alarm output
Sensor error
Cold junction sensor error
I/O refresh
Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Process value alarm
When input disconnection is detected
Zero/span adjustment
Input calculations
Cold junction temperature
compensation
Thermocouple type
Input range
Cold junction temperature compensation
A/D conversion
Upper cold junction sensor
Thermocouple
83
Section 2-3
CS1W-PTS51 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Specifications
Item
Specifications
Model
CS1W-PTS51
Applicable PLC
Unit classification
CS Series
CS-series Special I/O Unit
Mounting position
CS-series CPU Rack or CS-series Expansion Rack (Cannot be mounted to C200H
Expansion I/O Rack or SYSMAC BUS Remote I/O Slave Rack.)
80 (within the allowable current consumption and power consumption range)
Maximum number of Units
Unit numbers
Areas for data
exchange with
CPU Unit
Special I/O Unit
Area
00 to 95 (Cannot duplicate Special I/O Unit numbers.)
10 words/Unit
Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit to CPU Unit:
All process values, process value alarms (L, H), conversion data enabled flags, sensor
errors, cold junction sensor errors
DM Area words 100 words/Unit
allocated to
CPU Unit to Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit:
Special I/O Units Temperature sensor type, input range (user set), process value alarm setting (L, H),
zero/span adjustment value.
Number of temperature sensor
4
inputs
Temperature sensor types
The sensor type be set individually for each of 4 inputs, which are each selectable
from K, J, L, R, S, T, B.
Data storage in the CIO Area
The actual process data in the input range is stored in four digits hexadecimal (binary
or BCD values) in the allocated words in the CIO Area.
Accuracy (25°C) (See note.)
Temperature characteristic
With celsius selected: ±0.3% of PV or ± 1°C, whichever is greater, ±1 digit max.
With fahrenheit selected: ±0.3% of PV or ± 2°F, whichever is greater, ± 1 digit max.
However, the accuracy of K and T at −100°C or lower and L is ± 2°C ±1 digit max.
The accuracy of R and S at 200°C or lower is ±3°C ±1 digit max.
The accuracy of B at 400°C or lower is not specified.
PV: Process value data
Refer to Temperature Characteristics According to Thermocouple Type on page 87.
Conversion period
Maximum time to store data in
CPU Unit
Sensor error detection
250 ms/4 inputs.
Conversion period + one CPU Unit cycle
Functions
Process value 2-point alarm (HH, H, LL, L), alarm hysteresis, and ON-delay timer (0 to
60 s) are available. External alarm outputs: One per input (H or L).
NPN outputs (with short-circuit protection)
External power supply voltage: 20.4 to 26.4 V DC
Max. switching capacity: 100 mA (for one output)
Leakage current: 0.3 mA max.
Residual voltage: 3 V max.
Between inputs and PLC signals: Transformer for power supply and photocoupler for
signals.
Between each input: Transformer for power supply and photocoupler for signals.
20 MΩ max. (at 500 V DC).
Between all output and NC terminals and external AC terminals (Power Supply Unit)
Between all input terminals and external AC terminals (Power Supply Unit)
Between all input terminals and all output terminals
Between all external DC terminals (input, output, and NC terminals) and FG plate
Between all input and output terminals and all NC terminals
Process value
alarm
External alarm
outputs
Isolation
Insulation resistance
84
Detects sensor error at each input and turns ON the Sensor error Flag.
Hardware detection time: Approx. 0.5 s max.
The process value overrange direction for when a sensor error occurs can be specified. (High: +20 digit of set input range; low: –20 digit of set input range)
Section 2-3
CS1W-PTS51 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Item
Dielectric strength
Specifications
Between all output and NC terminals and external AC terminals (Power Supply Unit)
2,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz 1 min., detection current: 1 mA
Between all input terminals and external AC terminals (Power Supply Unit)
Between all input terminals and all output terminals
Between all external DC terminals (input, output, and NC terminals) and FG plate
1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz 1 min., detection current 1: mA
Terminal block (detachable)
External connections
Unit number settings
Indicators
Alarm time for CPU Unit cycle
time
Current consumption (supplied
from Power Supply Unit)
Dimensions
Weight
Set by rotary switches on front panel, from 0 to 95.
Seven LED indicators on front panel (for normal operation, errors detected at the
Resistance Thermometer Input Unit, errors related to the CPU Unit, and four indicators for external alarm outputs.)
0.4 ms
5 V DC at 250 mA max.
35 × 130 × 126 mm (W × H × D)
Note The height including the Backplane is 145 mm.
450 g max.
Note The heat generated by a Unit will dramatically change the accuracy specifications when more than one C200HW-PA209R or CS1W-ID291 Unit is mounted
side-by-side.
The following accuracy specifications apply under such conditions.
With celcius selected:
±0.3% of PV or ± 1.3°C, whichever is greater, ± 1 digit max.
With Fahrenheit selected:
± 0.3% of PV or ± 3°F, whichever is greater, ±1 digit max.
However, the accuracy of K and T at −100°C or less and L is ±3°C ±1 digit
max. The accuracy of R and S at 200°C or less is ±4°C ±1 digit max.
The accuracy of B at 400°C or less is not specified.
Sensor Type and Input Range
The Temperature Sensor type and input range are set in the allocated words
in the DM Area for every four inputs.
The measurable data range is ±20 digits wider than the sensor input range.
Setting
°C
Input
16-bit binary
°F
BCD
16-bit binary
[email protected]@@
Leftmost bit
indicates
indicates
minus sign. minus sign.
0
1
K: −200 to
FF38 to FFFF to
1300°C
0514
(−300 to 2300°F) (−200 to −1 to
1300)
K: 0.0 to 500°C 0000 to 1388
(0.0 to 900.0°F) (0.0 to 500.0)
F200 to 1300 8200 to 1300 FED4 to FFFF to
(−200 to
(−200 to
08FC
1300)
1300)
(−300 to −1 to
2300)
0000 to 5000 0000 to 5000 0000 to 2328
(0.0 to 500.0) (0.0 to 500.0) (0.0 to 900.0)
2
J: −100 to 850°C FF9C to FFFF to F100 to 0850 8100 to 0850 FF9C to FFFF to
(−100 to 1500°F) 0352
(−100 to 850) (−100 to 850) 05DC
(−100 to −1 to 850)
(−100 to −1 to
1500)
3
J: 0.0 to 400.0°C 0000 to 0FA0
(0.0 to 750.0°F) (0.0 to 400.0)
0000 to 4000 0000 to 4000 0000 to 1D4C
(0.0 to 400.0) (0.0 to 400.0) (0.0 to 750.0)
BCD
[email protected]@@
Leftmost bit
indicates
indicates
minus sign. minus sign.
F300 to 2300 F300 to 2300
(−300 to
(−300 to
2300)
2300)
0000 to 9000 0000 to 7999
(0.0 to 900.0) (See note 3.)
(0.0 to 799.9)
F100 to 1500 8100 to 1500
(−100 to
(−100 to
1500)
1500)
0000 to 7500 0000 to 7500
(0.0 to 750.0) (0.0 to 750.0)
85
Section 2-3
CS1W-PTS51 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Setting
°C
Input
16-bit binary
°F
BCD
16-bit binary
[email protected]@@
Leftmost bit
indicates
indicates
minus sign. minus sign.
BCD
[email protected]@@
Leftmost bit
indicates
indicates
minus sign. minus sign.
T: −200 to 400°C F830 to FFFF to
(−300 to
0FA0
700.0°F)
(−200.0 to −0.1 to
400.0)
L: −100 to 850°C FF9C to FFFF to
(−100 to 1500°F) 0352
(−100 to −1 to 850)
F999 to 4000
(See note 3.)
(−99.9 to
400.0)
F100 to 0850
(−100 to 850)
6
L: 0.0 to 400.0°C 0000 to 0FA0
(0.0 to 750.0°F) (0.0 to 400.0)
0000 to 4000 0000 to 4000 0000 to 1D4C
(0.0 to 400.0) (0.0 to 400.0) (0.0 to 750.0)
0000 to 7500 0000 to 7500
(0.0 to 750.0) (0.0 to 750.0)
7
R: 0 to 1700°C
(0 to 3000°F)
S: 0 to 1700°C
(0 to 3000°F)
B: 400 to 1800°C
(See note 2.)
(750 to 3200°F)
0000 to 1700
(0 to 1700)
0000 to 1700
(0 to 1700)
0400 to 1800
(400 to 1800)
0000 to 3000
(0 to 3000)
0000 to 3000
(0 to 3000)
0750 to 3200
(750 to 3200)
4
5
8
9
0000 to 06A4
(0 to 1700)
0000 to 06A4
(0 to 1700)
0190 to 0708
(400 to 1800)
Note
A000 to 4000 F448 to FFFF to
(−200.0 to
1B58
400.0)
(−300.0 to −0.1 to
700.0)
8100 to 0850 FF9C to FFFF to
(−100 to 850) 05DC
(−100 to −1 to
1500)
0000 to 1700 0000 to 0BB8
(0 to 1700) (0 to 3000)
0000 to 1700 0000 to 0BB8
(0 to 1700) (0 to 3000)
0400 to 1800 02EE to 0C80
(400 to 1800) (750 to 3200)
F999 to 7000
(See note 3.)
(−99.9 to
700.0)
F100 to 1500
(−100 to
1500)
B000 to 7000
(−300.0 to
700.0)
8100 to 1500
(−100 to
1500)
0000 to 3000
(0 to 3000)
0000 to 3000
(0 to 3000)
0750 to 3200
(750 to 3200)
1. If the indication range is exceeded, a sensor error will occur and the sensor
error bit will turn ON. The process value will be clamped at the lower or upper limit of the indication range, depending on the setting for data direction
at sensor error.
2. The lower limit for B thermocouples is 0°C/°F.
3. The indicator range for BCD display will be clamped at the lower (or upper)
limit in the region between the lower (or upper) limit of the setting range
and the point where a sensor error occurs.
For 0.1°C/0.1°F indication with minus sign indicated by leftmost 4 bits (bits
12 to 15): Lower limit = −99.9, Upper limit = 999.9.
For 0.1°C/0.1°F indication with minus sign indicated by leftmost bit (bit 15):
Lower limit = −799.9, Upper limit = 799.9.
86
Section 2-3
CS1W-PTS51 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Temperature Characteristics According to Thermocouple Type
Thermocouple
0 to 200°C
Set value error when ambient
temperature changes by 1°C
±0.43°C
200 to 1,000°C
1,000 to 1,700°C
±0.29°C
±285 ppm of PV
0 to 200°C
200 to 1,000°C
±0.43°C
±0.29°C
1,000 to 1,700°C
400°C or less
285 ppm of PV
Not specified.
400 to 800°C
800 to 1,000°C
±0.43°C
±0.29°C
1,000 to 1,800°C
−200 to −100°C
285 ppm of PV
±0.29°C
−100 to 400°C
400 to 1,300°C
±0.11°C
±285 ppm of PV
J
−100 to 400°C
400 to 850°C
±0.11°C
±285 ppm of PV
T
−200 to −100°C
−100 to 400°C
±0.29°C
±0.11°C
L
−100 to 400°C
400 to 850°C
±0.11°C
±285 ppm of PV
R
S
B
K
Temperature range
The measured temperature error is calculated as shown in the following
example.
Item
Ambient temperature
Thermocouple type
Details
30°C
K
Measured temperature (PV) 500°C
Reference accuracy (25°C) ±0.3°C of PV or ±1°C, whichever is greater, ±1 digit.
In this example, ±1.5°C.
Temperature characteristics 400 to 1,300°C: 285 ppm of PV.
In this example, 285 ppm × 500°C = 0.143°C.
Change in ambient temper- 5°C (25 to 30°C).
ature
Overall accuracy =
Reference accuracy + Temperature characteristic × Change in ambient temperature = ±1.5°C + ±0.143°C × 5 = Approx. ±2.2°C ± 1 digit.
87
Section 2-3
CS1W-PTS51 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
DM Area Allocations
First word: m = D20000 + unit number × 100 (unit number: 0 to 95)
DM Area address
Data range
Input No. Input No. Input No. Input No.
1
2
3
4
m+0
Decimal
Default
Data contents
Hexadecimal
12345, 0
3039 hex
0000 hex
0000 hex
Default block read command
Specifies the direction of data transfer when
power is turned ON to the PLC or the Unit is
restarted for DM words m+1 (first word) to
m+93.
• 12345 (3039 hex): The default data at the
left is transferred from the Resistance
Thermometer Input Unit to the CPU Unit.
When the transfer is completed, the value
will become 0000 hex.
• Other than 12345 (3039 hex) (such as
0000 hex): The data in the allocated
words of DM Area is transferred from the
CPU Unit to the Resistance Thermometer
Input Unit.
0 to 34
0000 to 0022
hex
0
(0000 hex)
Address of Data Range Error (See note1.)
Display parameter
m+1
Setting Group 1 (continuously refreshed area): Parameters that are continuously refreshed during PLC operation (regardless of the
CPU Unit’s operation mode)
Process value alarm settings
m+2
m+6
m + 10
m + 14
Low to high limit for sensors.
1300
(0514 hex)
Process value H (high limit) alarm setting
m+3
m+7
m + 11
m + 15
−200
(FF38 hex)
Process value L (low limit) alarm setting
m+4
m+8
m + 12
m + 16
0 to 9999
0000 to270F
hex
10000
(2710 hex)
Set value × 0.001
m+5
m+9
m + 13
m + 17
–9999 to
9999
D8F1 to 270F 0
hex,
(0000 hex)
Span adjustment value
Zero adjustment value
Set value × 0.1
Setting Group 2 (initial settings area): Parameters that are transferred one time from the CPU Unit to the Input Unit if the DM Area first
word is other than 12345 when the PLC is powered up or the Input Unit is restarted.
Operation settings (See note 2.)
m + 18
(See note 2.)
(See note 2.) 0
(0000 hex)
00 to 03: Temperature unit (°C or °F)
04 to 07: Data display (binary or BCD)
08 to 11: Minus sign display format for BCD
display
12 to 15: Data direction at sensor error
Sensor type
m + 19
m + 23
m + 27
m + 31
0 to 9
0000 to 0009
hex
0
(0000 hex)
0: K, 1: K (with decimal point), 2: J, 3: J (with
decimal point), 4: T, 5: L, 6: L (with decimal
point), 7: R, 8: S, 9: B
m + 20
m + 24
m + 28
m + 32
0, 1
0000, 0001
hex
0
(0000 hex)
Select either high limit or low limit alarm output.
0: High limit alarm; 1: Low limit alarm
m + 21
m + 25
m + 29
m + 33
0 to 9999
0000 to 270F
hex
0
(0000 hex)
Set value × 0.1
m + 22
m + 26
m + 30
m + 34
0 to 60
0000 to 003C 0
hex
(0000 hex)
External alarm output mode
Alarm hysteresis
Alarm ON-delay time
Note
88
Unit: s
1. The ERC indicator on the Unit's front panel will light if an out-of-range setting is made in either Setting Group1 (continuously refreshed area) or 2
(initial settings area). The offset from m of the first DM word containing the
out-of-range error will be stored as the Address of Data Range Error in the
DM Area in four digits hexadecimal.
Section 2-3
CS1W-PTS51 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
2. The operation settings are shown in the following table.
Word
m+18
Bits
Description
00
Temperature unit setting
04
Data format
Settings
0: °C
1: °F
08
0: Binary (Negatives are given as 2’s complements).
1: BCD
Minus sign display format for BCD display 0: “F” used to indicate the minus sign.
1: Leftmost bit used to indicate the minus sign.
The setting is disabled if bits 04 to 07 are set to 0.
12
Data direction at sensor error
0: Goes to upper limit at sensor error
1: Goes to lower limit at sensor error
Example: For a temperature in degrees celcius (°C), a binary data format, and
a data direction at sensor error of “lower limit,” m+18 = 1000.
CIO Area Allocations
First word: n = 2000 + unit number × 10 (unit number: 0 to 95)
Direction
Thermocouple
Input Unit to
CPU Unit
Word
n
Bit
00
Name
Input No. 1
01
02
Input No. 2
03
04
05
06
Input No. 4
07
Contents
0: Process value > Set value
1: Process value ≤ Set value
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
0: Process value < Set value
1: Process value ≥ Set value
0, 1
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
Input No. 3
Data range
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
Same as for input No. 1.
0, 1
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
Process value 0, 1
H (high limit)
alarm
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
0, 1
Process value
Depends on type of
input.
08 to 15 Not used.
n+1
n+2
00 to 15 Input No. 1
00 to 15 Input No. 2
n+3
n+4
00 to 15 Input No. 3
00 to 15 Input No. 4
Stores data in the data
range specified for the input
type ±20 digits.
89
Section 2-3
CS1W-PTS51 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Direction
Thermocouple
Input Unit to
CPU Unit
Word
n+5
Bit
Name
00 to 15 Not used.
n+6
n+7
00 to 15
00 to 15
n+8
n+9
00 to 15
00
Input No. 1
Data range
Sensor error
0, 1
01
02
Input No. 2
Input No. 3
0, 1
0, 1
03
04
Input No. 4
Not used.
0, 1
Cold junction sensor error
0, 1
Contents
0: Normal
1: Error
05
06
07
08
0: Normal
1: Error
09 to 14 Not used.
15
Conversion data enabled flag 0, 1
(See note.)
0: Data disabled
1: Data enabled
Note The Conversion Data Enabled Flag remains OFF after the power is turned
ON or the Unit is restarted until the AD conversion data becomes stable
(approximately 2 to 4 s), then is ON during operation.
Terminal Connection Diagram
No. 2
thermocouple input
2−
B1
2+
B2
CJ
B3
CJ
B4
4−
B5
4+
B6
L
ALM2
B7
L
ALM4
B8
0V
B9
N.C.
B10
Cold junction sensor
No. 4
thermocouple input
External alarm outputs
A1
N.C
A2
1−
A3
1+
A4
N.C.
A5
N.C.
A6
3−
A7
3+
A8
ALM1
L
A9
ALM3
L
A10
24V
A11
N.C.
No. 1
thermocouple input
No. 3
thermocouple input
External alarm outputs
Note Action for Unused Input Terminals
• Short-circuit the positive (+) and negative (−) sides of the thermocouple
input section using a lead wire. For example, short terminals A3 and A2
for No. 1 thermocouple input.
• Cold junction sensors are mounted before shipment. If one of the cold
junction sensors is disconnected, cold junction compensation will stop
and correct measurement of temperatures cannot be made. Always make
sure the cold junction sensors are connected when using the Units.
• Cold junction sensors are calibrated separately for each Unit and connected circuit, so correct temperatures will not be measured if a cold junction sensor from another Unit is used or if the two cold junction sensors in
a Unit are swapped. Use the cold junction sensors as they are provided,
without making any changes.
• Do not connect anything to NC terminals. Do not use NC terminals as
relay terminals.
90
Section 2-3
CS1W-PTS51 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
• Always ground the GR terminal on the Power Supply Unit of the PLC.
• If the input device uses a voltage generator, temperature compensator, or
similar device, then ground the input device if it has a ground terminal.
Terminal Block Diagram
Amplifier
circuit
A2
B2
Amplifier
circuit
No. 2 input
B4
A7
Amplifier
circuit
No. 3 input
A6
B6
Amplifier
circuit
No. 4 input
B5
Double
integral
A/D
Double
integral
A/D
Double
integral
A/D
Double
integral
A/D
Reference
power supply
Photocoupler
Reference
power supply
Photocoupler
5 VDC
Reference
power supply
Digital circuits
Connector
A3
No. 1 input
Isolation circuit
■ Input Circuits
Photocoupler
Reference
power supply
Photocoupler
Cold junction
sensors
B3
Amplifier
circuit
B4
Double
integral
A/D
Reference
power supply
Photocoupler
91
Section 2-3
CS1W-PTS51 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
■ Output Circuits
L
A8
ALM1
L
B7
ALM2
L
A9
ALM3
L
B8
ALM4
Internal Circuit
A10
24V
B9
0V
Output Display
LED
Error Processing
Conversion Data Does Not Change.
Probable cause
92
Remedy
The gain for span adjustment is
set to 0.
The sensor type, input range, or
process value scaling is not set
correctly.
Set the gain for span adjustment to a value other
than 0.
Check and correct the settings.
An input device is malfunctioning,
input wiring is faulty, or wiring is
disconnected.
Check whether the input voltage or current has
changed. Check for faulty or disconnected wiring. Check whether a sensor error has been
detected in the I/O Area.
Section 2-4
CS1W-PTS55 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Values are Not Converted as Intended.
Probable cause
The sensor type is not set correctly.
Remedy
Check and correct the settings.
The zero/span adjustment data is
incorrect.
Check and correct the zero/span adjustment settings.
Cold junction compensation is not Check the Cold Junction Error Flag.
operating.
A compensation conductor has
not been used or a different compensation conductor is used.
Use the correct compensation conductor for the
thermocouple.
Incorrect input wiring (incorrect
thermocouple or compensation
conductor polarity.)
Correct the input wiring.
Thermocouple lead or compensating conductor is too long and measurements are being affected by
conductor resistance.
The terminal block temperature is
not uniform due to radiated heat
from peripheral devices.
Use a thicker compensating conductor.
Change the wiring position and shorten the compensating conductor.
Mount the unit in a position unaffected by radiated heat.
Converted Values are Unstable.
Probable cause
Remedy
Input signals are being affected by Change the connection paths of the input signal
external noise.
lines. (Separate them from sources of noise or
use shielded cable.)
Insert a 0.01 to 0.1 µF ceramic capacitor
between the positive (+) and negative (−) input
terminals.
An airflow is hitting the Unit terminal block.
2-4
Move the terminal block to a position unaffected
by airflow.
CS1W-PTS55 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Overview
The CS1W-PTS55 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit provides 8 direct
thermocouple inputs, and sends the data to the CPU Unit each cycle. All
inputs are isolated.
CS1W-PTS55
RUN
ERC
ERH
54321
EDCBA
543210
F
X101 0 X100
9876
F
EDCBA
MACH
No.
93
9876
Section 2-4
CS1W-PTS55 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
System Configuration
CS1W-PTS55
8 thermocouple
inputs (K, J, L, R, S,
T, B )
Features
• Up to 8 thermocouples can be connected for each Unit (with 8 separate
settings for temperature sensors and input ranges).
• There is isolation between channels, so unwanted circuit paths between
thermocouple inputs can be prevented.
• A variety of temperature specifications are supported. Any of the following
can be selected for thermocouple input: K, J, L, R, S, T, B. (Decimal
points can be selected for K, J, and L.)
• Temperature sensor values are transmitted to the CPU Unit in four digits
hexadecimal. (Binary or BCD can be selected for the data output format.)
• Process value alarms (Two internal alarms per input can be output to
memory and two alarms per input can be output to specified I/O memory
area addresses using indirect address specifications).
• Alarm ON-delay timer and hysteresis for process value.
• Zero/span adjustment capability during operation.
• Sensor error detection.
• Maximum or minimum process value can be specified for when a sensor
error is detected.
Model Information
Unit
classification
CS-series
Special I/O
Unit
94
Model number
CS1W-PTS55
Inputs
8
Temperature sensor
types
K, J, L, R, S, T, B
Section 2-4
CS1W-PTS55 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Block Diagram (Order of Processing)
The processing for the inputs is as shown in the following diagram.
CPU Unit
CPU Unit CIO Area
Expansion Setting Area
H, L
Process value
Process value alarm
Sensor error
Cold junction sensor error
Alarm Output
I/O refresh
Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Process value alarm
Output limit
Zero/span adjustment
Cold junction temperature
compensation
Input calculations
Thermocouple type
Input range
Cold junction temperature compensation
A/D conversion
Upper cold junction sensor
Lower cold junction sensor
Thermocouple
95
Section 2-4
CS1W-PTS55 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Specifications
Item
Specifications
Model
CS1W-PTS55
Applicable PLC
Unit classification
CS Series
CS-series Special I/O Unit
Mounting position
CS-series CPU Rack or CS-series Expansion Rack (Cannot be mounted to C200H
Expansion I/O Rack or SYSMAC BUS Remote I/O Slave Rack.)
80 (within the allowable current consumption and power consumption range)
Maximum number of Units
Unit numbers
Areas for data
exchange with
CPU Unit
Special I/O Unit
Area
00 to 95 (Cannot duplicate Special I/O Unit numbers.)
10 words/Unit
Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit to CPU Unit:
All process values, process value alarms (L, H), conversion data enabled flags, sensor
errors, cold junction sensor errors
DM Area words 100 words/Unit
allocated to
CPU Unit to Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit:
Special I/O Units Temperature sensor type, input range (user set), process value alarm setting (L, H),
zero/span adjustment value.
Expansion Set- 1 word/Unit
ting Area
CPU Unit to Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit:
Process Value Alarm
Number of temperature sensor
inputs
Temperature sensor types
Data storage in the CIO Area
Accuracy (25°C)
Temperature characteristic
8
The sensor type be set individually for each of 8 inputs, which are each selectable
from K, J, L, R, S, T, B (“Not used” can be selected).
The actual process data in the input range is stored in four digits hexadecimal (binary
or BCD values) in the allocated words in the CIO Area.
With celsius selected: ±0.3% of PV or ± 1°C, whichever is greater, ±1 digit max.
With fahrenheit selected: ±0.3% of PV or ± 2°F, whichever is greater, ± 1 digit max.
However, the accuracy of K and T at −100°C or lower and L is ± 2°C ±1 digit max.
The accuracy of R and S at 200°C or lower is ±3°C ±1 digit max.
The accuracy of B at 400°C or lower is not specified.
PV: Process value data
Refer to Temperature Characteristics According to Thermocouple Type on page 98.
Conversion period
Maximum time to store data in
CPU Unit
Sensor error detection
250 ms/8 inputs.
Conversion period + one CPU Unit cycle
Functions
Process value 2-point alarm (H, L), alarm hysteresis, and ON-delay timer (0 to 60 s)
are available.
Two alarms per input (H, L) can be output to addresses in the CIO Area specified in
the Expansion Setting Area.
Between inputs and PLC signals: Transformer for power supply and photocoupler for
signals.
Between each input: Transformer for power supply and photocoupler for signals.
20 MΩ max. (at 500 V DC).
Between all input terminals and external AC terminals (Power Supply Unit)
Between all external DC terminals (input and NC terminals) and FG plate
Between all input and all NC terminals
Process value
alarm
Isolation
Insulation resistance
96
Detects sensor error at each input and turns ON the Sensor error Flag.
Hardware detection time: Approx. 0.5 s max.
The process value overrange direction for when a sensor error occurs can be specified. (High: +20 digit of set input range; low: –20 digit of set input range)
Section 2-4
CS1W-PTS55 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Item
Dielectric strength
Specifications
Between NC terminals and external AC terminals (Power Supply Unit)
2,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz 1 min., detection current: 1 mA
Between all input terminals and external AC terminals (Power Supply Unit)
Between all external DC terminals (input and NC terminals) and FG plate
1000 VAC, 50/60 Hz 1 min., detection current 1: mA
External connections
Unit number settings
Terminal block (detachable)
Set by rotary switches on front panel, from 0 to 95.
Indicators
Three LED indicators on front panel (for normal operation, errors detected at the Unit,
errors related to the CPU Unit)
Alarm time for CPU Unit cycle
time
0.4 ms
Current consumption (supplied
from Power Supply Unit)
5 V DC at 180 mA max.
26 V DC at 60 mA max.
35 × 130 × 126 mm (W × H × D)
Note The height including the Backplane is 145 mm.
450 g max.
Dimensions
Weight
Sensor Type and Input Range
The Temperature Sensor type and input range are set in the allocated words
in the DM Area for every four inputs.
The measurable data range is ±20 digits wider than the sensor input range.
Setting
0
1
°C
Input
16-bit binary
K: −200 to
FF38 to FFFF to
1300°C
0514
(−300 to 2300°F) (−200 to −1 to
1300)
K: 0.0 to 500°C 0000 to 1388
(0.0 to 900.0°F) (0.0 to 500.0)
°F
BCD
[email protected]@@
Leftmost bit
indicates
indicates
minus sign. minus sign.
16-bit binary
BCD
[email protected]@@
Leftmost bit
indicates
indicates
minus sign. minus sign.
F200 to 1300 8200 to 1300 FED4 to FFFF to
(−200 to
(−200 to
08FC
1300)
1300)
(−300 to −1 to
2300)
0000 to 5000 0000 to 5000 0000 to 2328
(0.0 to 500.0) (0.0 to 500.0) (0.0 to 900.0)
F300 to 2300 F300 to 2300
(−300 to
(−300 to
2300)
2300)
0000 to 9000 0000 to 7999
(0.0 to 900.0) (See note 3.)
(0.0 to 799.9)
F100 to 1500 8100 to 1500
(−100 to
(−100 to
1500)
1500)
2
J: −100 to 850°C FF9C to FFFF to F100 to 0850 8100 to 0850 FF9C to FFFF to
(−100 to 1500°F) 0352
(−100 to 850) (−100 to 850) 05DC
(−100 to −1 to 850)
(−100 to −1 to
1500)
3
J: 0.0 to 400.0°C 0000 to 0FA0
(0.0 to 750.0°F) (0.0 to 400.0)
0000 to 4000 0000 to 4000 0000 to 1D4C
(0.0 to 400.0) (0.0 to 400.0) (0.0 to 750.0)
0000 to 7500 0000 to 7500
(0.0 to 750.0) (0.0 to 750.0)
4
T: −200 to 400°C F830 to FFFF to
(−300 to
0FA0
700.0°F)
(−200.0 to −0.1 to
400.0)
L: −100 to 850°C FF9C to FFFF to
(−100 to 1500°F) 0352
(−100 to −1 to 850)
F999 to 4000
(See note 3.)
(−99.9 to
400.0)
F100 to 0850
(−100 to 850)
F999 to 7000
(See note 3.)
(−99.9 to
700.0)
F100 to 1500
(−100 to
1500)
6
L: 0.0 to 400.0°C 0000 to 0FA0
(0.0 to 750.0°F) (0.0 to 400.0)
0000 to 4000 0000 to 4000 0000 to 1D4C
(0.0 to 400.0) (0.0 to 400.0) (0.0 to 750.0)
0000 to 7500 0000 to 7500
(0.0 to 750.0) (0.0 to 750.0)
7
R: 0 to 1700°C
(0 to 3000°F)
S: 0 to 1700°C
(0 to 3000°F)
B: 400 to 1800°C
(See note 2.)
(750 to 3200°F)
0000 to 1700
(0 to 1700)
0000 to 1700
(0 to 1700)
0400 to 1800
(400 to 1800)
0000 to 3000
(0 to 3000)
0000 to 3000
(0 to 3000)
0750 to 3200
(750 to 3200)
5
8
9
0000 to 06A4
(0 to 1700)
0000 to 06A4
(0 to 1700)
0190 to 0708
(400 to 1800)
A000 to 4000 F448 to FFFF to
(−200.0 to
1B58
400.0)
(−300.0 to −0.1 to
700.0)
8100 to 0850 FF9C to FFFF to
(−100 to 850) 05DC
(−100 to −1 to
1500)
0000 to 1700 0000 to 0BB8
(0 to 1700) (0 to 3000)
0000 to 1700 0000 to 0BB8
(0 to 1700) (0 to 3000)
0400 to 1800 02EE to 0C80
(400 to 1800) (750 to 3200)
B000 to 7000
(−300.0 to
700.0)
8100 to 1500
(−100 to
1500)
0000 to 3000
(0 to 3000)
0000 to 3000
(0 to 3000)
0750 to 3200
(750 to 3200)
97
Section 2-4
CS1W-PTS55 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Note
1. If the indication range is exceeded, a sensor error will occur and the sensor
error bit will turn ON. The process value will be clamped at the lower or upper limit of the indication range, depending on the setting for data direction
at sensor error.
2. The lower limit for B thermocouples is 0°C/°F.
3. The indicator range for BCD display will be clamped at the lower (or upper)
limit in the region between the lower (or upper) limit of the setting range
and the point where a sensor error occurs.
For 0.1°C/0.1°F indication with minus sign indicated by leftmost 4 bits (bits
12 to 15): Lower limit = −99.9, Upper limit = 999.9.
For 0.1°C/0.1°F indication with minus sign indicated by leftmost bit (bit 15):
Lower limit = −799.9, Upper limit = 799.9.
Temperature Characteristics According to Thermocouple Type
Thermocouple
Temperature range
Set value error when ambient
temperature changes by 1°C
0 to 200°C
200 to 1,000°C
±0.43°C
±0.29°C
1,000 to 1,700°C
0 to 200°C
±285 ppm of PV
±0.43°C
200 to 1,000°C
1,000 to 1,700°C
±0.29°C
285 ppm of PV
400°C or less
400 to 800°C
Not specified.
±0.43°C
800 to 1,000°C
1,000 to 1,800°C
±0.29°C
285 ppm of PV
−200 to −100°C
−100 to 400°C
±0.29°C
±0.11°C
J
400 to 1,300°C
−100 to 400°C
±285 ppm of PV
±0.11°C
T
400 to 850°C
−200 to −100°C
±285 ppm of PV
±0.29°C
L
−100 to 400°C
−100 to 400°C
±0.11°C
±0.11°C
400 to 850°C
±285 ppm of PV
R
S
B
K
The measured temperature error is calculated as shown in the following
example.
Item
Ambient temperature
Details
30°C
Thermocouple type
K
Measured temperature (PV) 500°C
Reference accuracy (25°C) ±0.3°C of PV or ±1°C, whichever is greater, ±1 digit.
In this example, ±1.5°C.
Temperature characteristics 400 to 1,300°C: 285 ppm of PV.
In this example, 285 ppm × 500°C = 0.143°C.
Change in ambient temper- 5°C (25 to 30°C).
ature
Overall accuracy =
Reference accuracy + Temperature characteristic × Change in ambient temperature = ±1.5°C + ±0.143°C × 5 = Approx. ±2.2°C ± 1 digit.
98
Section 2-4
CS1W-PTS55 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
DM Area Allocations
First word: m = D20000 + unit number × 100 (unit number: 0 to 95)
DM Area address
Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input
No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 No. 4 No. 5 No. 6 No. 7 No. 8
m+0
Data range
Decimal
Default
Data contents
Hexadeci
mal
12345, 0
3039 hex
0000 hex
0000 hex
Default block read command
Specifies the direction of data transfer when power is turned ON to the
PLC or the Unit is restarted for DM
words m+1 (first word) to m+60.
• 12345 (3039 hex): The default data
at the left is transferred from the
Resistance Thermometer Input
Unit to the CPU Unit. When the
transfer is completed, the value will
become 0000 hex.
• Other than 12345 (3039 hex) (such
as 0000 hex): The data in the allocated words of DM Area is transferred from the CPU Unit to the
Resistance Thermometer Input
Unit.
0 to 59
0000 to
003B hex
0
(0000 hex)
Address of Data Range Error (See
note1.)
Display parameter
m+1
Setting Group 1 (continuously refreshed area): Parameters that are continuously refreshed during PLC operation (regardless of the
CPU Unit’s operation mode)
Process value alarm settings
m+2
m+6
m+10 m+14 m+18 m+22 m+26 m+30 Low to high limit for
sensors.
1300
(0514 hex)
Process value H (high limit) alarm
setting
m+3
m+7
m+11 m+15 m+19 m+23 m+27 m+31
−200
(FF38 hex)
Process value L (low limit) alarm setting
m+4
m+8
m+12 m+16 m+20 m+24 m+28 m+32 0 to
32000
0000 to
7D00 hex
10000
(2710 hex)
Set value × 0.0001
m+5
m+9
m+13 m+17 m+21 m+25 m+29 m+33 –9999 to
9999
D8F1 to
270F hex,
0
(0000 hex)
Set value × 0.1
Span adjustment value
Zero adjustment value
Setting Group 2 (initial settings area): Parameters that are transferred one time from the CPU Unit to the Input Unit if the DM Area first
word is other than 12345 when the PLC is powered up or the Input Unit is restarted.
Operation settings (See note 2.)
m +34
(See
note 2.)
(See note 0
2.)
(0000 hex)
00 to 03: Temperature unit (°C or °F)
04 to 07: Data display (binary or
BCD)
08 to 11: Minus sign display format
for BCD display
12 to 15: Data direction at sensor
error
Sensor type
m+35 m+38 m+41 m+44 m+47 m+50 m+53 m+56 0 to 9, 15
0000 to
0009 hex,
000F hex
0
(0000 hex)
m+36 m+39 m+42 m+45 m+48 m+51 m+54 m+57 0 to 9999
0000 to
270F hex
0
(0000 hex)
0: K, 1: K (with decimal point), 2: J, 3:
J (with decimal point), 4: T, 5: L, 6: L
(with decimal point), 7: R, 8: S, 9: B,
F: Not used
Alarm hysteresis
Set value × 0.1
Alarm ON-delay time
m+37 m+40 m+43 m+46 m+49 m+52 m+55 m+58 0 to 60
0000 to
003C hex
0
(0000 hex)
m+59
0000,
0001 hex
0
(0000 hex)
Unit: s
Expansion Setting Area enable
0, 1
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Expansion Setting Area address
m+60
(See note 3)
0 to 6143
0000 to
17FF hex
0
(0000 hex)
CIO area (fixed)
Number of words.
99
Section 2-4
CS1W-PTS55 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Note
1. The ERC indicator on the Unit's front panel will light if an out-of-range setting is made in either Setting Group1 (continuously refreshed area) or 2
(initial settings area). The offset from m of the first DM word containing the
out-of-range error will be stored as the Address of Data Range Error in the
DM Area in four digits hexadecimal.
2. The operation settings are shown in the following table
3. A range check is not performed for the Expansion Setting Area address set
in word m+60. Be sure to check this address before starting actual operation.
Word
m+18
Bits
00
Description
Temperature unit setting
Settings
04
Data format
08
Minus sign display format for BCD display 0: “F” used to indicate the minus sign.
1: Leftmost bit used to indicate the minus sign.
The setting is disabled if bits 04 to 07 are set to 0.
12
Data direction at sensor error
0: °C
1: °F
0: Binary (Negatives are given as 2’s complements).
1: BCD
0: Goes to upper limit at sensor error
1: Goes to lower limit at sensor error
Example: For a temperature in degrees celcius (°C), a binary data format, and
a data direction at sensor error of “lower limit,” m+18 = 1000.
100
Section 2-4
CS1W-PTS55 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Expansion Setting Area
First word: word o. (o = address specified in m+60 in the DM Area)
Direction
Thermocouple
Input Unit to
CPU Unit
Word
o
Bit
00
Name
Input No. 1
01
02
Input No. 2
03
04
05
06
07
08
Input No. 5
Input No. 6
13
14
15
0, 1
0, 1
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
0, 1
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
0, 1
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
0, 1
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
Input No. 8
Same as for input No. 1.
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
Input No. 7
0, 1
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
11
12
0: Process value < Set value
1: Process value ≥ Set value
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
09
10
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
Input No. 4
Contents
0: Process value > Set value
1: Process value ≤ Set value
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
Input No. 3
Data range
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
0, 1
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
0, 1
Note If either of the following changes is made for the Expansion Setting Area for
the CS1W-PTS55/PTS56/PDC55, the previous data will be left in the Expansion Setting Area even after the change has been made.
Clear the previous data when changing either of these settings.
• The Expansion Setting Area Enable setting is changed from “enabled” to
“disabled.”
• The Expansion Setting Area Address setting is changed while the Expansion Setting Area Enable setting is set to “enabled.”
101
Section 2-4
CS1W-PTS55 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
CIO Area Allocations
First word: n = 2000 + unit number × 10 (unit number: 0 to 95)
Direction
Thermocouple
Input Unit to
CPU Unit
Word
n
Bit
00
Name
Data range
Input No. 1 Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
Contents
0: Process value > Set value
1: Process value ≤ Set value
Process value 0, 1
H (high limit)
alarm
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
0: Process value < Set value
1: Process value ≥ Set value
01
02
Input No. 2
03
04
Input No. 3
05
06
Input No. 4
07
08
Input No. 5
09
10
Input No. 6
11
12
Input No. 7
13
14
Input No. 8
15
102
n+1
00 to 15 Input No. 1
n+2
n+3
00 to 15 Input No. 2
00 to 15 Input No. 3
n+4
n+5
00 to 15 Input No. 4
00 to 15 Input No. 5
n+6
n+7
00 to 15 Input No. 6
00 to 15 Input No. 7
n+8
00 to 15 Input No. 8
Same as for input No. 1.
Process value 0, 1
H (high limit)
alarm
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
Process value 0, 1
H (high limit)
alarm
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
Process value 0, 1
H (high limit)
alarm
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
Process value L
(low limit) alarm
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
Process value L
(low limit) alarm
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
Process value L
(low limit) alarm
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
Process value
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
Depends on type of
input.
Stores data in the data
range specified for the input
type ±20 digits.
Section 2-4
CS1W-PTS55 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Direction
Thermocouple
Input Unit to
CPU Unit
Word
n+9
Bit
Name
Sensor error
Data range
00
Input No. 1
01
02
Input No. 2
Input No. 3
0, 1
0, 1
03
04
Input No. 4
Input No. 5
0, 1
0, 1
05
06
Input No. 6
Input No. 7
0, 1
0, 1
07
08
Input No. 8
Cold junction sensor 1 error
0, 1
0, 1
09
Cold junction sensor 2 error
10 to 14 Not used.
0, 1
15
0, 1
Contents
0: Normal
1: Error
0: Normal
1: Error
Conversion data enabled flag 0, 1
(See note.)
0: Data disabled
1: Data enabled
Note The Conversion Data Enabled Flag remains OFF after the power is turned
ON or the Unit is restarted until the AD conversion data becomes stable
(approximately 2 to 4 s), then is ON during operation.
Terminal Connection Diagram
No. 4 thermocouple input
No. 3 thermocouple input
No. 2 thermocouple input
No. 1 thermocouple input
N.C.
B1
N.C.
B2
1+
B3
2+
B4
3+
B5
4+
B6
5+
B7
6+
B8
7+
B9
8+
B10
N.C.
B11
N.C.
B12
A1
CJ1+
A2
CJ1-
A3
1-
A4
2-
A5
3-
A6
4-
A7
5-
A8
6-
A9
7-
A10
8-
A11
CJ2+
A12
CJ2-
Cold junction sensor
Cold junction sensor
No. 8 thermocouple input
No. 7 thermocouple input
No. 6 thermocouple input
No. 5 thermocouple input
Note
• Set the Sensor type in Setting Group 2 in the DM Area to “Not used” for
any thermocouple inputs that are not used.
• Cold junction sensors are mounted before shipment. If one of the cold
junction sensors is disconnected, cold junction compensation will stop
103
Section 2-4
CS1W-PTS55 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
•
•
•
•
and correct measurement of temperatures cannot be made. Always make
sure the cold junction sensors are connected when using the Units.
Cold junction sensors are calibrated separately for each Unit and connected circuit, so correct temperatures will not be measured if a cold junction sensor from another Unit is used or if the two cold junction sensors in
a Unit are swapped. Use the cold junction sensors as they are provided,
without making any changes.
Do not connect anything to NC terminals. Do not use NC terminals as
relay terminals.
Always ground the GR terminal on the Power Supply Unit of the PLC.
If the input device uses a voltage generator, temperature compensator, or
similar device, then ground the input device if it has a ground terminal.
Terminal Block Diagram
■ Input Circuits
No. 1 input
A2
Double
integral
A/D
Reference
power supply
No.2 input Reference
power supply
Photocoupler
No.3 input Reference
power supply
B6
Amplifier
circuit
No. 4 input
A6
Double
integral
A/D
26 VDC
Reference
power supply
Photocoupler
5 VDC
Cold junction
sensors
A1
Amplifier
circuit
A2
Double
integral
A/D
Reference
power supply
No.2 input
Photocoupler
Digital circuits
Connector
Amplifier
circuit
Isolation circuit
B3
No.3 input
Photocoupler
Photocoupler
No.6 input
Photocoupler
No.7 input
Photocoupler
Amplifier
circuit
No. 5 input
A7
B10
No. 8 input
Amplifier
circuit
A10
Double
integral
A/D
Double
integral
A/D
Reference
power supply
Photocoupler
Reference
power supply
Photocoupler
Isolation circuit
B7
No.6 input Reference
power supply
Cold junction
sensors
A11
Amplifier
circuit
A12
Double
integral
A/D
Reference
power supply
No.7 input Reference
power supply
Photocoupler
Error Processing
Conversion Data Does Not Change.
Probable cause
The gain for span adjustment is
set to 0.
104
Remedy
Set the gain for span adjustment to a value other
than 0.
Section 2-4
CS1W-PTS55 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Probable cause
The sensor type, input range, or
process value scaling is not set
correctly.
An input device is malfunctioning,
input wiring is faulty, or wiring is
disconnected.
Remedy
Check and correct the settings.
Check whether the input voltage or current has
changed. Check for faulty or disconnected wiring. Check whether a sensor error has been
detected in the I/O Area.
Values are Not Converted as Intended.
Probable cause
Remedy
The sensor type is not set correctly.
The zero/span adjustment data is
incorrect.
Cold junction compensation is not
operating.
A compensation conductor has
not been used or a different compensation conductor is used.
Incorrect input wiring (incorrect
thermocouple or compensation
conductor polarity.)
Thermocouple lead or compensating conductor is too long and measurements are being affected by
conductor resistance.
Check and correct the settings.
The terminal block temperature is
not uniform due to radiated heat
from peripheral devices.
Mount the unit in a position unaffected by radiated heat.
Check and correct the zero/span adjustment settings.
Check the Cold Junction Error Flag.
Use the correct compensation conductor for the
thermocouple.
Correct the input wiring.
Use a thicker compensating conductor.
Change the wiring position and shorten the compensating conductor.
Converted Values are Unstable.
Probable cause
Remedy
Input signals are being affected by Change the connection paths of the input signal
external noise.
lines. (Separate them from sources of noise or
use shielded cable.)
Insert a 0.01 to 0.1 µF ceramic capacitor
between the positive (+) and negative (−) input
terminals.
An airflow is hitting the Unit termi- Move the terminal block to a position unaffected
nal block.
by airflow.
105
CS1W-PTS02 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100 or JPt100)
2-5
Section 2-5
CS1W-PTS02 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input
Unit (Pt100 or JPt100)
Overview
The CS1W-PTS02 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit provides
four direct platinum resistance thermometer inputs, and sends the data to the
CPU Unit each cycle. All inputs are isolated.
CS1W-PTS02
System Configuration
CS1W-PTS02
Four resistance thermometer inputs
(Pt100 or JPt100)
Features
• Up to four platinum resistance thermometers can be connected for each
Unit (with four separate settings for temperature sensors and input
ranges).
• Pt100 (JIS, IEC) or JPt100 can be selected.
• Temperature sensor values are transmitted to the CPU Unit in four digits
hexadecimal.
• Variable input range setting.
• Four values for each process value alarm input.
• ON-delay timer for process value alarm.
• Mean value processing.
• Rate-of-change calculation.
• Two values for each rate-of-change alarm input.
• Zero/span adjustment capability during operation.
• Disconnection detection.
• Maximum or minimum process value can be specified for when a disconnection is detected.
106
CS1W-PTS02 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100 or JPt100)
Section 2-5
Model Information
Unit classification
Model number
Inputs
CS-series Special I/O Unit CS1W-PTS02
4 max.
Temperature sensor types
Platinum resistance thermometer Pt100 (JIS, IEC) or
JPt100.
107
CS1W-PTS02 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100 or JPt100)
Section 2-5
Block Diagram (Order of Processing)
The processing for the four inputs is as shown in the following diagram.
CPU Unit CIO Area
HH, H, L, LL
Process value
H, L
Process value alarm
Rate-of-change value
Rate-of-change alarm
I/O
refresh
Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit
Process value alarm
Input disconnection
alarm
Rate-of-change alarm
Output limit: −15% to +115%
Rate-of-change calculation and scaling
+115% or −15% when input disconnection is detected
Output limit: −15% to +115%
Zero/span adjustment
Process value scaling
Input calculations
Resistance thermometer type
Input range
A/D conversion, moving average
Resistance thermometer
108
Input disconnection check
CS1W-PTS02 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100 or JPt100)
Section 2-5
Specifications
Item
Specifications
Model
CS1W-PTS02
Applicable PLC
Unit classification
CS Series
CS-series Special I/O Unit
Mounting position
CS-series CPU Rack or CS-series Expansion Rack (Cannot be mounted to C200H
Expansion I/O Rack or SYSMAC BUS Remote I/O Slave Rack.)
80 (within the allowable current consumption and power consumption range)
Maximum number of Units
Unit numbers
Areas for data
exchange with
CPU Unit
Special I/O Unit
Area
00 to 95 (Cannot duplicate Special I/O Unit numbers.)
10 words/Unit
Resistance Thermometer Input Unit to CPU Unit:
All process values, process value alarms (LL, L, H, HH), rate-of-change values, rateof-change alarms (L, H), disconnection alarms, cold junction sensor errors
DM Area words 100 words/Unit
allocated to
CPU Unit to Resistance Thermometer:
Special I/O Units Temperature sensor type, input range (user set), scaling of process value data to be
stored in allocated words in CIO area, number of items for moving average, process
value alarm setting (LL, L, H, HH), rate-of-change alarm setting (L, H), zero/span
adjustment value, etc.
Number of temperature sensor
4
inputs
Temperature sensor types
Input ranges
Scaling in industrial units
Data storage in the CIO Area
Accuracy (25°C)
Pt100 (JIS, IEC) or JPt100
Sensor type, input range, and scaling to
industrial units are separate for each of
the 4 inputs.
Note Sensor type, input range, and scaling to industrial units are set in the
DM Area.
The input range can be set within any of Example:
the measurable input ranges shown in
Sensor type: Pt100; input range: 0 to
Table 1 (below).
500°C; industrial unit scaling: 0.0 to
Note Internally, inputs are processed in 500°C. DM Area settings are as follows:
five ranges (refer to Table 2 below), Sensor type: 0 (0000 hex)
so accuracy and resolution accord Input signal maximum: 5000 (1388 hex)
with these internal ranges.
Input signal minimum: 0 (0000 hex)
Data to be stored in the allocated words in Industrial unit maximum value stored: 500
the CIO area must be scaled (individually (01F4 hex)
Industrial unit minimum value stored: 0
for each of 4 inputs, with the minimum
(0000 hex)
and maximum values set). Data can be
stored at 0% to 100%.
The value derived from carrying out the following processing in order of the actual
process data in the input range is stored in four digits hexadecimal (binary values) in
the allocated words in the CIO Area.
1) Mean value processing → 2) Scaling → 3) Zero/span adjustment → 4) Output limits
The greater of the following: ±0.1% (of internal range full span) or 0.1°C
As shown in the following equation, the accuracy depends on the ratio of the selected
internal range (0 to 4) span to the set input range span.
Accuracy = ±0.1% x
Internal range span
Set input range span
or 0.1°C, whichever is greater.
Temperature coefficient
±0.015% /°C, for any of internal range numbers 0 to 4.
Resolution
1/4,096 (of internal range full span)
As shown in the following equation, the resolution depends on the ratio of the selected
internal range (0 to 4) span to the set input range span.
Resolution =
Sensing method
Internal range span
1
x
Set input range span
4096
3-wire method
109
CS1W-PTS02 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100 or JPt100)
Item
Allowable lead wire resistance
20 Ω max. per wire
Input detection current
Response time
0.25 mA
0.5 s (travel time from input 0% to 90%, for step input)
Conversion period
Maximum time to store data in
CPU Unit
100 ms/4 inputs
Conversion period + one CPU Unit cycle
Section 2-5
Specifications
Disconnection detection
Function
Detects disconnections at each input and turns ON the Disconnection Detection Flag.
Hardware detection time: Approx. 1 s
The process value overrange direction for when a disconnection occurs can be specified. (High: 115% of set input range; low: –15% of set input range)
Mean value pro- Calculates the moving average for the specified number of process values (1 to 16),
cessing (input
and stores that value in the CIO Area as the process value.
filter)
Process value
alarm
Rate-of-change
calculation
Rate-of-change
alarm
Isolation
Process value 4-point alarm (HH, H, LL, L), alarm hysteresis, and ON-delay timer (0
to 60 s) are available.
Calculates the amount of change per comparison time interval (1 to 16 s).
Rate-of-change 2-point alarm (H, L), alarm hysteresis (shared with process value
alarm), and ON-delay timer (0 to 60 s, shared with process value alarm) are available.
Between temperature inputs and between input terminals and PLC signals: Isolation
by transformer
Insulation resistance
Dielectric strength
20 MΩ (at 500 V DC) between inputs
Between inputs: 1,000 V AC, at 50/60 Hz, for 1 min, leakage current 10 mA max.
External connections
Unit number settings
Terminal block (detachable)
Set by rotary switches on front panel, from 0 to 95.
Indicators
Three LED indicators on front panel (for normal operation, errors detected at the
Resistance Thermometer Input Unit, and errors related to the CPU Unit).
Front panel connector
Alarm time for CPU Unit cycle
time
Current consumption
Sensor input connector terminal block (detachable)
0.3 ms
Dimensions
35 × 130 × 126 mm (W × H × D)
Note The height including the Backplane is 145 mm.
Weight
Standard accessories
450 g max.
None
5 V DC at 150 mA max., 26 V DC at 150 mA max.
Sensor Type and Input Range
The resistance thermometer type and input range are set in the allocated
words in the DM Area for every four inputs. The input range can be set anywhere within the measurable input ranges shown in Table 1.
Table 1: Measurable Input
Ranges
Sensor type
Pt100
DM Area setting
0
Measurable input range (See note.)
–200 to 850°C
JPt100
1
–200 to 500°C
Note Set the input range in the DM Area within this range.
Internally inputs are processed in five progressive ranges (Nos. 0 to 4), as
shown in the following table.
Table 2: Internal Ranges
Internal range number
110
Temperature range
Span
0
1
–200 to 850°C
–200 to 438°C
1,050°C
638°C
2
–200 to 211°C
411°C
CS1W-PTS02 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100 or JPt100)
3
Internal range number
Temperature range
–100 to 104°C
204°C
4
–51 to 52°C
103°C
Section 2-5
Span
Therefore, the accuracy and resolution are determined by the ratio of the
selected internal range (0 to 4) span to the set input range span. For the internal range, a larger number is selected when both the minimum and maximum
values of the range fall within that next range.
For example, suppose that the sensor type is Pt100 and the set input range is
–100 to 400°C. Since both the minimum and maximum values fall within the
limits for internal range No. 1 (–200 to 438°C), that range will be selected.
Note With Resistance Thermometer Input Units, process values can be scaled
(e.g., 0% to 100%) in industrial units for the set input range. It is possible to
set the process value scaling higher than the resolution, but it will cause the
values to be unstable.
DM Area Allocations
m = D20000 + unit number × 100 (unit number: 0 to 95)
DM Area address
Input
No. 1
Input
No. 2
Input
No. 3
Data range
Input
No. 4
m
Decimal
12345, 0
Hexadecimal
3039 hex
0000 hex
Default
(See note
1.)
0000 hex
Data contents
Default block read command
Specifies the direction of data transfer when
power is turned ON to the PLC or the Unit is
restarted for DM words m+2 to m+93.
• 12345 (3039 hex): The default data at the left
is transferred from the Resistance Thermometer Input Unit to the CPU Unit. When the
transfer is completed, the value will become
0000 hex.
• Other than 12345 (3039 hex) (such as 0000
hex): The data in the allocated words of DM
Area is transferred from the CPU Unit to the
Resistance Thermometer Input Unit.
Setting Group 1 (continuously refreshed area): Parameters that are continuously refreshed during PLC operation (regardless of the
CPU Unit’s operation mode)
Process value alarm settings
m+2
m + 10
m + 18
m + 26
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex
4200
(1068 hex)
Process value HH (high high limit) alarm setting
(Set at process value scaling value.)
m+3
m + 11
m + 19
m + 27
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex
4000
(0FA0 hex)
Process value H (high limit) alarm setting
(Set at process value scaling value.)
m+4
m + 12
m + 20
m + 28
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex
0
(0000 hex)
Process value L (low limit) alarm setting
(Set at process value scaling value.)
m+5
m + 13
m + 21
m + 29
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex
–200
(FF38 hex)
Process value LL (low low limit) alarm setting
(Set at process value scaling value.)
m+6
m + 14
m + 22
m + 30
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex
4000
(0FA0 hex)
Rate-of-change value H (high limit) alarm setting
(Set at rate-of-change scaling value.)
m+7
m + 15
m + 23
m + 31
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex
0
(0000 hex)
Rate-of-change value L (low limit) alarm setting
(Set at rate-of-change scaling value.)
m+8
m + 16
m + 24
m + 32
0 to 32000 0000 to 7D00 hex
10000
(2710 hex)
Gain for span adjustment
(set value x 0.0001)
m+9
m + 17
m + 25
m + 33
–32000 to
32000
0
(0000 hex)
Zero adjustment value
(Set at process value scaling value.)
Rate-of-change value alarm settings
Zero/span adjustment
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
Setting Group 2 (initial settings area): Parameters that are transferred one time from the CPU Unit to the Resistance Thermometer
Input Unit if m is other than 12345 when the PLC is powered up or the Resistance Thermometer Input Unit is restarted.
m + 34
m + 49
m + 64
m + 79
0, 1
0000 to 0001 hex
0
(0000 hex)
Sensor type
0: Pt100; 1: JPt100
Process value input range settings
111
CS1W-PTS02 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100 or JPt100)
DM Area address
Data range
Default
(See note
1.)
Section 2-5
Data contents
Input
No. 1
Input
No. 2
Input
No. 3
Input
No. 4
Decimal
Hexadecimal
m + 35
m + 50
m + 65
m + 80
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
4000
(0FA0 hex)
Maximum input signal value
(set value x 0.1°C/°F)
m + 36
m + 51
m + 66
m + 81
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
0
(0000 hex)
Minimum input signal value
(set value x 0.1°C/°F)
m + 37
m + 52
m + 67
m + 82
0, 1
0000, 0001 hex
0
(0000 hex)
Unit
0: °C, 1: °F
m + 38
m + 53
m + 68
m + 83
0, 1
0000, 0001 hex
0
(0000 hex)
Process value overrange direction at time of
input disconnection
0: High; 1: Low
Process value scaling
m + 39
m + 54
m + 69
m + 84
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
4000
(0FA0 hex)
Value stored for maximum value in range
(span)
m + 40
m + 55
m + 70
m + 85
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
0
(0000 hex)
Value stored for minimum value in range (zero)
m + 41
m + 56
m + 71
m + 86
0 to 32000 0000 to 7D00 hex
40
(0028 hex)
Alarm hysteresis
(Set at process value scaling value. Shared
with process value alarm and rate-of–change
alarm.)
m + 42
m + 57
m + 72
m + 87
0 to 60
0000 to 003C hex
0
(0000 hex)
Alarm ON-delay time (Unit: s)
(Shared with process value alarm and rate-of–
change alarm.)
m + 43
m + 58
m + 73
m + 88
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
4000
(0FA0 hex)
m + 44
m + 59
m + 74
m + 89
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
–4000
(F060 hex)
m + 45
m + 60
m + 75
m + 90
1 to 16
0001 to 0010 hex
1
(0001 hex)
Rate-of-change comparison time interval
(Unit: s)
m + 46
m + 61
m + 76
m + 91
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
4000
(0FA0 hex)
Rate-of-change
value scaling
m + 47
m + 62
m + 77
m + 92
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
0
(0000 hex)
m + 48
m + 63
m + 78
m + 93
1 to 16
0001 to 0010 hex
4
(0004 hex)
Number of process values for calculating moving average for mean value processing
m + 96
m + 97
0 to 93
0000 to 005D hex
0
(0000 hex)
Address of Data Range Error (See note 2.)
Alarm supplementary functions
Rate-of-change function
Rate-of-change
range setting
Maximum rate-of-change
value (Process value
industrial unit; comparison
time interval)
Minimum rate-of-change
value (Process value
industrial unit; comparison
time interval)
Value stored for maximum
value in range
Value stored for minimum
value in range
Mean value processing function
Storage parameter
m + 94
m + 95
Note
1. The default values are transferred from the Resistance Thermometer Input
Unit to the CPU Unit when m is 12345 (3039 hex).
2. The ERC indicator on the Unit’s front panel will light if an out-of-range setting is made in either Setting Group1 or 2. The offset from m of the first DM
word containing the out-of-range error will be stored as the Address of
Data Range Error in the DM Area in four digits hexadecimal. For more information, refer to 1-6 Error Processing.
112
CS1W-PTS02 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100 or JPt100)
Section 2-5
CIO Area Allocations
n = 2000 + unit number × 10 (unit number: 0 to 95)
Direction
Word
Resistance n
Thermometer Input Unit
to CPU Unit
Bit
00
Input No. 1
Name
Data range
Process value LL (low 0, 1
low limit) alarm
01
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
02
Process value H (high 0, 1
limit) alarm
03
Process value HH
(high high limit) alarm
Process value LL (low
low limit) alarm
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
Process value H (high
limit) alarm
04
Input No. 2
05
06
07
08
Input No. 3
10
11
13
0, 1
0, 1
0: Process value <
Set value
1: Process value ≥ Set
value
Same as for input No.
1.
0, 1
0, 1
Process value HH
0, 1
(high high limit) alarm
09
12
0, 1
Contents
0: Process value >
Set value
1: Process value ≤ Set
value
Input No. 4
Process value LL (low 0, 1
low limit) alarm
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
Process value H (high
limit) alarm
Process value HH
(high high limit) alarm
Process value LL (low
low limit) alarm
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
Same as for input No.
1.
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
Same as for input No.
1.
0, 1
14
Process value H (high 0, 1
limit) alarm
15
0, 1
Process value HH
(high high limit) alarm
113
CS1W-PTS02 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100 or JPt100)
Direction
Word
Resistance n + 1
Thermometer Input Unit
to CPU Unit n + 2
Bit
00 to 15
Name
Input No. 1 process value
00 to 15
Input No. 2 process value
n+3
00 to 15
Input No. 3 process value
n+4
00 to 15
Input No. 4 process value
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
n+5
00 to 15
Input No. 1 rate-of-change value
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
n+6
00 to 15
Input No. 2 rate-of-change value
n+7
00 to 15
Input No. 3 rate-of-change value
n+8
00 to 15
Input No. 4 rate-of-change value
n+9
00
Input No. 1
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
0, 1
01
02
Input No. 2
03
04
Input No. 3
05
06
07
114
Input No. 4
Rate-of-change value
L (low limit) alarm
Data range
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
Section 2-5
Contents
The present process
value is stored
according to the scaling set in the allocated
words of the DM Area.
The process value
rate of change is
stored according to
the scaling set in the
allocated words of the
DM Area.
0: Rate-of-change
value > Set value
1: Rate-of-change
value ≤ Set value
Rate-of-change value
H (high limit) alarm
0, 1
0: Rate-of-change
value < Set value
1: Rate-of-change
value ≥ Set value
Rate-of-change value
L (low limit) alarm
Rate-of-change value
H (high limit) alarm
Rate-of-change value
L (low limit) alarm
Rate-of-change value
H (high limit) alarm
0, 1
Same as for input No.
1.
Rate-of-change value
L (low limit) alarm
0, 1
Rate-of-change value
H (high limit) alarm
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
Same as for input No.
1.
0, 1
08
Input No. 1 input disconnection
0, 1
09
Input No. 2 input disconnection
0, 1
10
Input No. 3 input disconnection
0, 1
11
Input No. 4 input disconnection
0, 1
Same as for input No.
1.
0: Normal
1: Disconnection
Same as for input No.
1.
Same as for input No.
1.
Same as for input No.
1.
CS1W-PTS02 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100 or JPt100)
Section 2-5
Terminal Connection Diagram
CS1W-PTS02 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Unit
Resistance thermometer
No. 1 input
Resistance thermometer
No. 2 input
Resistance thermometer
No. 3 input
Resistance thermometer
No. 4 input
Note
1. Wire the same length to A, B, and b, so that the impedance will be the
same. In particular, do not short circuit between B and b at the terminal
block.
2. For unused input terminals, short-circuit between A–B and B–b (e.g., A2–
A3 and A3–A4 for input No. 1) of the resistance thermometer inputs with
the lead wire.
Terminal Block Diagram
CS1W-PTS02 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit
Resistance thermometer
Input No. 1
100 Ω
Standard
resistance
Isolation
circuit
Amplifier
Constant current
circuit
Constant current circuit
Resistance thermometer
Input No. 2
Multiplexer
Constant current circuit
Multi-gain
amplifier
circuit
A/D converter
Isolation
circuit
100 Ω
Standard
resistance
Digital computation circuit
Amplifier
Constant current
circuit
Constant current circuit
Input No. 3
Isolation
circuit
100 Ω
Standard
resistance
Amplifier
Connector
Resistance thermometer
5 V DC
Constant current
circuit
To CPU Unit
Isolated power supply circuit
26 V DC
Constant current circuit
Resistance thermometer
Input No. 4
Isolation
circuit
100 Ω
Standard
resistance
Amplifier
Constant current
circuit
115
CS1W-PTS02 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100 or JPt100)
Section 2-5
Error Processing
Conversion Data Does Not Change.
Probable cause
Remedy
The gain for span adjustment is
set to 0.
Set the gain for span adjustment to a value other than 0.
The minimum and maximum values for process value scaling are
either the same or are set
extremely low.
The sensor type, input range, or
process value scaling is not set
correctly.
An input device is malfunctioning,
input wiring is faulty, or wiring is
disconnected.
Set the minimum and maximum values correctly.
Check and correct the settings.
Check whether the input voltage or current has changed. Check for faulty or disconnected wiring. Check whether a wiring disconnection has been detected in the I/O
Area.
Values are Not Converted as Intended.
Probable cause
Remedy
The sensor type, input range, or Check and correct the settings.
process value scaling is not set
correctly.
The zero/span adjustment data is Check and correct the zero/span adjustment settings.
incorrect.
The resistance thermometer
Correct the input wiring.
input wiring is faulty.
Converted Values are Unstable.
Probable cause
Input signals are being affected
by external noise.
Remedy
Change the connection paths of the input signal lines. (Separate them from sources of
noise or use shielded cable.)
Increase the number of values for calculating the moving average in mean value processing.
The process value scaling value
is greater than the Unit’s resolution.
Reduce the process value scaling value.
The input signal range setting is
too small.
Match the input signal range to the internal ranges.
116
CS1W-PTS03 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Ni508.4 Ω)
2-6
Section 2-6
CS1W-PTS03 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input
Unit (Ni508.4 Ω)
Overview
The CS1W-PTS03 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit provides
four direct Ni thermometer inputs, and sends the data to the CPU Unit each
cycle. All inputs are isolated.
CS1W-PTS03
System Configuration
CS1W-PTS03
Four resistance thermometer
inputs (Ni508.4 Ω)
Features
• Up to four Ni resistance thermometers (508.4 Ω) can be connected for
each Unit (with four separate input ranges).
• Temperature sensor values are sent to the CPU Unit in four digits hexadecimal.
• Variable input range setting.
• Four values for each process value alarm input.
• ON-delay timer for process value alarm.
• Mean value processing.
• Rate-of-change calculation.
• Two values for each rate-of-change alarm input.
• Zero/span adjustment capability during operation.
• Disconnection detection.
• Maximum or minimum process value can be specified for when a disconnection is detected.
117
CS1W-PTS03 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Ni508.4 Ω)
Section 2-6
Model Information
Unit classification
Model number
Inputs
CS-series Special I/O Unit CS1W-PTS03
4 max.
Temperature sensor types
Resistance thermometer Ni508.4 Ω
Block Diagram (Order of Processing)
The processing for the four inputs is as shown in the following diagram.
CPU Unit CIO Area
HH, H, L, LL
Process value
Process value alarm
H, L
Rate-of-change value
Rate-of-change alarm
Input disconnection alarm
I/O
refresh
Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit
Process value alarm
Rate-of-change alarm
Output limit: −15% to +115%
Rate-of-change calculation and scaling
+115% or −15% when input disconnection is detected
Output limit: −15% to +115%
Zero/span adjustment
Input disconnection check
Process value scaling
Input calculations
Input range
A/D conversion, moving average
Resistance thermometer
118
Ni508.4 Ω
CS1W-PTS03 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Ni508.4 Ω)
Section 2-6
Specifications
Item
Specifications
Model
CS1W-PTS03
Applicable PLC
Unit classification
CS Series
CS-series Special I/O Unit
Mounting position
CS-series CPU Rack or CS-series Expansion Rack (Cannot be mounted to C200H
Expansion I/O Rack or SYSMAC BUS Remote I/O Slave Rack.)
80 (within the allowable current consumption and power consumption range)
Maximum number of Units
Unit numbers
Areas for data
exchange with
CPU Unit
Special I/O Unit
Area
00 to 95 (Cannot duplicate Special I/O Unit numbers.)
10 words/Unit
Resistance Thermometer Input Unit to CPU Unit:
All process values, process value alarms (LL, L, H, HH), rate-of-change values, rateof-change alarms (L, H), disconnection alarms
DM Area words 100 words/Unit
allocated to
CPU Unit to Resistance Thermometer Input Unit:
Special I/O Units Temperature sensor type, input range (user set), scaling of process value data to be
stored in allocated words in CIO area, number of items for moving average, process
value alarm setting (LL, L, H, HH), rate-of-change alarm setting (L, H), zero/span
adjustment value, etc.
Number of temperature sensor
4
inputs
Temperature sensor types
Ni508.4 Ω
Input range and scaling to industrial units
are separate for each of the 4 inputs.
Note Sensor type, input range, and scaling to industrial units are set in the
DM Area.
Input ranges
The input range can be set within a range
of –50 to 150°C (variable setting).
Note Internally, inputs are processed in
the above range (refer to Table 2
below), so accuracy and resolution
accord with this internal range.
Data to be stored in the allocated words in
the CIO area must be scaled (with the
minimum and maximum values set). Data
can be stored at 0% to 100%.
Example:
Input range: –50 to 100°C; industrial unit
scaling: –50.0 to 100.0°C. DM Area settings are as follows:
Input signal maximum: 1000 (03E8 hex)
Input signal minimum: –500 (FE0C hex)
Industrial unit maximum value stored:
1000 (03E8 hex)
Industrial unit minimum value stored:
–500 (FE0C hex)
Scaling in industrial units
Data storage in the CIO Area
Accuracy (25°C)
The value derived from carrying out the following processing in order of the actual
process data in the input range is stored in four digits hexadecimal (binary values) in
the allocated words in the CIO Area.
1) Mean value processing → 2) Scaling → 3) Zero/span adjustment → 4) Output limits
The greater of the following: ±0.2% (of internal range full span) or 0.2°C
As shown in the following equation, the accuracy depends on the ratio of the selected
internal range (0 to 4) span to the set input range span.
Accuracy = ±0.1% x
Internal range span
Set input range span
or 0.2°C, whichever is greater.
Temperature coefficient
±0.015% /°C, for any of internal range numbers 0 to 4.
Resolution
1/4,096 (of internal range full span)
As shown in the following equation, the resolution depends on the ratio of the internal
range span to the set input range span.
Resolution =
1
x
4096
Sensing method
3-wire method
Allowable lead wire resistance
Input detection current
20 Ω max. per wire
0.25 mA
Internal range span
Set input range span
119
CS1W-PTS03 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Ni508.4 Ω)
Item
Response time
Specifications
0.5 s (travel time from input 0% to 90%, for step input)
Conversion period
Maximum time to store data in
CPU Unit
100 ms/4 inputs
Conversion period + one CPU Unit cycle
Section 2-6
Disconnection detection
Function
Detects disconnections at each input and turns ON the Disconnection Detection Flag.
Hardware detection time: Approx. 1 s
The process value high/low direction for when a disconnection occurs can be specified. (High: 115% of set input range; low: –15% of set input range)
Mean value pro- Calculates the moving average for the specified number of process values (1 to 16),
cessing (input
and stores that value in the CIO Area as the process value.
filter)
Process value
alarm
Rate-of-change
calculation
Rate-of-change
alarm
Isolation
Process value 4-point alarm (HH, H, LL, L), alarm hysteresis, and ON-delay timer (0
to 60 s) are available.
Calculates the amount of change per comparison time interval (1 to 16 s).
Rate-of-change 2-point alarm (H, L), alarm hysteresis (shared with process value
alarm), and ON-delay timer (0 to 60 s, shared with process value alarm) are available.
Between temperature inputs and between input terminals and PLC signals: Isolation
by transformer
Insulation resistance
Dielectric strength
20 MΩ (at 500 V DC) between inputs
Between inputs: 1,000 V AC, at 50/60 Hz, for 1 min, leakage current 10 mA max.
External connections
Unit number settings
Terminal block (detachable)
Set by rotary switches on front panel, from 0 to 95.
Indicators
Three LED indicators on front panel (for normal operation, errors detected at the
Resistance Thermometer Input Unit, and errors related to the CPU Unit).
Front panel connector
Alarm time for CPU Unit cycle
time
Current consumption
Sensor input connector terminal block (detachable)
0.3 ms
Dimensions
35 × 130 × 126 mm (W × H × D)
Note The height including the Backplane is 145 mm.
Weight
Standard accessories
450 g max.
None
5 V DC at 150 mA max., 26 V DC at 150 mA max.
Sensor Type and Input Range
The input range is set in the allocated words in the DM Area for every four
inputs. It can be set anywhere within the measurable input range shown in
Table 1.
Measurable Input Range
Sensor type
Ni508.4 Ω
Measurable Input range (See note.)
–50 to 150°C
Note Set the input range in the DM Area within this range.
Even if the input range is set more narrowly than the range of –50 to 150°C,
internally inputs will be processed according to the internal range shown in
the following table.
Internal range
Internal range temperatures
–50 to 150°C
Internal range span
200°C
Therefore, the accuracy and resolution are determined by the ratio of the
internal range span to the set input range span.
Example: Even if the set input range is –50 to 100°C, internally inputs will be
processed according to the internal range of –50 to 150°C.
120
CS1W-PTS03 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Ni508.4 Ω)
Section 2-6
Note With Resistance Thermometer Units (Ni508.4 Ω), process values can be
scaled (e.g., 0% to 100%) in industrial units for the set input range. Generally,
however, set the same values for process value scaling in industrial units as
for the set input range. It is possible to set the process value scaling higher
than the resolution, but it will cause the values to be unstable.
DM Area Allocations
m = D20000 + unit number × 100 (unit number: 0 to 95)
DM Area address
Input
No. 1
Input
No. 2
Input
No. 3
Data range
Input
No. 4
m
Decimal
12345, 0
Hexadecimal
3039 hex
0000 hex
Default
(See note 1.)
0000 hex
Data contents
Default block read command
Specifies the direction of data transfer when
power is turned ON to the PLC or the Unit is
restarted for DM words m+2 to m+93.
• 12345 (3039 hex): The default data at the left
is transferred from the Resistance Thermometer Input Unit to the CPU Unit. When the
transfer is completed, the value will become
0000 hex.
• Other than 12345 (such as 0000 hex): The
data in the allocated words of DM Area is
transferred from the CPU Unit to the Resistance Thermometer Input Unit.
Setting Group 1 (continuously refreshed area): Parameters that are continuously refreshed during PLC operation (regardless of the
CPU Unit’s operation mode)
Process value alarm settings
m+2
m + 10
m + 18
m + 26
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex
4200
(1068 hex)
Process value HH (high high limit) alarm setting
(Set at process value scaling value.)
m+3
m + 11
m + 19
m + 27
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex
4000
(0FA0 hex)
Process value H (high limit) alarm setting
(Set at process value scaling value.)
m+4
m + 12
m + 20
m + 28
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex
0
(0000 hex)
Process value L (low limit) alarm setting
(Set at process value scaling value.)
m+5
m + 13
m + 21
m + 29
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex
–200
(FF38 hex)
Process value LL (low low limit) alarm setting
(Set at process value scaling value.)
m+6
m + 14
m + 22
m + 30
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex
4000
(0FA0 hex)
Rate-of-change value H (high limit) alarm setting
(Set at rate-of-change scaling value.)
m+7
m + 15
m + 23
m + 31
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex
0
(0000 hex)
Rate-of-change value L (low limit) alarm setting
(Set at rate-of-change scaling value.)
m+8
m + 16
m + 24
m + 32
0 to 32000 0000 to 7D00 hex
10000
(2710 hex)
Gain for span adjustment
(set value x 0.0001)
m+9
m + 17
m + 25
m + 33
–32000 to
32000
0
(0000 hex)
Zero adjustment value
(Set at process value scaling value.)
Rate-of-change value alarm settings
Zero/span adjustment
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
Setting Group 2 (initial settings area): Parameters that are transferred one time from the CPU Unit to the Resistance Thermometer
Input Unit if m is other than 12345 when the PLC is powered up or the Resistance Thermometer Input Unit is restarted.
m + 34
m + 49
m + 64
m + 79
2
0002 hex
2
(0002 hex)
Sensor type
2: Ni508.4 Ω
m + 35
m + 50
m + 65
m + 80
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
1000
(03E8 hex)
Maximum input signal value
(set value x 0.1°C/°F)
m + 36
m + 51
m + 66
m + 81
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
–500
(FE0CH hex)
Minimum input signal value
(set value x 0.1°C/°F)
m + 37
m + 52
m + 67
m + 82
0, 1
0000, 0001 hex
0
(0000 hex)
Unit
0: °C, 1: °F
m + 38
m + 53
m + 68
m + 83
0, 1
0000, 0001 hex
0
(0000 hex)
Process value overrange direction at time of
input disconnection
0: High; 1: Low
Process value input range settings
121
CS1W-PTS03 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Ni508.4 Ω)
DM Area address
Data range
Default
(See note 1.)
Section 2-6
Data contents
Input
No. 1
Input
No. 2
Input
No. 3
Input
No. 4
Decimal
Hexadecimal
m + 39
m + 54
m + 69
m + 84
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
4000
(0FA0 hex)
Value stored for maximum value in range
(span)
m + 40
m + 55
m + 70
m + 85
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
0
(0000 hex)
Value stored for minimum value in range (zero)
m + 41
m + 56
m + 71
m + 86
0 to 32000 0000 to 7D00 hex
40
(0028 hex)
Alarm hysteresis
(Set at process value scaling value. Shared
with process value alarm and rate-of-change
alarm.)
m + 42
m + 57
m + 72
m + 87
0 to 60
0000 to 003C hex
0
(0000 hex)
Alarm ON-delay time (Unit: s)
(Shared with process value alarm and rate-ofchange alarm.)
m + 43
m + 58
m + 73
m + 88
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
4000
(0FA0 hex)
m + 44
m + 59
m + 74
m + 89
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
–4000
(F060 hex)
m + 45
m + 60
m + 75
m + 90
1 to 16
0001 to 0010 hex
1
(0001 hex)
Rate-of-change comparison time interval
(Unit: s)
m + 46
m + 61
m + 76
m + 91
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
4000
(0FA0 hex)
Rate-of-change
value scaling
m + 47
m + 62
m + 77
m + 92
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
0
(0000 hex)
Process value scaling
Alarm supplementary functions
Rate-of-change function
Rate-of-change
range setting
Maximum rate-of-change
value (Process value
industrial unit; comparison
time interval)
Minimum rate-of-change
value (Process value
industrial unit; comparison
time interval)
Value stored for maximum
value in range
Value stored for minimum
value in range
Mean value processing function
m + 48
m + 63
m + 78
m + 93
1 to 16
0001 to 0010 hex
4
(0004 hex)
Number of process values for calculating moving average for mean value processing
m + 97
0 to 93
0000 to 005D hex
0
(0000 hex)
Address of Data Range Error (See note 2.)
Storage parameter
m + 94
m + 95
m + 96
Note
1. The default values are transferred from the Resistance Thermometer Input
Unit to the CPU Unit when m is 12345 (3039 hex).
2. The ERC indicator on the Unit’s front panel will light if an out-of-range setting is made in either Setting Group 1 or 2. The offset from m of the first
DM word containing the out-of-range error will be stored as the Address of
Data Range Error in the DM Area in four digits hexadecimal. For more information, refer to 1-6 Error Processing.
122
CS1W-PTS03 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Ni508.4 Ω)
Section 2-6
CIO Area Allocations
n = 2000 + unit number × 10 (unit number: 0 to 95)
Direction
Resistance
Thermometer Input
Unit to CPU
Unit
Word
n
Bit
00
Input No. 1
Name
Data range
Process value LL (low 0, 1
low limit) alarm
01
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
02
Process value H (high 0, 1
limit) alarm
03
Process value HH
(high high limit) alarm
Process value LL (low
low limit) alarm
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
Process value H (high
limit) alarm
04
Input No. 2
05
06
07
08
Input No. 3
10
11
13
0, 1
0, 1
0: Process value <
Set value
1: Process value ≥ Set
value
Same as for input No.
1.
0, 1
0, 1
Process value HH
0, 1
(high high limit) alarm
09
12
0, 1
Contents
0: Process value >
Set value
1: Process value ≤ Set
value
Input No. 4
Process value LL (low 0, 1
low limit) alarm
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
Process value H (high
limit) alarm
Process value HH
(high high limit) alarm
Process value LL (low
low limit) alarm
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
Same as for input No.
1.
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
Same as for input No.
1.
0, 1
14
Process value H (high 0, 1
limit) alarm
15
0, 1
Process value HH
(high high limit) alarm
123
CS1W-PTS03 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Ni508.4 Ω)
Direction
Resistance
Thermometer Input
Unit to CPU
Unit
Word
n+1
Bit
00 to 15
Name
Input No. 1 process value
n+2
00 to 15
Input No. 2 process value
n+3
00 to 15
Input No. 3 process value
n+4
00 to 15
Input No. 4 process value
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
n+5
00 to 15
Input No. 1 rate-of-change value
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
n+6
00 to 15
Input No. 2 rate-of-change value
n+7
00 to 15
Input No. 3 rate-of-change value
n+8
00 to 15
Input No. 4 rate-of-change value
n+9
00
Input No. 1
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
0, 1
01
02
Input No. 2
03
04
Input No. 3
05
06
07
124
Input No. 4
Rate-of-change value
L (low limit) alarm
Data range
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
Section 2-6
Contents
The present process
value is stored
according to the scaling set in the allocated
words of the DM Area.
The process value
rate of change is
stored according to
the scaling set in the
allocated words of the
DM Area.
0: Rate-of-change
value > Set value
1: Rate-of-change
value ≤ Set value
Rate-of-change value
H (high limit) alarm
0, 1
0: Rate-of-change
value < Set value
1: Rate-of-change
value ≥ Set value
Rate-of-change value
L (low limit) alarm
Rate-of-change value
H (high limit) alarm
Rate-of-change value
L (low limit) alarm
Rate-of-change value
H (high limit) alarm
0, 1
Same as for input No.
1.
Rate-of-change value
L (low limit) alarm
0, 1
Rate-of-change value
H (high limit) alarm
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
Same as for input No.
1.
0, 1
08
Input No. 1 input disconnection
0, 1
09
Input No. 2 input disconnection
0, 1
10
Input No. 3 input disconnection
0, 1
11
Input No. 4 input disconnection
0, 1
Same as for input No.
1.
0: Normal
1: Disconnection
Same as for input No.
1.
Same as for input No.
1.
Same as for input No.
1.
CS1W-PTS03 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Ni508.4 Ω)
Section 2-6
Terminal Connection Diagram
CS1W-PTS03 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Unit
Resistance thermometer (Ni508.4 Ω)
Input No. 1
Resistance thermometer
Input No. 2
Resistance thermometer
Input No. 3
Resistance thermometer
Input No. 4
Note
1. Wire the same length to A, B, and b, so that the impedance will be the
same. In particular, do not short circuit between B and b at the terminal
block.
2. For unused input terminals, short-circuit between A–B and B–b (e.g., A2–
A3 and A3–A4 for input No. 1) of the resistance thermometer inputs with
the lead wire.
Terminal Block Diagram
CS1W-PTS03 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Ni508.4 Ω)
Resistance thermometer
Input No. 1
Isolation
circuit
470 Ω
Standard
resistance
Amplifier
Constant current
circuit
Constant current circuit
Resistance thermometer
Multiplexer
Constant current circuit
Amplifier circuit
A/D converter
Input No. 2
470 Ω
Standard
resistance
Isolation
circuit
Digital computation circuit
Amplifier
Constant current
circuit
Constant current circuit
Input No. 3
470 Ω
Standard
resistance
Isolation
circuit
Amplifier
Connector
Resistance thermometer
5 V DC
Constant current
circuit
To CPU Unit
Isolated power supply circuit
26 V DC
Constant current circuit
Resistance thermometer
Input No. 4
470 Ω
Standard
resistance
Isolation
circuit
Amplifier
Constant current
circuit
125
CS1W-PTS03 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Ni508.4 Ω)
Section 2-6
Error Processing
Conversion Data Does Not Change.
Probable cause
Remedy
The gain for span adjustment is
set to 0.
Set the gain for span adjustment to a value other than 0.
The minimum and maximum values for process value scaling are
either the same or are set
extremely low.
The sensor type, input range, or
process value scaling is not set
correctly.
An input device is malfunctioning,
input wiring is faulty, or wiring is
disconnected.
Set the minimum and maximum values correctly.
Check and correct the settings.
Check whether the input voltage or current has changed. Check for faulty or disconnected wiring. Check whether a wiring disconnection has been detected in the I/O
Area.
Values are Not Converted as Intended.
Probable cause
Remedy
The sensor type, input range, or Check and correct the settings.
process value scaling is not set
correctly.
The zero/span adjustment data is Check and correct the zero/span adjustment settings.
incorrect.
The resistance thermometer
Correct the input wiring.
input wiring is faulty.
Converted Values are Unstable.
Probable cause
Input signals are being affected
by external noise.
Remedy
Change the connection paths of the input signal lines. (Separate them from sources of
noise or use shielded cable.)
Increase the number of values for calculating the moving average in mean value processing.
The process value scaling value
is greater than the Unit’s resolution.
Reduce the process value scaling value.
The input signal range setting is
too small.
Match the input signal range to the internal ranges.
126
CS1W-PTS12 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100, Pt50, Ni508.4 Ω)
2-7
Section 2-7
CS1W-PTS12 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input
Unit (Pt100, JPt100, Pt50, Ni508.4 Ω)
Overview
The CS1W-PTS12 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit provides
four direct platinum resistance thermometer inputs, and sends the data to the
CPU Unit each cycle. All inputs are isolated.
CS1W-PTS12
RUN
ERC
ERH
EDCBA
9876
543210
F
X101 0 X100
54321
F
EDCBA
MACH
No.
9876
System Configuration
CS1W-PTS12
Four platinum
resistance
thermometer inputs
(Pt100 Ω (JIS, IEC),
JPt100 Ω, Pt50 Ω,
or Ni508.4 Ω)
Features
• Up to four platinum resistance thermometers can be connected for each
Unit (with four separate settings for temperature sensors and input
ranges).
• Pt100 Ω (JIS, IEC), JPt100 Ω, Pt50 Ω, or Ni508.4 Ω can be selected.
• 1/64,000 resolution for all temperature specifications.
• High-speed conversion of 20ms/4 inputs and 10 ms/2 inputs.
• Temperature sensor values are transmitted to the CPU Unit in four digits
hexadecimal.
• Variable input range setting.
• Four values for each process value alarm input.
• ON-delay timer for process value alarm.
• Mean value processing.
• Rate-of-change calculation.
• Two values for each rate-of-change alarm input.
• Zero/span adjustment capability during operation.
• Disconnection detection.
127
CS1W-PTS12 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100, Pt50, Ni508.4 Ω)
Section 2-7
• Maximum or minimum process value can be specified for when a disconnection is detected.
• Adjustment period control.
• Peak and bottom detection.
• Top and valley detection.
Model Information
Unit
classification
CS-series Special I/O Unit
128
Model number
CS1W-PTS12
Inputs
4
Input types
Platinum resistance thermometer Pt100 Ω (JIS, IEC),
JPt100 Ω, Pt50 Ω, or Ni508.4 Ω
CS1W-PTS12 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100, Pt50, Ni508.4 Ω)
Section 2-7
Block Diagram (Order of Processing)
The processing for the inputs is as shown in the following diagram.
CPU Unit
CPU Unit Expansion Area Allocations
Top/valley value
Peak/Bottom value
CPU Unit CIO Area
HH, H, L, LL
Process value
H, L
Rate-of-change value
Process value alarm
Rate-of-change alarm
I/O refresh
Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit
Process value alarm
Input disconnection alarm
Rate-of-change alarm
Output limit: −15% to +115%
Rate-of-change calculation and scaling
+115% or −15% when input disconnection is detected
Output limit: −15% to +115%
Input disconnection check
Zero/span adjustment
Process value scaling
Input calculations
Resistance thermometer type
Input range
A/D conversion, moving average
Resistance thermometer
129
CS1W-PTS12 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100, Pt50, Ni508.4 Ω)
Section 2-7
Specifications
Item
Specifications
Model
CS1W-PTS12
Applicable PLC
Unit classification
CS Series
CS-series Special I/O Unit
Mounting position
CS-series CPU Rack or CS-series Expansion Rack (Cannot be mounted to C200H
Expansion I/O Rack or SYSMAC BUS Remote I/O Slave Rack.)
80 (within the allowable current consumption and power consumption range)
Maximum number of Units
Unit numbers
Areas for data
exchange with
CPU Unit
Special I/O Unit
Area
00 to 95 (Cannot duplicate Special I/O Unit numbers.)
10 words/Unit
Resistance Thermometer Input Unit to CPU Unit:
All process values, process value alarms (LL, L, H, HH), rate-of-change values, rateof-change alarms (L, H), disconnection alarms, adjustment period end/notices.
DM Area words 100 words/Unit
allocated to
CPU Unit to Resistance Thermometer Input Unit:
Special I/O Units Temperature sensor type, input range (user set), scaling of process value data to be
stored in allocated words in CIO area, rate-of-change input range, scaling of rate-ofchange data, number of items for moving average, process value alarm setting (LL, L,
H, HH), rate-of-change alarm setting (L, H), zero/span adjustment value.
Expansion Con- 35 words/Unit
trol/Monitor Area CPU Unit to Resistance Thermometer Input Unit:
words
Hold function selection start/reset, adjustment period control, control bits
Resistance Thermometer Input Unit to CPU Unit:
Adjustment period warnings/notices, peak and bottom values, top and valley values
Expansion Setting Area words
Number of temperature sensor
inputs
Temperature sensor type
46 words/Unit
CPU Unit to Resistance Thermometer Input Unit:
Expansion Setting Area settings, adjustment period control, peak and bottom detection, top and valley detection
4
Pt100 Ω (JIS, IEC), JPt100 Ω, Pt50 Ω, Ni508.4 Ω
Sensor type, input range, and scaling to industrial units are separate for each of the 4
inputs.
Scaling
Data to be stored in the allocated words in the CIO area must be scaled (with the minimum and maximum values set by user) (4 inputs set separately.). Data can be stored
at 0% to 100%.
Data storage in the CIO Area
The value derived from carrying out the following processing in order of the actual process data in the input range is stored in four digits hexadecimal (binary values) in the
allocated words in the CIO Area.
1) Mean value processing → 2) Scaling → 3) Zero/span adjustment → 4) Output limits
The greater of the following: ±0.05% or ±0.1°C
Accuracy (25°C)
Temperature coefficient
Resolution
Pt100: 0.009%/°C
JPt100: 0.01%/°C
Pt50:
0.02%/°C
Ni508.4: 0.012%/°C
1/64,000
Sensing method
Allowable lead wire resistance
3-wire method
20 Ω max. per wire
Input detection current
Response time
0.5 mA
100 ms (travel time from input 0% to 90%, for step input and with moving average for 4
samples)
20 ms/4 inputs or 10 ms/2 inputs, selectable in DM Area words allocated to Unit as a
Special I/O Unit.
Conversion period
Maximum time to store data in
CPU Unit
130
Conversion period + one CPU Unit cycle
CS1W-PTS12 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100, Pt50, Ni508.4 Ω)
Item
Disconnection detection
Function
Section 2-7
Specifications
Detects disconnections at each input and turns ON the Disconnection Detection Flag.
Hardware detection time: Approx. 0.5 s max.
The process value overrange direction for when a disconnection occurs can be specified. (High: 115% of set input range; low: –15% of set input range)
Mean value pro- Calculates the moving average for the specified number of process values (1 to 128),
cessing (input
and stores that value in the CIO Area as the process value.
filter)
Process value
alarm
Process value 4-point alarm (HH, H, LL, L), alarm hysteresis, and ON-delay timer (0 to
60 s are available).
Rate-of-change
calculation
Rate-of-change
alarm
Adjustment
period control
Calculates the amount of change per comparison time interval (1 to 16 s).
Peak and bottom detection
Detects the maximum (peak) and minimum (bottom) analog input values, from when
the Hold Start Bit (output) allocated to the Expansion Control/Monitor Area turns ON
until it turns OFF. These values are stored as the peak and bottom values in the
Expansion Control/Monitor Area.
This function detects the top and valley values for analog inputs, from when the Hold
Start Bit (output) allocated to the Expansion Control/Monitor Area turns ON until it
turns OFF. These values are stored as the top and valley values in the Expansion
Control/Monitor Area.
Top and valley
detection
Rate-of-change 2-point alarm (H, L), alarm hysteresis, and ON-delay timer (0 to 60 s
are available, shared with process value alarm).
When zero/span adjustment is executed, the date is internally recorded at the Unit.
When the preset zero/span adjustment period and the notice of days remaining have
elapsed, this function turns ON a warning flag to give notice that it is time for readjustment.
Isolation
Between temperature inputs and between input terminals and PLC signals: Power
supply isolated by transformers, signals isolated by photocouplers.
Insulation resistance
Dielectric strength
20 MΩ (at 500 V DC) between inputs
Between inputs: 1,000 V AC, at 50/60 Hz, for 1 min, leakage current 10 mA max.
External connections
Unit number settings
Terminal block (detachable)
Set by rotary switches on front panel, from 0 to 95.
Indicators
Three LED indicators on front panel (for normal operation, errors detected at the 2Wire Transmitter Input Unit, and errors detected at the CPU Unit).
Front panel connector
Alarm time for CPU Unit cycle
time
Sensor input connector terminal block (detachable)
0.3 ms
Current consumption
Dimensions
Weight
5 V DC at 120 mA max., 26 V DC at 70 mA max.
35 × 130 × 126 mm (W × H × D)
Note The height including the Backplane is 145 mm.
450 g max.
Standard accessories
None
Sensor Type and Input Range
The Platinum Resistance Thermometer type and input range are set in the
allocated words in the DM Area for every four inputs. The input range can be
set anywhere within the measurable input ranges shown in the following table.
Accuracy and resolution, however, are not determined from the set input
range, but rather from the measurable input range shown in the following
table. Therefore, accuracy and resolution do not change even when a narrow
input range is set.
Sensor type
DM Area setting
Measurable input range
Pt100
JPt100
0
1
−200 to 850°C
−200 to 500°C
Pt50
Ni508.4
2
3
−200 to 649°C
−50 to 150°C
131
CS1W-PTS12 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100, Pt50, Ni508.4 Ω)
Section 2-7
DM Area Allocations
First word: word m. m = D20000 + unit number × 100 (unit number: 0 to 95)
DM Area address
Input
No. 1
Input
No. 2
Input
No. 3
Data range
Input
No. 4
Decimal
Default
Data contents
Hexadecimal
m+0
12345, 0
3039 hex
0000 hex
0000 hex
m+1
0, 1
0000, 0001 hex 0
Default block read command
Specifies the direction of data transfer when
power is turned ON to the PLC or the Unit is
restarted for DM Area first word +1 to +93.
• 12345 (3039 hex): The default data at the
left is transferred from the 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit to the CPU Unit. When
the transfer is completed, the value will
become 0000 hex.
• Other than 12345 (3039 hex) (such as
0000 hex): The data in the allocated
words of DM Area is transferred from the
CPU Unit to the 2-Wire Transmitter Input
Unit.
Number of inputs setting
0: 4 inputs; 1: 2 inputs
Setting Group 1 (continuously refreshed area): Parameters that are continuously refreshed during PLC operation (regardless of the
CPU Unit’s operation mode)
Process value alarm settings
m+2
m + 10
m + 18
m + 26
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF
hex, 0000 to
7FFF hex
4200
(1068 hex)
Process value HH (high high limit) alarm
setting
(Set at process value scaling value.)
m+3
m + 11
m + 19
m + 27
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF
hex, 0000 to
7FFF hex
4000
(0FA0 hex)
Process value H (high limit) alarm setting
(Set at process value scaling value.)
m+4
m + 12
m + 20
m + 28
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF
hex, 0000 to
7FFF hex
0
(0000 hex)
Process value L (low limit) alarm setting
(Set at process value scaling value.)
m+5
m + 13
m + 21
m + 29
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF
hex, 0000 to
7FFF hex
–200
(FF38 hex)
Process value LL (low low limit) alarm setting
(Set at process value scaling value.)
m+6
m + 14
m + 22
m + 30
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF
hex, 0000 to
7FFF hex
4000
(0FA0 hex)
Rate-of-change value H (high limit) alarm
setting
(Set at rate-of-change scaling value.)
m+7
m + 15
m + 23
m + 31
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF
hex, 0000 to
7FFF hex
0
(0000 hex)
Rate-of-change value L (low limit) alarm setting
(Set at rate-of-change scaling value.)
m+8
m + 16
m + 24
m + 32
0 to 32000
0000 to 7D00
hex
10000
(2710 hex)
Gain for span adjustment
(set value x 0.0001%)
m+9
m + 17
m + 25
m + 33
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF
hex,
0000 to 7D00
hex
0
(0000 hex)
Zero adjustment value
(Set at process value scaling.)
Rate-of-change value alarm settings
Zero/span adjustment
Setting Group 2 (initial settings area): Parameters that are transferred one time from the CPU Unit to the 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit
if the DM Area first word is other than 12345 when the PLC is powered up or the 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit is restarted.
Sensor type
m+34
m+49
m+64
m+79
0 to 3
0000 to 0003
hex
0 (0000 hex)
0: Pt100; 1: JPt100: 2: Pt50: 3: Ni508.4
m+35
m+50
m+65
m+80
−32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF
hex, 0000 to
7D00 hex
4000 (0FA0
hex)
Maximum input signal value
(set value x 0.1°C/°F)
m+36
m+51
m+66
m+81
−32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF
hex, 0000 to
7D00 hex
0 (0000 hex)
Minimum input signal value
(set value x 0.1°C/°F)
m+37
m+52
m+67
m+82
0, 1
0000, 0001 hex 0 (0000 hex)
Process value input range settings
Unit
0: °C, 1: °F
Process value overrange direction at
time of input disconnection
m+38
132
m+53
m+68
m+83
0, 1
0000, 0001 hex 0 (0000 hex)
0: High; 1: Low
CS1W-PTS12 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100, Pt50, Ni508.4 Ω)
DM Area address
Input
No. 1
Input
No. 2
Input
No. 3
Data range
Input
No. 4
Decimal
Default
Section 2-7
Data contents
Hexadecimal
Process value scaling
m+39
m+54
m+69
m+84
−32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF
hex, 0000 to
7D00 hex
4000 (0FA0
hex)
Value stored for maximum value in range
(span)
m+40
m+55
m+70
m+85
−32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF
hex, 0000 to
7D00 hex
0 (0000 hex)
Value stored for minimum value in range
(zero)
m+41
m+56
m+71
m+86
0 to 32000
0000 to 7D00
hex
40 (0028 hex)
Alarm hysteresis
(Set at process value scaling value. Shared
with process value alarm and rate-ofchange alarm.)
m+42
m+57
m+72
m+87
0 to 60
0000 to 003C
hex
0 (0000 hex)
Alarm ON-delay time (Unit: s)
(Shared with process value alarm and rateof-change alarm.)
m+43
m+58
m+73
m+88
−32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF
hex, 0000 to
7D00 hex
4000 (0FA0
hex)
m+44
m+59
m+74
m+89
−32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF
hex, 0000 to
7D00 hex
−4000 (F060
hex)
m+45
m+60
m+75
m+90
1 to 16
0001 to 0010
hex
1 (0001 hex)
Rate-of-change comparison time interval
(Unit: s)
m+46
m+61
m+76
m+91
−32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF
hex, 0000 to
7D00 hex
4000 (0FA0
hex)
Rate-of-change
value scaling
m+47
m+62
m+77
m+92
−32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF
hex, 0000 to
7D00 hex
−4000 (F060
hex)
m+48
m+63
m+78
m+93
1 to 128
0001 to 0080
hex
25 (0019 hex)
Number of process values for calculating
moving average for mean value processing
m+96
m+97
0 to 99, 100 to
1XX
0000 to 0063
hex, 0064 to
0XXX hex
0 (0000 hex)
Address of Data Range Error (See note.)
Alarm supplementary functions
Rate-of-change function
Rate-of-change
range setting
Maximum rate-of-change
value (Set value industrial
unit; comparison time
interval)
Minimum rate-of-change
value (Set value industrial
unit; comparison time
interval)
Value stored for maximum value in range
Value stored for minimum
value in range
Mean value processing function
Display parameter
m+94
m+95
Expansion Setting Area allocation settings
m+98
0 to 5
0000 to 0005
hex
---
Expansion Setting Area allocation
0: Not used; 1: DM; 2: CIO; 3: W; 4: H; 5:
EM
m+99
0 to 32767
0000 to 7FFF
hex
---
First word for Expansion Setting Area
Note The ERC indicator on the Unit’s front panel will light if an out-of-range setting
is made in either Setting Group1 or 2, or in the Expansion Setting Area. The
offset from the first word of the first word containing the out-of-range error will
be stored as the Address of Data Range Error in the DM Area in four digits
hexadecimal. For more information, refer to 1-6 Error Processing.
If the first Memory address where the out-of-range error occurred is in the
Expansion Setting Area, the Address of Data Range Area will be +100 or
later. If the first word of the Expansion Setting Area has the error, the Address
of Data Range Area will be +100.
133
CS1W-PTS12 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100, Pt50, Ni508.4 Ω)
Section 2-7
Expansion Setting Area Allocations
First word: word o. o = address specified in word m+99 in the area specified
by word m+98 in the DM Area.
DM Area address
Input
No. 1
Input
No. 2
Input
No. 3
Data range
Input
No. 4
Decimal
Default
Data contents
Hexadecimal
Setting Group 3 (initial settings area): Parameters that are transferred one time from the CPU Unit to the Input Unit if the DM Area first
word is other than 12345, and if Expansion Setting Area settings are allocated, when the PLC is powered up or the Input Unit is restarted.
Expansion Control/Monitor Area settings
o+0
0 to 5
0000 to 0005
hex
---
Expansion Control/Monitor Area allocation
0: Not used. 1: DM; 2: CIO; 3: W; 4: H; 5:
EM
o+1
0 to 32767
0000 to 7FFF
hex
---
Expansion Control/Monitor Area first word
Zero/span adjustment supplement
o+2
o+13
o+24
o+35
0 to 32000
0000 to 7D00
hex
1000 (2710
hex)
Span adjustment position
(Input span percentage)
o+3
o+14
o+25
o+36
−32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF
hex, 0000 to
7D00 hex
0 (0000 hex)
Zero adjustment position
(Input span percentage)
o+4
o+15
o+26
o+37
0 to 9999
0000 to 270F
hex
365 (016D hex) Zero/span adjustment period (Unit: Days)
o+5
o+16
o+27
o+38
0 to 9999
0000 to 270F
hex
30 (001E hex)
Notice of days remaining (Unit: Days)
o+6
o+17
o+28
o+39
---
---
---
Not used.
o+7
o+18
o+29
o+40
---
---
---
Not used.
o+8
o+19
o+30
o+41
---
---
---
Not used.
o+9
o+20
o+31
o+42
0 to 32000
0000 to 7D00
hex
40 (0028 hex)
Hysteresis
o+10
o+21
o+32
o+43
---
---
0 (0000 hex)
Not used.
o+11
o+22
o+33
o+44
---
---
0 (0000 hex)
Not used.
o+12
o+23
o+34
o+45
---
---
0
Not used.
Not used.
Top and valley hold
Not used.
Not used.
Not used.
134
CS1W-PTS12 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100, Pt50, Ni508.4 Ω)
Section 2-7
CIO Area Allocations
First word: word n. n = 2000 + unit number × 10 (unit number: 0 to 95)
Direction
2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit to
CPU Unit
Word
n+0
Bit
00
Name
Data range
Process value LL (low
low limit) alarm
0, 1
01
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
0, 1
02
Process value H (high
limit) alarm
0, 1
03
Process value HH (high
high limit) alarm
0, 1
Process value LL (low
low limit) alarm
0, 1
05
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
0, 1
06
Process value H (high
limit) alarm
0, 1
07
Process value HH (high
high limit) alarm
0, 1
Process value LL (low
low limit) alarm
0, 1
09
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
0, 1
10
Process value H (high
limit) alarm
0, 1
11
Process value HH (high
high limit) alarm
0, 1
Process value LL (low
low limit) alarm
0, 1
13
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
0, 1
14
Process value H (high
limit) alarm
0, 1
15
Process value HH (high
high limit) alarm
0, 1
04
08
12
Input No. 1
Input No. 2
Input No. 3
Input No. 4
Contents
0: Process value >
Set value
1: Process value ≤
Set value
0: Process value <
Set value
1: Process value ≥
Set value
Same as for input No.
1.
Same as for input No.
1.
Same as for input No.
1.
135
CS1W-PTS12 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100, Pt50, Ni508.4 Ω)
Direction
2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit to
CPU Unit
Word
Bit
Name
Data range
Contents
n+1
00 to 15 Input No. 1 process value
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex, 0000
to 7FFF hex)
n+2
00 to 15 Input No. 2 process value
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex, 0000
to 7FFF hex)
The present process
value is stored
according to the scaling set in the allocated words of the
DM Area.
n+3
00 to 15 Input No. 3 process value
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex, 0000
to 7FFF hex)
n+4
00 to 15 Input No. 4 process value
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex, 0000
to 7FFF hex)
n+5
00 to 15 Input No. 1 rate-of-change value
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex, 0000
to 7FFF hex)
n+6
00 to 15 Input No. 2 rate-of-change value
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex, 0000
to 7FFF hex)
n+7
00 to 15 Input No. 3 rate-of-change value
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex, 0000
to 7FFF hex)
n+8
00 to 15 Input No. 4 rate-of-change value
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex, 0000
to 7FFF hex)
n+9
00
Rate-of-change value L
(low limit) alarm
0, 1
0: Rate-of-change
value > Set value
1: Rate-of-change
value ≤ Set value
Rate-of-change value H
(high limit) alarm
0, 1
0: Rate-of-change
value < Set value
1: Rate-of-change
value ≥ Set value
Rate-of-change value L
(low limit) alarm
0, 1
Same as for input No.
1.
Rate-of-change value H
(high limit) alarm
0, 1
Rate-of-change value L
(low limit) alarm
0, 1
Rate-of-change value H
(high limit) alarm
0, 1
Rate-of-change value L
(low limit) alarm
0, 1
Rate-of-change value H
(high limit) alarm
0, 1
Input No. 1
01
02
Input No. 2
03
04
Input No. 3
05
06
Input No. 4
07
136
Section 2-7
The present rate of
change is stored
according to the scaling set in the allocated words of the
DM Area.
Same as for input No.
1.
Same as for input No.
1.
08
Input No. 1 input error
0, 1
09
Input No. 2 input error
0, 1
0: Normal
1: Disconnection
10
Input No. 3 input error
0, 1
Same as for input No.
1.
11
Input No. 4 input error
0, 1
Same as for input No.
1.
12
Not used.
0
13
Zero/span adjustment period end
0, 1
0: Adjustment
enabled
1: Adjustment ended
14
Zero/span adjustment period notice
0, 1
0: Adjustment
enabled
1: Notice period
15
Not used.
0
CS1W-PTS12 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100, Pt50, Ni508.4 Ω)
Section 2-7
Expansion Control/Monitor Area Allocations
First word: word p. p = address specified in word o+1 in the area specified by
word o in the Expansion Setting Area.
Direction
Word
CPU Unit to p+0
Thermocouple Input
p+1
Unit
Bit
00 to
15
00
01
p+2
Name
Not used.
Input No. 1 hold function selection
Input No. 2 hold function selection
Data range
Not used.
Contents
Not used.
0, 1
0: Peak and bottom
1: Top and valley
0, 1
02
Input No. 3 hold function selection
0, 1
03
Input No. 4 hold function selection
0, 1
04 to
07
08
Not used.
0
Not used.
Input No. 1 hold start
0, 1
09
10
Input No. 2 hold start
Input No. 3 hold start
0, 1
0, 1
0: Do not hold.
1: Hold
11
12
Input No. 4 hold start
Input No. 1 hold value reset
0, 1
0, 1
13
14
Input No. 2 hold value reset
Input No. 3 hold value reset
0, 1
0, 1
15
00
Input No. 4 hold value reset
Input No. 1 zero/span adjustment
update bit
Input No. 2 zero/span adjustment
update bit
Input No. 3 zero/span adjustment
update bit
Input No. 4 zero/span adjustment
update bit
0, 1
0, 1
Not used.
0
01
02
03
04 to
15
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
0: Normal operation
1: Reset hold
value.
0: Normal operation
1: Update adjustment date
(Remains ON while
writing external
FROM.)
Not used.
137
CS1W-PTS12 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100, Pt50, Ni508.4 Ω)
Direction
Word
Thermocou- p+3
ple Input
Unit to CPU
Unit
Bit
00
Name
Input Zero/span adjustment
No. 1 period end
01
02
Input
No. 2
03
04
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
Contents
0: Adjustment
enabled.
1: Adjustment
period end
0: Adjustment
enabled.
1: Notice period in
effect.
Remains set to 1 if
the zero/span
adjustment bit has
never been ON.
05
Zero/span adjustment
period notice
0, 1
06
Input Zero/span adjustment
No. 4 period end
0, 1
07
Zero/span adjustment
period notice
External FROM Error Flag
0, 1
0, 1
0: Normal operation
1: External FROM
error
09 to
15
Not used.
0
Not used.
p+4
00 to
15
Input Day of final adjustment
No. 1 date
0100 to 3100 (BCD)
p+5
00 to
15
Year and month of final
adjustment date
0001 to 9912 (BCD)
p+6
00 to
15
00 to
15
00 to
15
00 to
15
Input Day of final adjustment
No. 2 date
Year and month of final
adjustment date
0100 to 3100 (BCD)
Remains set to
FFFF if the zero/
span adjustment
bit has never been
ON.
Input Day of final adjustment
No. 3 date
Year and month of final
adjustment date
0100 to 3100 (BCD)
p+10
00 to
15
Input Day of final adjustment
No. 4 date
0100 to 3100 (BCD)
p+11
00 to
15
Year and month of final
adjustment date
0001 to 9912 (BCD)
p+12
00 to
15
00 to
15
00 to
15
00 to
15
08
p+7
p+8
p+9
p+13
p+14
p+15
138
Input
No. 3
Zero/span adjustment
period notice
Zero/span adjustment
period end
Zero/span adjustment
period notice
Zero/span adjustment
period end
Data range
0, 1
Section 2-7
0001 to 9912 (BCD)
0001 to 9912 (BCD)
Not used.
0
Not used.
0
Not used.
0
Not used.
0
Not used.
CS1W-PTS12 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100, Pt50, Ni508.4 Ω)
Direction
Word
Thermocou- p+16
ple Input
Unit to CPU
Unit
Bit
00 to
15
p+17
00 to
15
p+18
00 to
15
p+19
00 to
15
p+20
00 to
15
p+21
00 to
15
p+22
00 to
15
p+23
00 to
15
p+24 to
34
00 to
15
Name
Input Peak/top value
No. 1
Data range
−32728 to +32767
(8000 to FFFF hex, 0000 to
7FFFHex)
−32728 to +32767
(8000 to FFFF hex, 0000 to
7FFFHex)
Bottom/valley value
−32728 to +32767
(8000 to FFFF hex, 0000 to
7FFFHex)
−32728 to +32767
(8000 to FFFF hex, 0000 to
7FFFHex)
−32728 to +32767
(8000 to FFFF hex, 0000 to
7FFFHex)
Input Peak/top value
No. 2
Bottom/valley value
Input Peak/top value
No. 3
Section 2-7
Contents
Counts the number of repetitions of
conditional operations set in the
Expansion Setting
Area.
The bottom or valley value is stored
according to the
scaling set in the
DM Area.
Same as for Input
No. 1.
−32728 to +32767
(8000 to FFFF hex, 0000 to
7FFFHex)
Bottom/valley value
−32728 to +32767
(8000 to FFFF hex, 0000 to
7FFFHex)
Input Peak/top value
No. 4
−32728 to +32767
(8000 to FFFF hex, 0000 to
7FFFHex)
0 (0000Hex)
Bottom/valley value
Not used.
Not used.
Terminal Connection Diagram
No. 2 Platinumresistance
Thermometer input
Note
N.C.
B1
N.C.
B2
N.C.
B3
2A
B4
2B
B5
2b
B6
N.C.
B7
N.C.
B8
N.C.
B9
N.C.
B10
A1
N.C.
A2
1A
A3
1B
A4
1b
A5
3A
A6
3B
A7
3b
A8
N.C.
A9
4A
A10
4B
A11
4b
No. 1 Platinumresistance
Thermometer input
No. 3 Platinumresistance
Thermometer input
No. 4 Platinumresistance
Thermometer input
• Wire the same length to A, B, and b, so that the impedance will be the
same. In particular, do not short circuit between B and b at the terminal
block.
• For unused input terminals, short-circuit between A–B and B–b (e.g., A2–
A3 and A3–A4 for input No. 1) of the resistance thermometer inputs with
the lead wire.
• Always ground the GR terminal on the Power Supply Unit of the PLC.
139
CS1W-PTS12 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100, Pt50, Ni508.4 Ω)
Section 2-7
• If the input device uses a voltage generator, temperature compensator, or
similar device, then ground the input device if it has a ground terminal.
Terminal Block Diagram
Platinum-resistance
thermometer
B
1B
A
A
A4
2A
B4
3A
A5
4A
A9
Platinum-resistance
thermometer
B
4B
4b
Amplifier
circuit
A/D
converter
Amplifier
circuit
A/D
converter
5 VDC
Isolation
circuit
Photocoupler
Isolation
circuit
Digital
circuits
Photocoupler
Reference resistance
Constant current circuit
510 Ω
A 10
A11
26 VDC
Constant current circuit
A6
A7
Photocoupler
Reference resistance
510 Ω
3b
A/D
converter
Constant current circuit
510 Ω
B6
Amplifier
circuit
Isolation
circuit
Reference resistance
B5
2b
Platinum-resistance
thermometer
B
3B
A
510 Ω
A3
1b
Platinum-resistance
thermometer
B
2B
Constant current circuit
A2
Connector
1A
Input selector
A
Amplifier
circuit
A/D
converter
Isolation
circuit
Photocoupler
Reference resistance
Error Processing
Conversion Data Does Not Change.
Probable cause
The gain for span adjustment is
set to 0.
Remedy
Set the gain for span adjustment to a value other
than 0.
The minimum and maximum values for process value scaling are
either the same or are set
extremely low.
The sensor type, or process value
scaling is not set correctly.
An input device is malfunctioning,
input wiring is faulty, or wiring is
disconnected.
Set the minimum and maximum process value
scaling correctly.
Check and reset the sensor type, and the process value scaling settings.
Check whether the input voltage or current has
changed. Check for faulty or disconnected wiring. Check whether a disconnection has been
detected in the I/O Area.
Values are Not Converted as Intended.
140
Probable cause
Remedy
The sensor type, or process value
scaling is set incorrectly.
The zero/span adjustment data is
incorrect.
The platinum-resistance thermometer input wiring is faulty.
Check and reset the sensor type, and the process value scaling settings.
Check and correct the zero/span adjustment settings.
Check and correct the input wiring.
CS1W-PTS12 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100, Pt50, Ni508.4 Ω)
Section 2-7
Converted Values are Unstable.
Probable cause
Remedy
Input signals are being affected by Change the connection paths of the input signal
external noise.
lines. (Separate them from sources of noise or
use shielded cable.)
Increase the number of values for calculating the
moving average in mean value processing.
The scaling value is greater than
Reduce the process value scaling.
the Unit’s resolution.
The input signal range is too small. Change to match the internal range.
141
CS1W-PTS52 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100)
2-8
Section 2-8
CS1W-PTS52 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input
Unit (Pt100, JPt100)
Overview
The CS1W-PTS52 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit provides
four direct platinum resistance thermometer inputs, and sends the data to the
CPU Unit each cycle. All inputs are isolated.
CS1W-PTS52
RUN
ERC
ERH
EDCBA
9876
543210
F
X101 0 X100
54321
F
EDCBA
MACH
No.
9876
System Configuration
CS1W-PTS52
Four platinum
resistance
thermometer inputs
(Pt100 (JIS, IEC),
JPt100)
Features
• Up to four platinum resistance thermometers can be connected for each
Unit (with four separate settings for temperature sensors and input
ranges).
• Pt100 (JIS, IEC), JPt100 can be selected.
• Temperature sensor values are transmitted to the CPU Unit in four digits
hexadecimal. (Either binary or BCD data output can be selected.)
• Process value alarm (two alarms in internal memory and one external
alarm output for each input).
• Alarm ON-delay timer and hysteresis for process value.
• Zero/span adjustment capability during operation.
• Sensor error detection.
• Maximum or minimum process value can be specified for when a sensor
error is detected.
Model Information
Unit
classification
CS-series Special I/O Unit
142
Model number
CS1W-PTS52
Inputs
4
Input types
Platinum resistance thermometer Pt100 (JIS, IEC), JPt100
CS1W-PTS52 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100)
Section 2-8
Block Diagram (Order of Processing)
The processing for the inputs is as shown in the following diagram.
CPU Unit
CPU Unit CIO Area
Process value
H, L
H, L
Process value alarm
External alarm output
Sensor error
I/O refresh
Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit
Process value alarm
Output limit
Zero/span adjustment
Input calculations
Resistance thermometer type
Input range
A/D conversion
Resistance thermometer
Specifications
Item
Specifications
Model
CS1W-PTS52
Applicable PLC
Unit classification
CS Series
CS-series Special I/O Unit
Mounting position
CS-series CPU Rack or CS-series Expansion Rack (Cannot be mounted to C200H
Expansion I/O Rack or SYSMAC BUS Remote I/O Slave Rack.)
Maximum number of Units
80 (within the allowable current consumption and power consumption range)
143
CS1W-PTS52 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100)
Item
Unit numbers
Areas for data
exchange with
CPU Unit
Section 2-8
Specifications
00 to 95 (Cannot duplicate Special I/O Unit numbers.)
Special I/O Unit
Area
10 words/Unit
Resistance Thermometer Input Unit to CPU Unit:
All process values, process value alarms (L, H), conversion data enabled flag, sensor
errors.
DM Area words 100 words/Unit
allocated to
CPU Unit to Resistance Thermometer Input Unit:
Special I/O Units Temperature sensor type, input range (user set), process value alarm setting (L, H),
zero/span adjustment value.
Number of temperature sensor
inputs
Temperature sensor type
Data storage in the CIO Area
Accuracy (25°C)
Temperature characteristics
Sensing method
4
Pt100 (JIS, IEC), JPt100
The same sensor type, input range, and scaling to industrial units are used by all
inputs.
The actual process data in the input range is stored in four digits hexadecimal (binary
or BCD values) in the allocated words in the CIO Area.
±0.3% of PV or ± 0.8°C, whichever is greater, ±1 digit max.
(±0.3% of PV or ± 1.6°F, whichever is greater, ±1 digit max.)
PV: Process value data
Refer to Temperature Characteristics According to Platinum
Resistance Thermometer Type on page 146.
3-wire method
Conversion period
Maximum time to store data in
CPU Unit
Sensor error detection
250 ms/4 inputs
Conversion period + one CPU Unit cycle
Function
Process value
alarm
Process value 2-point alarm (H, L), alarm hysteresis, and ON-delay timer (0 to 60 s
are available).
External alarm
outputs
NPN outputs (with short-circuit protection)
External power supply voltage: 20.4 to 26.4 V DC
Max. switching capacity: 100 mA (for one output)
Leakage current: 0.3 mA max.
Residual voltage: 3 V max.
Detects sensor error at each input and turns ON the Sensor error Flag.
Hardware detection time: Approx. 0.5 s max.
The process value overrange direction for when a sensor error occurs can be specified. (High: +20 digit of set input range; low: –20 digit of set input range)
Isolation
Between inputs and PLC signal: Transformer for power supply and photocoupler for
signals
Between each input: Transformer for power supply and photocoupler for signals
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ max. (at 500 V DC).
Between all output and NC terminals and external AC terminals (Power Supply Unit)
Between all input terminals and external AC terminals (Power Supply Unit)
Between all input terminals and all output terminals
Between all external DC terminals (input, output, and NC terminals) and FG plate
Between all input and output terminals and all NC terminals
Dielectric strength
Between all output and NC terminals and external AC terminals (Power Supply Unit)
2,000 V AC, 50/60 Hz 1 min., detection current: 1 mA
Between all input terminals and external AC terminals (Power Supply Unit)
Between all input terminals and all output terminals
Between all external DC terminals (input, output, and NC terminals) and FG plate
1,000 V AC, 50/60 Hz 1 min., detection current: 1 mA
Terminal block (detachable)
External connections
Unit number settings
Indicators
144
Set by rotary switches on front panel, from 0 to 95.
Seven LED indicators on front panel (for normal operation, errors detected at the Unit,
errors detected at the CPU Unit, and four indicators for external alarm outputs.)
CS1W-PTS52 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100)
Item
Alarm time for CPU Unit cycle
time
Current consumption
Dimensions
Section 2-8
Specifications
0.4 ms
5 V DC at 250 mA max
35 × 130 × 126 mm (W × H × D)
Note The height including the Backplane is 145 mm.
450 g max.
Weight
Sensor Type and Input Range
The Platinum Resistance Thermometer type and input range are set in the
allocated words in the DM Area for every four inputs.
The measurable data range is ±20 digits wider than the sensor input range.
Setting
°C
Input
16-bit binary
BCD
[email protected]@@
Leftmost bit
indicates
indicates
minus sign. minus sign.
°F
16-bit binary
BCD
Leftmost 4 Leftmost bit
bits (bits 12
(bit 15)
to 15)
indicates
indicate
minus sign.
minus sign.
0
Pt100:
−200.0 to
650.0°C
(−300.0 to
1200.0°F)
F830 to FFFF to
1964
(−200.0 to
−0.1 to 650.0)
F999 to 6500 A000 to 6500 F448 to FFFF to
(See note 2.) (−200.0 to
2EE0
(−99.9 to
650.0)
(−300.0 to
650.0)
−0.1 to 1200.0)
F999 to 9999
(See note 2.)
(−99.9 to
999.9)
B000 to 7999
(See note 2.)
(−300.0 to
799.9)
1
JPt100:
−200.0 to
650.0°C
(−300.0 to
1200.0°F)
F830 to FFFF to
1964
(−200.0 to
−0.1 to 650.0)
F999 to 6500 A000 to 6500 F448 to FFFF to
(See note 2.) (−200.0 to
2EE0
(−99.9 to
650.0)
(−300.0 to
650.0)
−0.1 to 1200.0)
F999 to 9999
(See note 2.)
(−99.9 to
999.9)
B000 to 7999
(See note 2.)
(−300.0 to
799.9)
2 to 9 Do not set.
Do not set.
Note
1. If the indication range is exceeded, a sensor error will occur and the sensor
error bit will turn ON. The process value will be clamped at the lower or upper limit of the indication range, depending on the setting for data direction
at sensor error.
2. The indicator range for BCD display will be clamped at the lower (or upper)
limit in the region between the lower (or upper) limit of the setting range
and the point where a sensor error occurs.
For 0.1°C/0.1°F indication with minus sign indicated by leftmost 4 bits (bits
12 to 15): Lower limit = −99.9, Upper limit = 999.9.
For 0.1°C/0.1°F indication with minus sign indicated by leftmost bit (bit 15):
Lower limit = −799.9, Upper limit = 799.9.
145
CS1W-PTS52 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100)
Section 2-8
Temperature Characteristics According to Platinum Resistance Thermometer Type
Platinum Resistance
Thermometer
Temperature range
Set value error when
ambient temperature
changes by 1°C
Pt100
−200 to 200°C
200 to 650°C
±0.43°C
285 ppm of PV
JPt100
−200 to 200°C
200 to 650°C
±0.43°C
285 ppm of PV
The measured temperature error is calculated as shown in the following
example.
Item
Details
Ambient temperature
Platinum Resistance
Thermometer
30°C
Pt100
Measured temperature
(PV)
500°C
Reference accuracy
(25°C)
±0.3°C of PV or ±0.8°C, whichever is greater, ±1 digit.
In this example, ±1.5°C.
Temperature characteris- 200 to 650°C: 285 ppm of PV.
tics
In this example, 285 ppm × 500°C = 0.143°C.
Change in ambient tem- 5°C (25 to 30°C)
perature
Overall accuracy =
Reference accuracy + Temperature characteristic × Change in ambient
temperature = ±1.5°C + ±0.143°C × 5 = Approx. ± 2.2°C ±1 digit.
DM Area Allocations
First word: word m. m = D20000 + unit number × 100 (unit number: 0 to 95)
DM Area address
Input
No. 1
Input
No. 2
Input
No. 3
Data range
Input
No. 4
m+0
Decimal
Default
Data contents
Hexadecimal
12345, 0
3039 hex
0000 hex
0000 hex
Default block read command
Specifies the direction of data transfer when
power is turned ON to the PLC or the Unit is
restarted for DM Area first word +1 to +93.
• 12345 (3039 hex): The default data at the
left is transferred from the 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit to the CPU Unit. When
the transfer is completed, the value will
become 0000 hex.
• Other than 12345 (3039 hex) (such as
0000 hex): The data in the allocated
words of DM Area is transferred from the
CPU Unit to the 2-Wire Transmitter Input
Unit.
0 to 34
0000 to 0022
hex
0
(0000 hex)
Address of Data Range Error (See note1.)
Display parameter
m+1
Setting Group 1 (continuously refreshed area): Parameters that are continuously refreshed during PLC operation (regardless of the
CPU Unit’s operation mode)
Process value alarm settings
m+2
m+6
m + 10
m + 14
m+3
m+7
m + 11
m + 15
m+4
m+8
m + 12
m + 16
Low to high limit for all sensors
6500
(1964 hex)
Process value H (high limit) alarm setting
−2000
(F830 hex)
Process value L (low limit) alarm setting
1000
(03EB hex)
Set value × 0.001
Span adjustment value
146
0 to 9999
0000 to270F
hex
CS1W-PTS52 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100)
DM Area address
Input
No. 1
Input
No. 2
Data range
Input
No. 3
Input
No. 4
m + 13
m + 17
Decimal
Default
Section 2-8
Data contents
Hexadecimal
Zero adjustment value
m+5
m+9
–9999 to 9999
D8F1 to 270F
hex,
0
(0000 hex)
Set value × 0.1
Setting Group 2 (initial settings area): Parameters that are transferred one time from the CPU Unit to the 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit
if the DM Area first word is other than 12345 when the PLC is powered up or the 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit is restarted.
Operation settings (See note 2.)
m + 18
(See note2)
(See note2)
0
(0000 hex)
00 to 03: Temperature unit (°C or °F)
04 to 07: Data display (binary or BCD)
08 to 11: Minus sign display format for BCD
display
12 to 15: Data direction at sensor error
Sensor type
m + 19
m + 23
m + 27
m + 31
0 to 1
0000, 0001 hex 0 (0000 hex)
0: Pt100; 1: JPt100
m + 20
m + 24
m + 28
m + 32
0, 1
0000, 0001 hex 0
(0000 hex)
Select either high limit or low limit alarm output.
0: High limit alarm; 1: Low limit alarm
m + 21
m + 25
m + 29
m + 33
0 to 9999
0000 to 270F
hex
0
(0000 hex)
Set value × 0.1
m + 22
m + 26
m + 30
m + 34
0 to 60
0000 to 003C
hex
0
(0000 hex)
Unit: s
External alarm output mode
Alarm hysteresis
Alarm ON-delay time
Note
1. The ERC indicator on the Unit’s front panel will light if an out-of-range setting is made in either Setting Group1 or 2. The offset from the first word of
the first word containing the out-of-range error will be stored as the Address of Data Range Error in the DM Area in four digits hexadecimal.
2. The operation settings are shown in the following table.
Word
m+18
00
Bits
Description
Temperature unit setting
Settings
04
Data format
08
Minus sign display format for BCD display 0: “F” used to indicate the minus sign.
1: Leftmost bit used to indicate the minus sign.
The setting is disabled if bits 04 to 07 are set to 0.
12
Data direction at sensor error
0: °C
1: °F
0: Binary (Negatives are given as 2’s complements).
1: BCD
0: Goes to upper limit at sensor error
1: Goes to lower limit at sensor error
Example: For a temperature in degrees celcius (°C), a binary data format, and
a data direction at sensor error of “lower limit,” m+18 = 1000.
147
CS1W-PTS52 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100)
Section 2-8
CIO Area Allocations
First word: word n. n = 2000 + unit number × 10 (unit number: 0 to 95)
Direction
2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit to
CPU Unit
Word
n+0
Bit
00
Name
Input No. 1
01
02
Input No. 2
03
04
Input No. 3
05
06
Input No. 4
07
Data range
Contents
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
0, 1
0: Process value >
Set value
1: Process value ≤
Set value
Process value H (high
limit) alarm
0, 1
0: Process value <
Set value
1: Process value ≥
Set value
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
0, 1
Same as for input No.
1.
Process value H (high
limit) alarm
0, 1
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
0, 1
Process value H (high
limit) alarm
0, 1
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
0, 1
Process value H (high
limit) alarm
0, 1
Process value
Depends on type of input. Stores data in the
data range specified
for each input type
±20 digits.
Sensor error
0, 1
08 to 15 Not used.
n+1
00 to 15 Input No. 1
n+2
00 to 15 Input No. 2
n+3
00 to 15 Input No. 3
n+4
00 to 15 Input No. 4
n+5
Not used.
n+6
n+7
n+8
2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit to
CPU Unit
n+9
00
Input No. 1
01
Input No. 2
0, 1
02
Input No. 3
0, 1
03
Input No. 4
0, 1
0: Normal
1: Error
04 to 14 Not used.
15
15
Conversion data
0, 1
enabled flag (See note.)
0: Data disabled
1: Data enabled
Note The Conversion Data Enabled Flag remains OFF after the power is turned
ON or the Unit is restarted until the AD conversion data becomes stable
(approximately 2 to 4 s), then is ON during operation.
148
Section 2-8
CS1W-PTS52 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100)
Terminal Connection Diagram
No. 2
Platinum-resistance
Thermometer input
No. 4
Platinum-resistance
Thermometer input
External alarm outputs
L
L
Note
2b
B1
2B
B2
2A
B3
4b
B4
4B
B5
4A
B6
ALM2
B7
ALM4
B8
0V
B9
N.C.
B10
A1
N.C
A2
1b
A3
1B
A4
1A
A5
3b
A6
3B
No. 1
Platinum-resistance
Thermometer input
No. 3
Platinum-resistance
Thermometer input
A7
3A
A8
ALM1
L
A9
ALM3
L
A10
24V
A11
N.C.
External alarm outputs
• Wire the same length to A, B, and b, so that the impedance will be the
same. In particular, do not short circuit between B and b at the terminal
block.
• For unused input terminals, connect approximately 100 Ω between the
platinum-resistance thermometer input terminals A and B and short terminals B and b with a lead wire. If resistance is not connected between terminals A and B and terminals B and b are shorted or if terminals A and B
and terminals B and b are left open, the alarm output will turn ON and the
ALM indicator will light.
• Do not connect anything to NC terminals. Do not use NC terminals as
relay terminals.
• Always ground the GR terminal on the Power Supply Unit of the PLC.
• If the input device uses a voltage generator, temperature compensator, or
similar device, then ground the input device if it has a ground terminal.
Terminal Block Diagram
1A
A4
B
A
1B
1b
A3
A2
2A
B3
Resistance thermmeter
B
A
2B
2b
B2
B1
3A
A7
Resistance thermmeter
B
A
3B
3b
A6
A5
4A
B6
Resistance thermmeter
B
4B
4b
B5
B4
Amplifier
circuit
Amplifier
circuit
Amplifier
circuit
Amplifier
circuit
Double
integral
A/D
Double
integral
A/D
Double
integral
A/D
Double
integral
A/D
Reference
power supply
Photocoupler
Reference
power supply
Photocoupler
5 V DC
Reference
power supply
Digital circuits
Connector
A
Resistance thermmeter
Isolation circuit
■ Input Circuit
Photocoupler
Reference
power supply
Photocoupler
149
CS1W-PTS52 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100)
Section 2-8
■ Output Circuit
L
A8
ALM1
L
B7
ALM2
L
A9
ALM3
L
B8
ALM4
Internal Circuit
A10
24V
B9
0V
Output Display
LED
Error Processing
Conversion Data Does Not Change.
Probable cause
The gain for span adjustment is
set to 0.
Remedy
Set the gain for span adjustment to a value other
than 0.
The sensor type is not set correctly.
An input device is malfunctioning,
input wiring is faulty, or wiring is
disconnected.
Check and reset the sensor type.
Check whether the resistance has changed.
Check for faulty or disconnected wiring. Check
whether a sensor error has been detected in the
I/O Area.
Values are Not Converted as Intended.
Probable cause
Remedy
The sensor type is set incorrectly.
The zero/span adjustment data is
incorrect.
The platinum-resistance thermometer input wiring is faulty.
Check and reset the sensor type.
Check and correct the zero/span adjustment settings.
Check and correct the input wiring.
The compensating conductor is
Use a thicker compensating conductor.
too long and measurements are
being affected by conductor resistance.
150
CS1W-PTS56 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100)
Section 2-9
Converted Values are Unstable.
Probable cause
Remedy
Input signals are being affected by Change the connection paths of the input signal
external noise.
lines. (Separate them from sources of noise or
use shielded cable.)
2-9
CS1W-PTS56 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input
Unit (Pt100, JPt100)
Overview
The CS1W-PTS56 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit provides
8 direct platinum resistance thermometer inputs, and sends the data to the
CPU Unit each cycle. All inputs are isolated.
CS1W-PTS56
RUN
ERC
ERH
54321
EDCBA
543210
F
X101 0 X100
9876
F
EDCBA
MACH
No.
9876
System Configuration
CS1W-PTS56
8 platinum
resistance
thermometer inputs
(Pt100 (JIS, IEC),
JPt100)
Features
• Up to 8 platinum resistance thermometers can be connected for each Unit
(with 8 separate settings for temperature sensors and input ranges).
• Pt100 (JIS, IEC), JPt100 can be selected.
• Temperature sensor values are transmitted to the CPU Unit in four digits
hexadecimal. (Either binary or BCD data output can be selected.)
• Process value alarms (Two internal alarms per input can be output to
memory and two alarms per input can be output to specified I/O memory
area addresses using indirect address specifications).
• Alarm ON-delay timer and hysteresis for process value.
• Zero/span adjustment capability during operation.
• Sensor error detection.
151
CS1W-PTS56 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100)
Section 2-9
• Maximum or minimum process value can be specified for when a sensor
error is detected.
Model Information
Unit
classification
CS-series Special I/O Unit
Model number
CS1W-PTS56
Inputs
8
Input types
Platinum resistance thermometer Pt100 (JIS, IEC), JPt100
Block Diagram (Order of Processing)
The processing for the inputs is as shown in the following diagram.
CPU Unit
Expansion Setting Area
CPU Unit CIO Area
H, L
H, L
Process value
Process value alarm
Sensor error
Alarm output
I/O refresh
Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit
Process value alarm
When input disconnection is detected
Sensor error check
Zero/span adjustment
Input calculations
Resistance thermometer type
Input range
A/D conversion
Resistance thermometer
Specifications
Item
Specifications
Model
Applicable PLC
CS1W-PTS56
CS Series
Unit classification
Mounting position
Maximum number of Units
CS-series Special I/O Unit
CS-series CPU Rack or CS-series Expansion Rack (Cannot be mounted to C200H
Expansion I/O Rack or SYSMAC BUS Remote I/O Slave Rack.)
80 (within the allowable current consumption and power consumption range)
Unit numbers
00 to 95 (Cannot duplicate Special I/O Unit numbers.)
152
CS1W-PTS56 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100)
Areas for data
exchange with
CPU Unit
Item
Special I/O Unit
Area
Section 2-9
Specifications
10 words/Unit
Resistance Thermometer Input Unit to CPU Unit:
All process values, process value alarms (L, H), conversion data enabled flag, sensor
errors.
DM Area words 100 words/Unit
allocated to
CPU Unit to Resistance Thermometer Input Unit:
Special I/O Units Temperature sensor type, input range (user set), process value alarm setting (L, H),
zero/span adjustment value.
Expansion Set- 1 word/Unit
ting Area
CPU Unit to Resistance Thermometer Input Unit:
Process Value Alarm
8
Number of temperature sensor
inputs
Temperature sensor type
Pt100 (JIS, IEC), JPt100
The same sensor type, input range, and scaling to industrial units are used by all
inputs.
Data storage in the CIO Area
The actual process data in the input range is stored in four digits hexadecimal (binary
or BCD values) in the allocated words in the CIO Area.
Accuracy (25°C)
±0.3% of PV or ± 0.8°C, whichever is greater, ±1 digit max.
(±0.3% of PV or ± 1.6°F, whichever is greater, ±1 digit max.)
PV: Process value data
Temperature characteristics
Refer to Temperature Characteristics According to Platinum
Resistance Thermometer Type on page 146.
Sensing method
3-wire method
Conversion period
Maximum time to store data in
CPU Unit
250 ms/8 inputs
Conversion period + one CPU Unit cycle
Sensor error detection
Detects sensor error at each input and turns ON the Sensor error Flag.
Hardware detection time: Approx. 0.5 s max.
The process value overrange direction for when a sensor error occurs can be specified. (High: +20 digit of set input range; low: –20 digit of set input range)
Function
Process value 2-point alarm (H, L), alarm hysteresis, and ON-delay timer (0 to 60 s
are available).
Two alarms per input (H, L) can be output to addresses in the CIO Area specified in
the Expansion Setting Area.
Between inputs and PLC signal: Transformer for power supply and photocoupler for
signals
Between each input: Transformer for power supply and photocoupler for signals
20 MΩ max. (at 500 V DC).
Between all input terminals and external AC terminals (Power Supply Unit)
Between all input terminals and FG plate
Between all input terminals and external AC terminals (Power Supply Unit)
Between all input terminals and FG plate
1,000 V AC, 50/60 Hz 1 min., detection current: 1 mA
Process value
alarm
Isolation
Insulation resistance
Dielectric strength
External connections
Unit number settings
Terminal block (detachable)
Set by rotary switches on front panel, from 0 to 95.
Indicators
Three LED indicators on front panel (for normal operation, errors detected at the Unit,
errors detected at the CPU Unit)
0.4 ms
Alarm time for CPU Unit cycle
time
Current consumption
5 V DC at 180 mA max.
26 V DC at 60 mA max.
153
CS1W-PTS56 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100)
Dimensions
Item
Specifications
35 × 130 × 126 mm (W × H × D)
Note The height including the Backplane is 145 mm.
Weight
450 g max.
Section 2-9
Sensor Type and Input Range
The Platinum Resistance Thermometer type and input range are set in the
allocated words in the DM Area for every four inputs.
The measurable data range is ±20 digits wider than the sensor input range.
Setting
°C
Input
16-bit binary
°F
BCD
16-bit binary
[email protected]@@
Leftmost bit
indicates
indicates
minus sign. minus sign.
0
1
Pt100:
−200.0 to 650.0°C
(−300.0 to
1200.0°F)
JPt100:
−200.0 to 650.0°C
(−300.0 to
1200.0°F)
F830 to FFFF to
1964
(−200.0 to
−0.1 to 650.0)
F830 to FFFF to
1964
(−200.0 to
−0.1 to 650.0)
F999 to 6500
(See note 2.)
(−99.9 to
650.0)
F999 to 6500
(See note 2.)
(−99.9 to
650.0)
Leftmost 4 Leftmost bit
bits (bits 12
(bit 15)
to 15)
indicates
indicate
minus sign.
minus sign.
A000 to 6500 F448 to FFFF to
(−200.0 to
2EE0
650.0)
(−300.0 to
−0.1 to 1200.0)
A000 to 6500 F448 to FFFF to
(−200.0 to
2EE0
650.0)
(−300.0 to
−0.1 to 1200.0)
2 to 9 Do not set.
BCD
F999 to 9999
(See note 2.)
(−99.9 to
999.9)
F999 to 9999
(See note 2.)
(−99.9 to
999.9)
B000 to 7999
(See note 2.)
(−300.0 to
799.9)
B000 to 7999
(See note 2.)
(−300.0 to
799.9)
Do not set.
Note
1. If the indication range is exceeded, a sensor error will occur and the sensor
error bit will turn ON. The process value will be clamped at the lower or upper limit of the indication range, depending on the setting for data direction
at sensor error.
2. The indicator range for BCD display will be clamped at the lower (or upper)
limit in the region between the lower (or upper) limit of the setting range
and the point where a sensor error occurs.
For 0.1°C/0.1°F indication with minus sign indicated by leftmost 4 bits (bits
12 to 15): Lower limit = −99.9, Upper limit = 999.9.
For 0.1°C/0.1°F indication with minus sign indicated by leftmost bit (bit 15):
Lower limit = −799.9, Upper limit = 799.9.
Temperature Characteristics According to Platinum Resistance Thermometer Type
Platinum Resistance
Thermometer
Temperature range
Pt100
−200 to 200°C
Set value error when
ambient temperature
changes by 1°C
±0.43°C
JPt100
200 to 650°C
−200 to 200°C
285 ppm of PV
±0.43°C
200 to 650°C
285 ppm of PV
The measured temperature error is calculated as shown in the following
example.
Item
Ambient temperature
Platinum Resistance
Thermometer
Measured temperature
(PV)
154
Details
30°C
Pt100
500°C
CS1W-PTS56 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100)
Item
Reference accuracy
(25°C)
Section 2-9
Details
±0.3°C of PV or ±0.8°C, whichever is greater, ±1 digit.
In this example, ±1.5°C.
Temperature characteris- 200 to 650°C: 285 ppm of PV.
tics
In this example, 285 ppm × 500°C = 0.143°C.
Change in ambient temperature
5°C (25 to 30°C)
Overall accuracy =
Reference accuracy + Temperature characteristic × Change in ambient
temperature = ±1.5°C + ±0.143°C × 5 = Approx. ± 2.2°C ±1 digit.
DM Area Allocations
First word: word m. m = D20000 + unit number × 100 (unit number: 0 to 95)
DM Area address
Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input
No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 No. 4 No. 5 No. 6 No. 7 No. 8
m+0
Data range
Decimal
Default
Data contents
Hexadecimal
12345, 0
3039 hex
0000 hex
0000 hex
Default block read command
Specifies the direction of data transfer
when power is turned ON to the PLC
or the Unit is restarted for DM Area
first word +1 to +60.
• 12345 (3039 hex): The default data
at the left is transferred from the 2Wire Transmitter Input Unit to the
CPU Unit. When the transfer is completed, the value will become 0000
hex.
• Other than 12345 (3039 hex) (such
as 0000 hex): The data in the allocated words of DM Area is transferred from the CPU Unit to the 2Wire Transmitter Input Unit.
0 to 59
0000 to
003B hex
0
Address of Data Range Error (See
(0000 hex) note1.)
Display parameter
m+1
Setting Group 1 (continuously refreshed area): Parameters that are continuously refreshed during PLC operation (regardless of the
CPU Unit’s operation mode)
Process value alarm settings
m+2
m+6
m+10 m+14 m+18 m+22 m+26 m+30 Low to high limit for all
sensors
6500
Process value H (high limit) alarm set(1964 hex) ting
m+3
m+7
m+11 m+15 m+19 m+23 m+27 m+31
−2000
(F830
hex)
m+4
m+8
m+12 m+16 m+20 m+24 m+28 m+32 0 to 32000 0000 to
7D00 hex
10000
Set value × 0.0001
(2710 hex)
m+5
m+9
m+13 m+17 m+21 m+25 m+29 m+33 –9999 to
9999
0
Set value × 0.1
(0000 hex)
Process value L (low limit) alarm setting
Span adjustment value
Zero adjustment value
D8F1 to
270F hex,
Setting Group 2 (initial settings area): Parameters that are transferred one time from the CPU Unit to the 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit
if the DM Area first word is other than 12345 when the PLC is powered up or the 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit is restarted.
Operation settings (See note 2.)
m +34
(See
note2)
(See
note2)
0
00 to 03: Temperature unit (°C or °F)
(0000 hex) 04 to 07: Data display (binary or BCD)
08 to 11: Minus sign display format for
BCD display
12 to 15: Data direction at sensor error
0000,
0001,
000F hex
0 (0000
hex)
Sensor type
m+35 m+38 m+41 m+44 m+47 m+50 m+53 m+56 0, 1, 15
0: Pt100; 1: JPt100, F: Not used
155
CS1W-PTS56 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100)
DM Area address
Data range
Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input
No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 No. 4 No. 5 No. 6 No. 7 No. 8
Decimal
Default
Section 2-9
Data contents
Hexadecimal
Alarm hysteresis
m+36 m+39 m+42 m+45 m+48 m+51 m+54 m+57 0 to 9999
0000 to
270F hex
0
Set value × 0.1
(0000 hex)
m+37 m+40 m+43 m+46 m+49 m+52 m+55 m+58 0 to 60
0000 to
003C hex
0
Unit: s
(0000 hex)
Alarm ON-delay time
Expansion Setting Area enable
m+59
0, 1
0000,
0001 hex
0
0: Disabled
(0000 hex) 1: Enabled
m+60
(See note 3)
0 to 6143
0000 to
17FF hex
0
CIO area (fixed)
(0000 hex) Number of words.
Expansion Setting Area address
Note
1. The ERC indicator on the Unit’s front panel will light if an out-of-range setting is made in either Setting Group1 or 2. The offset from the first word of
the first word containing the out-of-range error will be stored as the Address of Data Range Error in the DM Area in four digits hexadecimal.
2. The operation settings are shown in the following table.
3. A range check is not performed for the Expansion Setting Area address set
in word m+60. Be sure to check this address before starting actual operation.
Word
m+18
Bits
Description
Settings
00
Temperature unit setting
0: °C
1: °F
04
Data format
0: Binary (Negatives are given as 2’s complements).
1: BCD
08
Minus sign display format for BCD display 0: “F” used to indicate the minus sign.
1: Leftmost bit used to indicate the minus sign.
The setting is disabled if bits 04 to 07 are set to 0.
12
Data direction at sensor error
0: Goes to upper limit at sensor error
1: Goes to lower limit at sensor error
Example: For a temperature in degrees celcius (°C), a binary data format, and
a data direction at sensor error of “lower limit,” m+18 = 1000.
156
CS1W-PTS56 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100)
Section 2-9
Expansion Setting Area
First word: word o. (o = address specified in m+60 in the DM Area)
Direction
Thermocouple
Input Unit to
CPU Unit
Word
o
Bit
00
Name
Input No. 1
01
02
Input No. 2
03
04
05
06
07
08
Input No. 5
Input No. 6
13
14
15
0, 1
0, 1
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
0, 1
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
0, 1
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
0, 1
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
Input No. 8
Same as for input No. 1.
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
Input No. 7
0, 1
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
11
12
0: Process value < Set value
1: Process value ≥ Set value
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
09
10
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
Input No. 4
Contents
0: Process value > Set value
1: Process value ≤ Set value
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
Input No. 3
Data range
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
0, 1
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
0, 1
Note If either of the following changes is made for the Expansion Setting Area for
the CS1W-PTS55/PTS56/PDC55, the previous data will be left in the Expansion Setting Area even after the change has been made.
Clear the previous data when changing either of these settings.
• The Expansion Setting Area Enable setting is changed from “enabled” to
“disabled.”
• The Expansion Setting Area Address setting is changed while the Expansion Setting Area Enable setting is set to “enabled.”
157
CS1W-PTS56 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100)
Section 2-9
CIO Area Allocations
First word: word n. n = 2000 + unit number × 10 (unit number: 0 to 95)
Direction
2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit to
CPU Unit
Word
n+0
Bit
00
Name
Input No. 1
Contents
0, 1
0: Process value >
Set value
1: Process value ≤
Set value
Process value H (high
limit) alarm
0, 1
0: Process value <
Set value
1: Process value ≥
Set value
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
0, 1
Same as for input No.
1.
Process value H (high
limit) alarm
0, 1
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
0, 1
Process value H (high
limit) alarm
0, 1
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
0, 1
Process value H (high
limit) alarm
0, 1
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
0, 1
Process value H (high
limit) alarm
0, 1
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
0, 1
Process value H (high
limit) alarm
0, 1
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
0, 1
Process value H (high
limit) alarm
0, 1
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
0, 1
15
Process value H (high
limit) alarm
0, 1
Process value
Depends on type of input. Stores data in the
data range specified
for each input type
±20 digits.
01
02
Input No. 2
03
04
Input No. 3
05
06
Input No. 4
07
08
Input No. 5
09
10
Input No. 6
11
12
Input No. 7
13
14
2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit to
CPU Unit
Data range
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
Input No. 8
n+1
00 to 15 Input No. 1
n+2
00 to 15 Input No. 2
n+3
00 to 15 Input No. 3
n+4
00 to 15 Input No. 4
n+5
00 to 15 Input No. 5
n+6
00 to 15 Input No. 6
n+7
00 to 15 Input No. 7
n+8
00 to 15 Input No. 8
n+9
00
Input No. 1
01
Input No. 2
0, 1
02
Input No. 3
0, 1
03
Input No. 4
0, 1
04
Input No. 5
0, 1
05
Input No. 6
0, 1
06
Input No. 7
0, 1
07
Input No. 8
0, 1
Sensor error
0, 1
0: Normal
1: Error
08 to 14 Not used
15
15
Conversion data
0, 1
enabled flag (See note.)
0: Data disabled
1: Data enabled
Note The Conversion Data Enabled Flag remains OFF after the power is turned
ON or the Unit is restarted until the AD conversion data becomes stable
(approximately 2 to 4 s), then is ON during operation.
158
Section 2-9
CS1W-PTS56 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100)
Terminal Connection Diagram
No. 1
Platinum-resistance
Thermometer input
1A
B1
1B
B2
1b
B3
No. 3
Platinum-resistance
Thermometer input
3A
B4
3B
B5
3b
B6
5A
B7
5B
B8
No. 5
Platinum-resistance
Thermometer input
No. 7
Platinum-resistance
Thermometer input
Note
5b
B9
7A
B10
7B
B11
7b
B12
A1
2A
A2
2B
A3
2b
A4
4A
A5
4B
A6
4b
A7
6A
A8
6B
A9
6b
A10
8A
A11
8B
A12
8b
No. 2
Platinum-resistance
Thermometer input
No. 4
Platinum-resistance
Thermometer input
No. 6
Platinum-resistance
Thermometer input
No. 8
Platinum-resistance
Thermometer input
• Wire the same length to A, B, and b, so that the impedance will be the
same. In particular, do not short circuit between B and b at the terminal
block.
• Set the Sensor type in Setting Group 2 in the DM Area to “Not used” for
any thermocouple inputs that are not used.
• Always ground the GR terminal on the Power Supply Unit of the PLC.
• If the input device uses a voltage generator, temperature compensator, or
similar device, then ground the input device if it has a ground terminal.
Terminal Block Diagram
■ Input Circuit
1A
B1
B
1B
1b
B2
B3
Amplifier
circuit
Double
integral
A/D
Reference
power supply
No. 2 input
Reference power supply
Photocoupler
No. 3 input
Reference power supply
A
4A
A5
Resistance thermmeter
B
4B
4b
A6
A7
Amplifier
circuit
Double
integral
A/D
Isolation circuit
A
Resistance thermmeter
24 V DC
Reference
power supply
5 V DC
Photocoupler
No. 2 input
Photocoupler
5A
B7
5B
5b
B8
B9
Resistance thermmeter
B
Amplifier
circuit
Double
integral
A/D
Reference
power supply
Photocoupler
Digital circuits
Connector
No. 3 input
Photocoupler
A
No. 6 input
Photocoupler
No. 7 input
Photocoupler
8A
A10
B
8B
8b
A11
A12
Amplifier
circuit
Double
integral
A/D
Reference
power supply
Photocoupler
No. 6 input
Reference power supply
No. 7 input
Reference power supply
Isolation circuit
A
Resistance thermmeter
159
Section 2-10
CS1W-PTW01 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit
Error Processing
Conversion Data Does Not Change.
Probable cause
Remedy
The gain for span adjustment is
set to 0.
The sensor type is not set correctly.
An input device is malfunctioning,
input wiring is faulty, or wiring is
disconnected.
Set the gain for span adjustment to a value other
than 0.
Check and reset the sensor type.
Check whether the resistance has changed.
Check for faulty or disconnected wiring. Check
whether a sensor error has been detected in the
I/O Area.
Values are Not Converted as Intended.
Probable cause
The sensor type, or input range is
set incorrectly.
The zero/span adjustment data is
incorrect.
The platinum-resistance thermometer input wiring is faulty.
Remedy
Check and reset the sensor type, input range,
and the process value scaling settings.
Check and correct the zero/span adjustment settings.
Check and correct the input wiring.
The compensating conductor is
Use a thicker compensating conductor.
too long and measurements are
being affected by conductor resistance.
Converted Values are Unstable.
Probable cause
Remedy
Input signals are being affected by Change the connection paths of the input signal
external noise.
lines. (Separate them from sources of noise or
use shielded cable.)
2-10 CS1W-PTW01 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit
Overview
The CS1W-PTW01 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit provides up to four inputs for
unified signals (4 to 20 mA) from a transmitter, with no external DC power
supply, and sends the data to the CPU Unit each cycle.
CS1W-PTW01
160
Section 2-10
CS1W-PTW01 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit
System Configuration
CS1W-PTW01
Four 2-wire transmitter inputs
(4 to 20 mA, 1 to 5 V)
Features
• Up to four inputs can be connected per Unit for unified signals from a 2wire transmitter, such as pressure, differential pressure, etc.
• A built-in power supply (24 V DC) for a 2-wire transmitter for each input
eliminates the need for an external power supply.
• Inputs of 4 to 20 mA and 1 to 5 V, are possible with no need to provide the
usual DC power supply.
• Scaling values are sent to the CPU Unit in four digits hexadecimal.
• Square root function.
• Four values for each process value alarm input.
• ON-delay timer for process value alarm.
• Mean value processing.
• Rate-of-change calculation.
• Two values for each rate-of-change alarm input.
• Input error detection.
• Zero/span adjustment capability during operation.
Model Information
Unit classification
Model number
Inputs
CS-series Special I/O Unit CS1W-PTW01 4 max.
Input types
From transmitter: unified signal (4 to 20 mA) or 4 to 20 mA,
1 to 5 V
161
Section 2-10
CS1W-PTW01 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit
Block Diagram (Order of Processing)
The processing for the four inputs is as shown in the following diagram.
CPU Unit CIO Area
HH, H, L, LL
Process value
Process value
alarm
H, L
Rate-of-change
value
Rate-of-change
alarm
Input error alarm
I/O refresh
Isolated-type 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit
Process value
alarm
Rate-of-change
alarm
Output limit: −15% to +115%
Rate-of-change calculation and scaling
Output limit: −15% to +115%
Square root
Input error check
Zero/span adjustment
Input error: Less than −17%
or more than 112%
Process value scaling
Input calculations
Input range
A/D conversion, moving average
4 to 20 mA, 1 to 5 V
2-wire transmitter
162
or DC signal sensor
Section 2-10
CS1W-PTW01 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit
Item
Specifications
Model
Applicable PLC
CS1W-PTW01
CS Series
Unit classification
Mounting position
CS-series Special I/O Unit
CS-series CPU Rack or CS-series Expansion Rack (Cannot be mounted to C200H
Expansion I/O Rack or SYSMAC BUS Remote I/O Slave Rack.)
80 (within the allowable current consumption and power consumption range)
Maximum number of Units
Unit numbers
Areas for data Special I/O Unit
exchange with Area
CPU Unit
00 to 95 (Cannot duplicate Special I/O Unit numbers.)
10 words/Unit
2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit to CPU Unit:
All process values, process value alarms (LL, L, H, HH), rate-of-change values, rate-ofchange alarms (L, H), input errors
DM Area words 100 words/Unit
allocated to
CPU Unit to 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit:
Special I/O Units Sensor type, scaling of process value data to be stored in allocated words in CIO area,
square root function enable, rate-of-change value range, rate-of-change scaling, number of items for moving average, process value alarm setting (LL, L, H, HH), rate-ofchange alarm setting (L, H), zero/span adjustment value, etc.
Number of inputs
Sensor type
4
Unified signal from transmitter (4 to
20 mA), 4 to 20 mA, 1 to 5 V
User-defined scaling in industrial Scaling required for 4 to 20 mA or 1 to 5 V.
units
(Any minimum and maximum values can
be set.) (4 inputs set separately.)
Data storage in the CIO Area
The value derived from carrying out the
following processing in order of the process value data is stored in four digits
hexadecimal (binary values) in the allocated words in the CIO Area.
1) Mean value processing → 2) Scaling →
3) Zero/span adjustment → 4) Square root
extraction → 5) Output limits
Accuracy (25°C)
±0.2% of full scale
Temperature coefficient
Resolution
±0.015%/°C of full scale
1/4,096 of full scale
Sensor type and scaling to industrial units
are separate for each of the 4 inputs.
Note Sensor type and scaling to industrial
units are set in the DM Area.
Example:
Input signal type: 4 to 20 mA from 2-wire
transmitter; industrial unit scaling: 0 to
500 m3/h (after square root extraction).
DM Area settings are as follows:
Input signal type: 0 (0000 hex)
Industrial unit maximum value stored: 500
(01F4 hex)
Industrial unit minimum value stored:
0 (0000 hex)
Input signal range
–15 to 115%
Power supply for 2-wire transmit- Output voltage: 24 V DC ±15% for each input
ter
Current capacity: 22 mA max. for each input
Short-circuit control current: 22 to 27 mA
Allowable short-circuit time:
Ambient temperature less than 40°C: No limit
Ambient temperature 40 to 55°C: 10 min or less
Input impedance
4 to 20 mA for 2-wire transmitter: 250 Ω; 4 to 20 mA: 250 Ω; 1 to 5 V: 1 MΩ min.
Response time
Conversion period
0.5 s (travel time from input 0% to 90%, for step input)
100 ms/4 inputs
Maximum time to store data in
CPU Unit
Conversion period + one CPU Unit cycle
Input error detection
Error detected when under –17.2% (4 to 20 mA: 1.25 mA; 1 to 5 V: 0.3125 V) or over
112.5% (4 to 20 mA: 22 mA; 1 to 5 V: 5.5 V).
Operation at input disconnection Process value of –15% stored.
Input disconnection overrange
Approx. 1 s
time
163
Section 2-10
CS1W-PTW01 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit
Function
Item
Mean value processing (input
filter)
Process value
alarm
Rate-of-change
calculation
Specifications
Calculates the moving average for the specified number of process values (1 to 16),
and stores that value in the CIO Area as the process value.
Process value 4-point alarm (HH, H, LL, L), alarm hysteresis, and ON-delay timer (0 to
60 s) are available.
Calculates the amount of change per comparison time interval (1 to 16 s).
Rate-of-change
alarm
Rate-of-change 2-point alarm (H, L), alarm hysteresis (shared with process value
alarm), and ON-delay timer (0 to 60 s, shared with process value alarm) are available.
Square root
When the process value scaling maximum value is A and the minimum value is B:
Output =
(A−B) (Input−B)
+B
Dropout: Output approx. 7% maximum linear (output = input) characteristics
Note 1 The square root function is only enabled when the maximum scaling value
is greater than the minimum value.
Note 2 When square root processing is being performed, set the maximum and
minimum scaling values to the values required after square root processing
of the current or other input values.
Isolation
Insulation resistance
Between inputs and between input terminals and PLC signals: Isolation by transformer
20 MΩ (at 500 V DC) between inputs
Dielectric strength
External connections
Between inputs: 1,000 V AC, at 50/60 Hz, for 1 min, leakage current 10 mA max.
Terminal block (detachable)
Unit number settings
Indicators
Set by rotary switches on front panel, from 0 to 95.
Three LED indicators on front panel (for normal operation, errors detected at the 2Wire Transmitter Input Unit, and errors related to the CPU Unit).
Sensor input connector terminal block (detachable)
Front panel connector
Alarm time for CPU Unit cycle
time
0.3 ms
Current consumption
Dimensions
Weight
5 V DC at 150 mA max., 26 V DC at 160 mA max.
35 × 130 × 126 mm (W × H × D)
Note The height including the Backplane is 145 mm.
450 g max.
Standard accessories
None
164
Section 2-10
CS1W-PTW01 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit
DM Area Allocations
m = D20000 + unit number × 100 (unit number: 0 to 95)
Input
No. 1
Input
No. 2
Input
No. 3
Input
No. 4
m
Decimal
12345, 0
Hexadecimal
3039 hex
0000 hex
Default
(See note
1.)
0000 hex
Data contents
Default block read command
Specifies the direction of data transfer when
power is turned ON to the PLC or the Unit is
restarted for DM words m+2 to m+81.
• 12345 (3039 hex): The default data at the left
is transferred from the 2-Wire Transmitter
Input Unit to the CPU Unit. When the transfer
is completed, the value will become 0000
hex.
• Other than 12345 (3039 hex) (such as 0000
hex): The data in the allocated words of DM
Area is transferred from the CPU Unit to the
2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit.
Setting Group 1 (continuously refreshed area): Parameters that are continuously refreshed during PLC operation (regardless of the
CPU Unit’s operation mode)
Process value alarm settings
m+2
m + 10
m + 18
m + 26
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex
4200
(1068 hex)
Process value HH (high high limit) alarm setting
(Set at process value scaling value.)
m+3
m + 11
m + 19
m + 27
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex
4000
(0FA0 hex)
Process value H (high limit) alarm setting
(Set at process value scaling value.)
m+4
m + 12
m + 20
m + 28
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex
0
(0000 hex)
Process value L (low limit) alarm setting
(Set at process value scaling value.)
m+5
m + 13
m + 21
m + 29
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex
–200
(FF38 hex)
Process value LL (low low limit) alarm setting
(Set at process value scaling value.)
m+6
m + 14
m + 22
m + 30
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex
4000
(0FA0 hex)
Rate-of-change value H (high limit) alarm setting
(Set at rate-of-change scaling value.)
m+7
m + 15
m + 23
m + 31
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex
0
(0000 hex)
Rate-of-change value L (low limit) alarm setting
(Set at rate-of-change scaling value.)
m+8
m + 16
m + 24
m + 32
0 to 32000 0000 to 7D00 hex
10000
(2710 hex)
Gain for span adjustment
(set value x 0.0001)
m+9
m + 17
m + 25
m + 33
–32000 to
32000
0
(0000 hex)
Zero adjustment value
(Set at process value scaling value.)
Rate-of-change value alarm settings
Zero/span adjustment
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
Setting Group 2 (initial settings area): Parameters that are transferred one time from the CPU Unit to the 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit
if m is other than 12345 when the PLC is powered up or the 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit is restarted.
m + 34
m + 46
m + 58
m + 70
0, 1
0000 to 0001 hex
0
(0000 hex)
Input signal type
0: 4 to 20 mA, 1: 1 to 5 V
m + 35
m + 47
m + 59
m + 71
0, 1
0000 to 0001 hex
0
(0000 hex)
Square root extraction
0: Disable; 1: Enable
m + 36
m + 48
m + 60
m + 72
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
4000
(0FA0 hex)
Value stored for maximum value in range
(span)
m + 37
m +49
m + 61
m + 73
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
0
(0000 hex)
Value stored for minimum value in range (zero)
m + 38
m + 50
m + 62
m + 74
0 to 32000 0000 to 7D00 hex
40
(0028 hex)
Alarm hysteresis
(Set at process value scaling value. Shared
with process value alarm and rate-of-change
alarm.)
m + 39
m + 51
m + 63
m + 75
0 to 60
0
(0000 hex)
Alarm ON-delay time (Unit: s)
(Shared with process value alarm and rate-ofchange alarm.)
Process value scaling
Alarm supplementary functions
0000 to 003C hex
165
Section 2-10
CS1W-PTW01 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit
Input
No. 1
Input
No. 2
Input
No. 3
Input
No. 4
Decimal
Hexadecimal
Default
(See note
1.)
Data contents
m + 40
m + 52
m + 64
m + 76
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
4000
(0FA0 hex)
m + 41
m + 53
m + 65
m + 77
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
–4000
(F060 hex)
m + 42
m + 54
m + 66
m + 78
1 to 16
0001 to 0010 hex
01
(0001 hex)
Rate-of-change comparison time interval
(Unit: s)
m + 43
m + 55
m + 67
m + 79
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
4000
(0FA0 hex)
Rate-of-change
value scaling
m + 44
m + 56
m + 68
m + 80
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
0
(0000 hex)
m + 45
m + 57
m + 69
m + 81
1 to 16
0001 to 0010 hex
4
(0004 hex)
Number of process values for calculating moving average for mean value processing
m + 84
m + 85
0 to 81
0000 to 0051 hex
0
(0000 hex)
Address of Data Range Error (See note 2.)
Rate-of-change function
Rate-of-change
range setting
Maximum rate-of-change
value (Process value
industrial unit; comparison
time interval)
Minimum rate-of-change
value (Process value
industrial unit; comparison
time interval)
Value stored for maximum
value in range
Value stored for minimum
value in range
Mean value processing function
Storage parameter
m + 82
m + 83
Note
1. The default values are transferred from the 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit to
the CPU Unit when m is 12345 (3039 hex).
2. The ERC indicator on the Unit’s front panel will light if an out-of-range setting is made in either Setting Group1 or 2. The offset from m of the first DM
word containing the out-of-range error will be stored as the Address of
Data Range Error in the DM Area in four digits hexadecimal. For more information, refer to 1-6 Error Processing.
166
Section 2-10
CS1W-PTW01 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit
CIO Area Allocations
n = 2000 + unit number × 10 (unit number: 0 to 95)
Direction
Word
2-Wire
n
Transmitter
Input Unit to
CPU Unit
Bit
00
Input No. 1
Name
Data range
Process value LL (low 0, 1
low limit) alarm
01
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
02
Process value H (high 0, 1
limit) alarm
03
Process value HH
(high high limit) alarm
Process value LL (low
low limit) alarm
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
Process value H (high
limit) alarm
04
Input No. 2
05
06
07
08
Input No. 3
10
11
13
0, 1
0, 1
0: Process value <
Set value
1: Process value ≥ Set
value
Same as for input No.
1.
0, 1
0, 1
Process value HH
0, 1
(high high limit) alarm
09
12
0, 1
Contents
0: Process value >
Set value
1: Process value ≤ Set
value
Input No. 4
Process value LL (low 0, 1
low limit) alarm
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
Process value H (high
limit) alarm
Process value HH
(high high limit) alarm
Process value LL (low
low limit) alarm
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
Same as for input No.
1.
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
Same as for input No.
1.
0, 1
14
Process value H (high 0, 1
limit) alarm
15
0, 1
Process value HH
(high high limit) alarm
167
Section 2-10
CS1W-PTW01 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit
Direction
Word
2-Wire
n+1
Transmitter
Input Unit to
CPU Unit
n+2
Bit
00 to 15
Name
Input No. 1 process value
00 to 15
Input No. 2 process value
n+3
00 to 15
Input No. 3 process value
n+4
00 to 15
Input No. 4 process value
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
n+5
00 to 15
Input No. 1 rate-of-change value
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
n+6
00 to 15
Input No. 2 rate-of-change value
n+7
00 to 15
Input No. 3 rate-of-change value
n+8
00 to 15
Input No. 4 rate-of-change value
n+9
00
Input No. 1
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
0, 1
01
02
Input No. 2
03
04
Input No. 3
05
06
07
168
Input No. 4
Rate-of-change value
L (low limit) alarm
Data range
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
Contents
The present process
value is stored
according to the scaling set in the allocated
words of the DM Area.
The process value
rate of change is
stored according to
the scaling set in the
allocated words of the
DM Area.
0: Rate-of-change
value > Set value
1: Rate-of-change
value ≤ Set value
Rate-of-change value
H (high limit) alarm
0, 1
0: Rate-of-change
value < Set value
1: Rate-of-change
value ≥ Set value
Rate-of-change value
L (low limit) alarm
Rate-of-change value
H (high limit) alarm
Rate-of-change value
L (low limit) alarm
Rate-of-change value
H (high limit) alarm
0, 1
Same as for input No.
1.
Rate-of-change value
L (low limit) alarm
0, 1
Rate-of-change value
H (high limit) alarm
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
Same as for input No.
1.
0, 1
Same as for input No.
1.
08
Input No. 1 input error
0, 1
0: Normal
1: Error (less than
–17.2% or greater
than 112.5%)
Same as for input No.
1.
09
Input No. 2 input error
0, 1
10
Input No. 3 input error
0, 1
Same as for input No.
1.
11
Input No. 4 input error
0, 1
Same as for input No.
1.
Section 2-10
CS1W-PTW01 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit
Terminal Connection Diagram
2-Wire Transmitter Input
CS1W-PTW01 Isolated-type 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit
−
2-wire
transmitter
−
2-wire
transmitter
−
2-wire
transmitter
−
2-wire
transmitter
Current Input (No Power Supply Necessary)
CS1W-PTW01 Isolated-type
2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit
−
Current
output
device
−
Current
output
device
−
Current
output
device
−
Current
output
device
169
Section 2-10
CS1W-PTW01 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit
Voltage Input
CS1W-PTW01 Isolated-type
2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit
Voltage
output
device
−
Voltage
output
device
−
Voltage
output
device
−
Voltage
output
device
−
Note In all of the above cases, leave all unused terminals open (e.g., terminals A1,
A2, B1, and B2 for input No. 1).
170
Section 2-10
CS1W-PTW01 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit
Terminal Block Diagram
CS1W-PTW01 Isolated-type 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit
+24-V transmitter power supply
1 MΩ
250 Ω 1 MΩ
Amplifier
Isolation
circuit
Multiplexer
Input No. 1
Amplifier circuit
A/D converter
+24-V transmitter power supply
1 MΩ
Input No. 2
250 Ω 1 MΩ
Amplifier
Isolation
circuit
Digital computation circuit
+24-V transmitter power supply
Input No. 3
250 Ω 1 MΩ
Amplifier
Connector
1 MΩ
Isolation
circuit
5 V DC
To CPU Unit
Isolated power supply circuit
26 V DC
+24-V transmitter power supply
1 MΩ
Input No. 4
250 Ω 1 MΩ
Amplifier
2-Wire Transmitter Input
2-wire transmitter
Isolation
circuit
4-mA to 20-mA Input
(n: Input Nos. 1 to 4)
−
1-V to 5-V Input
(n: Input Nos. 1 to 4)
Current output
(n: Input Nos. 1 to 4)
−
Voltage output
−
Error Processing
Conversion Data Does Not Change.
Probable cause
Remedy
The gain for span adjustment is
Set the gain for span adjustment to a value other than 0.
set to 0.
The minimum and maximum val- Set the minimum and maximum values correctly.
ues for process value scaling are
either the same or are set
extremely low.
The input signal type or process Check and reset the input signal type and the process value scaling settings.
value scaling is set incorrectly.
An input device is malfunctioning, Check whether the input voltage has changed. Check for faulty or disconnected wiring.
input wiring is faulty, or wiring is
Check whether an input error has been detected in the I/O Area.
disconnected.
171
Section 2-11
CS1W-PDC01 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
Values are Not Converted as Intended.
Probable cause
The input signal type or process
value scaling is set incorrectly.
Remedy
Check and reset the input signal type and the process value scaling settings.
The zero/span adjustment data is Check and correct the zero/span adjustment settings.
incorrect.
The square root function is operating.
Set the square function so that it does not operate.
Converted Values are Unstable.
Probable cause
Input signals are being affected
by external noise.
Remedy
Change the connection paths of the input signal lines. (Separate them from sources of
noise or use shielded cable.)
Insert 0.01-µF to 0.1-µF ceramic capacitors between the I+ and COM, and between
the V+ and COM input terminals.
Increase the number of values for calculating the moving average in mean value processing.
The scaling value is greater than
the Unit’s resolution.
Reduce the scaling value.
2-11 CS1W-PDC01 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
Overview
The CS1W-PDC01 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit provides four DC
signal inputs, and sends the data to the CPU Unit each cycle. All inputs are
isolated.
CS1W-PDC01
System Configuration
CS1W-PDC01
Four DC inputs (−10 to 10 V, 0 to 10 V,
−5 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, 1 to 5 V, user-set V
range, 4 to 20 mA, 0 to 20 mA)
172
CS1W-PDC01 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
Section 2-11
Features
• Up to four DC signal inputs can be connected per Unit. Any of the following can be selected separately for the four inputs: 4 to 20 mA, 0 to 20 mA,
–10 to 10 V, 0 to 10 V, –5 to 5 V, 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or ±10-V user-set range.
• Scaling values are sent to the CPU Unit in four digits hexadecimal.
• Isolation between analog inputs can prevent sneak circuits from occurring
between input signals.
• Square root function.
• Four values for each process value alarm input.
• ON-delay timer for process value alarm.
• Mean value processing.
• Rate-of-change calculation.
• Two values for each rate-of-change alarm input.
• Input error detection.
• Zero/span adjustment capability during operation.
Model Information
Unit classification
Model number
Inputs
CS-series Special I/O Unit CS1W-PDC01
4 max.
Input types
The following can be selected separately: 4 to 20 mA, 0 to
20 mA, –10 to 10 V, 0 to 10 V, –5 to 5 V, 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V,
or ±10-V user-set range
173
Section 2-11
CS1W-PDC01 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
Block Diagram (Order of Processing)
The processing for the four inputs is as shown in the following diagram.
CPU Unit CIO Area
HH, H, L, LL
Process value
Process value
alarm
H, L
Rate-of-change
value
Rate-of-change
alarm
Input error alarm
I/O refresh
Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
Process value
alarm
Rate-of-change
alarm
Output limit: −15% to +115%
Rate-of-change calculation and scaling
Output limit: −15% to +115%
Square root
Zero/span adjustment
Input error check
Process value scaling
For 4 to 20 mA and 1 to 5 V
inputs, less than −17% or more
than 112% is an input error.
There is no check for other inputs.
Input calculations
Input range
A/D conversion, moving average
−10 to 10 V, 0 to 10 V, −5 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, 1 to 5 V, 4 to 20 mA,
0 to 20 mA, optional DC voltage
DC signal sensor
174
Section 2-11
CS1W-PDC01 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
Specifications
Item
Specifications
Model
CS1W-PDC01
Applicable PLC
Unit classification
CS-series
CS-series Special I/O Unit
Mounting position
CS-series CPU Rack or CS-series Expansion Rack (Cannot be mounted to C200H
Expansion I/O Rack or SYSMAC BUS Remote I/O Slave Rack.)
80 (within the allowable current consumption and power consumption range)
Maximum number of Units
Unit numbers
Areas for data
exchange with
CPU Unit
Special I/O Unit
Area
00 to 95 (Cannot duplicate Special I/O Unit numbers.)
10 words/Unit
Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit to CPU Unit:
All process values, process value alarms (LL, L, H, HH), rate-of-change values, rateof-change alarms (L, H), input errors
DM Area words 100 words/Unit
allocated to
CPU Unit to Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit:
Special I/O Units Input signal type, scaling of process values in industrial units, square root function
enable, rate-of-change value range, rate-of-change scaling, number of items for moving average, process value alarm setting (LL, L, H, HH), rate-of-change alarm setting
(L, H), zero/span adjustment value, etc.
Number of inputs
4
Input signal type
User-defined scaling in industrial
units
Data storage in the CIO Area
Accuracy (25°C)
4 to 20 mA, 0 to 20 mA, –10 to 10 V, 0 to
10 V, –5 to 5 V, 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or ±10-V
user-set range. The ±10-V user-set range
can be specified within –10.000 to
10.000 V.
Scaling required for the above input signals, such as 4 to 20 mA or 1 to 5 V. (Any
minimum and maximum values can be
set.) (4 inputs set separately.)
Input signal type and scaling to industrial
units are separate for each of the 4 inputs.
Note Input signal type and scaling to
industrial units are set in the DM
Area.
Example:
Input signal type: 4 to 20 mA; industrial
unit scaling: 0 to 500 m3/h (after square
root extraction). DM Area settings are as
The value derived from carrying out the
follows:
following processing in order of the proInput signal type: 5 (0005 hex)
cess value data is stored in four digits
Industrial unit maximum value stored: 500
hexadecimal (binary values) in the allo(01F4 hex)
cated words in the CIO Area.
Industrial unit minimum value stored:
1) Mean value processing → 2) Scaling → 0 (0000 hex)
3) Zero/span adjustment → 4) Square
root extraction → 5) Output limits
±0.1% of full scale
For the ±10-V user-set range, however, as shown in the following equation, the accuracy depends on the ratio of the selected internal range (0 to 4) span to the user-set
range span.
Accuracy = ±0.1% x
Internal range span
User-set range span
Temperature coefficient
±0.015% /°C with respect to full scale.
For the ±10-V user-set range, however: ±0.015% /°C with respect to the internal
range.
Resolution
1/4,096 of full scale
For the ±10-V user-set range, however, as shown in the following equation, the resolution depends on the ratio of the selected internal range (0 to 4) span to the user-set
range span.
1
Resolution = 4096
Internal range span
x User-set range span
Input signal range
For inputs of 4 to 20 mA, 0 to 20 mA, 0 to 10 V, 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V: –15 to 115%
For inputs of –10 to 10 V or –5 to 5 V: –7.5 to 107.5%
For ±10-V user-set range: –7.5 to 107.5% of internal range
Input impedance
For current input: 250 Ω
For voltage input: 1 MΩ min.
175
CS1W-PDC01 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
Section 2-11
Item
Response time
Specifications
0.5 s (travel time from input 0% to 90%, for step input)
Conversion period
Maximum time to store data in
CPU Unit
100 ms/4 inputs
Conversion period + one CPU Unit cycle
Input error detection
Checks are conducted for only 4 to 20 mA and 1 to 5 V.
Error detected when under –17.2% (1.25 mA, 0.3125 V) or over 112.5% (22 mA,
5.5 V).
4 to 20 mA, 1 to 5 V: Process value of –15% stored.
0 to 20 mA, 0 to 5 V, 0 to 10 V, –10 to 10 V: The same value is stored as when 0 V or
0 mA is input.
Approx. 1 s
Operation at input disconnection
Input disconnection overrange
time
Function
Mean value processing (input
filter)
Process value
alarm
Rate-of-change
calculation
Calculates the moving average for the specified number of past process values (1 to
16), and stores that value in the CIO Area as the process value.
Process value 4-point alarm (HH, H, L, LL), hysteresis, and ON-delay timer (0 to 60 s)
are available.
Calculates the amount of change per comparison time interval (1 to 16 s).
Rate-of-change
alarm
Rate-of-change 2-point alarm (H, L), alarm hysteresis (shared with process value
alarm), and ON-delay timer (0 to 60 s, shared with process value alarm) are available.
Square root
When the process value scaling maximum value is A and the minimum value is B:
Output =
(A−B) (Input−B)
+B
Dropout: Output approx. 7% maximum linear (output = input) characteristics
Note The square root function is only enabled when the maximum scaling value is
greater than the minimum value.
Note When square root processing is being performed, set the maximum and minimum scaling values to the values required after square root processing of the
current or other input values.
Isolation
Insulation resistance
Between analog inputs and between input terminals and PLC signals: Isolation by
transformer
20 MΩ (at 500 V DC) between inputs
Dielectric strength
External connections
Between inputs: 1,000 V AC, at 50/60 Hz, for 1 min, leakage current 10 mA max.
Terminal block (detachable)
Unit number settings
Indicators
Set by rotary switches on front panel, from 0 to 95.
Three LED indicators on front panel (for normal operation, errors detected at the Analog Input Unit, and errors related to the CPU Unit).
Sensor input connector terminal block (detachable)
Front panel connector
Alarm time for CPU Unit cycle
time
Current consumption
0.3 ms
5 V DC at 150 mA max., 26 V DC at 160 mA max.
Dimensions
35 × 130 × 126 mm (W × H × D)
Note The height including the Backplane is 145 mm.
Weight
Standard accessories
450 g max.
None
176
Section 2-11
CS1W-PDC01 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
Accuracy and Resolution for ±10V User-set Range
With the ±10-V user-set range, the input signal zero and span can be set anywhere within the range –10.000 to 10.000 V. Internally, however, inputs are
processed in five progressive ranges (Nos. 0 to 4), as shown in the following
table.
Table 1: Internal Ranges
Internal range number
Measurable voltage
Internal range span
0
1
–10.000 to 10.000 V
–5.000 to 5.000 V
20.000 V
10.000 V
2
3
–2.500 to 2.500 V
–1.250 to 1.250 V
5.000 V
2.500 V
4
–0.625 to 0.625 V
1.250 V
Therefore, the accuracy and resolution of the set range span are determined
by the ratio of the internal range (0 to 4) span to the set input range span. For
the internal range, a larger number is selected when both the minimum and
maximum values of the range fall within that next range.
For example, suppose that the set input range is 0.000 to 3.000 V. Since both
the minimum and maximum values fall within the limits for internal range No. 1
(–5.000 to 5.000 V), that range will be selected.
DM Area Allocations
m = D20000 + unit number × 100 (unit number: 0 to 95)
Input
No. 1
Input
No. 2
Input
No. 3
Input
No. 4
m
Decimal
12345, 0
Hexadecimal
3039 hex
0000 hex
Default
(See note
1.)
0000 hex
Data contents
Default block read command
Specifies the direction of data transfer when
power is turned ON to the PLC or the Unit is
restarted for DM words m+2 to m+89.
• 12345 (3039 hex): The default data at the left
is transferred from the Analog Input Unit to
the CPU Unit. When the transfer is completed, the value will become 0000 hex.
• Other than 12345 (3039 hex) (such as 0000
hex): The data in the allocated words of DM
Area is transferred from the CPU Unit to the
Analog Input Unit.
Setting Group 1 (continuously refreshed area): Parameters that are continuously refreshed during PLC operation (regardless of the
CPU Unit’s operation mode)
Process value alarm settings
m+2
m + 10
m + 18
m + 26
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex
4200
(1068 hex)
Process value HH (high high limit) alarm setting
(Set at process value scaling value.)
m+3
m + 11
m + 19
m + 27
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex
4000
(0FA0 hex)
Process value H (high limit) alarm setting
(Set at process value scaling value.)
m+4
m + 12
m + 20
m + 28
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex
0
(0000 hex)
Process value L (low limit) alarm setting
(Set at process value scaling value.)
m+5
m + 13
m + 21
m + 29
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex
–200
(FF38 hex)
Process value LL (low low limit) alarm setting
(Set at process value scaling value.)
m+6
m + 14
m + 22
m + 30
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex
4000
(0FA0 hex)
Rate-of-change value H (high limit) alarm setting
(Set at rate-of-change scaling value.)
m+7
m + 15
m + 23
m + 31
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex
0
(0000 hex)
Rate-of-change value L (low limit) alarm setting
(Set at rate-of-change scaling value.)
m+8
m + 16
m + 24
m + 32
0 to 32000 0000 to 7D00 hex
10000
(2710 hex)
Gain for span adjustment
(set value x 0.0001)
m+9
m + 17
m + 25
m + 33
–32000 to
32000
0
(0000 hex)
Zero adjustment value
(Set at process value scaling value.)
Rate-of-change value alarm settings
Zero/span adjustment
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
177
Section 2-11
CS1W-PDC01 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
Input
No. 1
Input
No. 2
Input
No. 3
Input
No. 4
Decimal
Hexadecimal
Default
(See note
1.)
Data contents
Setting Group 2 (initial settings area): Parameters that are transferred one time from the CPU Unit to the Analog Input Unit if m is other
than 12345 when the PLC is powered up or the Analog Input Unit is restarted.
Input signal type
m + 34
m + 48
m + 62
m + 76
0 to 7
0000 to 0007 hex
1
(0001 hex)
Input signal type
0: –10 to 10 V, 1: 0 to 10 V, 2: –5 to 5 V, 3: 0 to
5 V, 4: 1 to 5 V, 5: 4 to 20 mA, 6: ±10-V user-set
range (set to the range below), 7: 0 to 20 mA
m + 35
m + 49
m + 63
m + 77
–10000 to
10000
D8F0 to 2710 hex
10000
(2710 hex)
±10-V user-set
range
m + 36
m + 50
m + 64
m + 78
–10000 to
10000
D8F0 to 2710 hex
0
(0 hex)
Maximum value in range
(set value × 0.001 V)
Minimum value in range
(set value × 0.001 V)
Square root function
m + 37
m + 51
m + 65
m + 79
0, 1
0000 to 0001 hex
0
(0000 hex)
Square root extraction (when maximum scaling
value > minimum scaling value)
0: Disable; 1: Enable
m + 38
m + 52
m + 66
m + 80
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
4000
(0FA0 hex)
Value stored for maximum value in range
(span)
m + 39
m + 53
m + 67
m + 81
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
0
(0000 hex)
Value stored for minimum value in range (zero)
m + 40
m + 54
m + 68
m + 82
0 to 32000 0000 to 7D00 hex
40
(0028 hex)
Alarm hysteresis
(Set at process value scaling value. Shared
with process value alarm and rate-of-change
alarm.)
m + 41
m + 55
m + 69
m + 83
0 to 60
0
(0000 hex)
Alarm ON-delay time (Unit: s)
(Shared with process value alarm and rate-ofchange alarm.)
Process value scaling
Alarm supplementary functions
0000 to 003C hex
Rate-of-change function
m + 42
m + 56
m + 70
m + 84
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
4000
(0FA0 hex)
Rate-of-change
range setting
Maximum rate-of-change
value (Process value
industrial unit; comparison
time interval)
m + 43
m + 57
m + 71
m + 85
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
–4000
(F060 hex)
m + 44
m + 58
m + 72
m + 86
1 to 16
0001 to 0010 hex
1
(0001 hex)
Rate-of-change comparison time interval
(Unit: s)
m + 45
m + 59
m + 73
m + 87
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
4000
(0FA0 hex)
Rate-of-change
value scaling
m + 46
m + 60
m + 74
m + 88
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
0
(0000 hex)
m + 47
m + 61
m + 75
m + 89
1 to 16
0001 to 0010 hex
4
(0004 hex)
Number of process values for calculating moving average for mean value processing
m + 92
m + 93
0 to 89
0000 to 0059 hex
0
(0000 hex)
Address of Data Range Error (See note 2.)
Minimum rate-of-change
value (Process value
industrial unit; comparison
time interval)
Value stored for maximum
value in range
Value stored for minimum
value in range
Mean value processing function
Storage parameter
m + 90
m + 91
Note
1. The default values are transferred from the Analog Input Unit to the CPU
Unit when m is 12345 (3039 hex).
2. The ERC indicator on the Unit’s front panel will light if an out-of-range setting is made in either Setting Group1 or 2. The offset from m of the first DM
word containing the out-of-range error will be stored as the Address of
Data Range Error in the DM Area in four digits hexadecimal. For more information, refer to 1-6 Error Processing.
178
Section 2-11
CS1W-PDC01 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
CIO Area Allocations
n = 2000 + unit number × 10 (unit number: 0 to 95)
Direction
Word
Analog Input n
Unit to CPU
Unit
Bit
00
Input No. 1
Name
Data range
Process value LL (low 0, 1
low limit) alarm
01
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
02
Process value H (high 0, 1
limit) alarm
03
Process value HH
(high high limit) alarm
Process value LL (low
low limit) alarm
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
Process value H (high
limit) alarm
04
Input No. 2
05
06
07
08
Input No. 3
10
11
13
0, 1
0, 1
0: Process value < Set
value
1: Process value ≥ Set
value
Same as for input No. 1.
0, 1
0, 1
Process value HH
0, 1
(high high limit) alarm
09
12
0, 1
Contents
0: Process value > Set
value
1: Process value ≤ Set
value
Input No. 4
Process value LL (low 0, 1
low limit) alarm
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
Process value H (high
limit) alarm
Process value HH
(high high limit) alarm
Process value LL (low
low limit) alarm
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
Same as for input No. 1.
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
Same as for input No. 1.
0, 1
14
Process value H (high 0, 1
limit) alarm
15
0, 1
Process value HH
(high high limit) alarm
179
Section 2-11
CS1W-PDC01 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
Direction
Word
Analog Input n + 1
Unit to CPU
Unit
n+2
Bit
00 to 15
Name
Input No. 1 process value
00 to 15
Input No. 2 process value
n+3
00 to 15
Input No. 3 process value
n+4
00 to 15
Input No. 4 process value
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
n+5
00 to 15
Input No. 1 rate-of-change value
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
n+6
00 to 15
Input No. 2 rate-of-change value
n+7
00 to 15
n+8
00 to 15
n+9
00
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
Input No. 3 rate-of-change value
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
Input No. 4 rate-of-change value
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
Input No. 1 Rate-of-change value 0, 1
L (low limit) alarm
01
02
Input No. 2
03
04
Input No. 3
05
06
07
180
Data range
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
Input No. 4
Contents
The present process
value is stored according
to the scaling set in the
allocated words of the
DM Area.
The process value rate of
change is stored according to the scaling set in
the allocated words of the
DM Area.
0: Rate-of-change value
> Set value
1: Rate-of-change value
≤ Set value
Rate-of-change value 0, 1
H (high limit) alarm
0: Rate-of-change value
< Set value
1: Rate-of-change value
≥ Set value
0, 1
Same as for input No. 1.
Rate-of-change value
L (low limit) alarm
Rate-of-change value
H (high limit) alarm
Rate-of-change value
L (low limit) alarm
Rate-of-change value
H (high limit) alarm
0, 1
0, 1
Same as for input No. 1.
0, 1
Rate-of-change value 0, 1
L (low limit) alarm
Same as for input No. 1.
Rate-of-change value 0, 1
H (high limit) alarm
08
Input No. 1 input error
0, 1
09
Input No. 2 input error
0, 1
0: Normal
1: Error (less than
–17.2% or greater than
112.5%)
Note Checks are conducted for inputs of
4 to 20 mA and 1
to 5 V.
Same as for input No. 1.
10
11
Input No. 3 input error
Input No. 4 input error
0, 1
0, 1
Same as for input No. 1.
Same as for input No. 1.
Section 2-11
CS1W-PDC01 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
Terminal Connection Diagram
Voltage input
Voltage output
device
−
Voltage output
device
−
Voltage output
device
−
Voltage output
device
−
Current input
−
Current output
device
−
Current output
device
−
Current output
device
−
Current output
device
Note In both of the above cases, leave all unused inputs open between the positive
and negative terminals (e.g., between B1 and B2 for voltage input No. 1).
181
Section 2-11
CS1W-PDC01 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
Terminal Block Diagram
Input No. 1
250 Ω
Isolation
circuit
1 MΩ Amplifier
Multiplexer
1 MΩ
Multi-gain amplifier
circuit
A/D converter
1 MΩ
250 Ω 1 MΩ
Input No. 2
Isolation
circuit
Digital computation circuit
Amplifier
Input No. 3
250 Ω 1 MΩ
Connector
1 MΩ
Isolation
circuit
Amplifier
5 V DC
To CPU Unit
Isolated power supply circuit
26 V DC
1 MΩ
Input No. 4
250 Ω 1 MΩ
Isolation
circuit
Amplifier
Current input
(n: Input Nos. 1 to 4)
Voltage input
(n: Input Nos. 1 to 4)
Current output
Voltage output
Error Processing
Conversion Data Does Not Change.
Probable cause
Remedy
The gain for span adjustment is
set to 0.
Set the gain for span adjustment to a value other than 0.
The minimum and maximum values for process value scaling are
either the same or are set
extremely low.
The input signal type or process
value range is set incorrectly.
An input device is malfunctioning,
input wiring is faulty, or wiring is
disconnected.
Set the minimum and maximum values correctly.
182
Check and reset the input signal type and the process value range settings.
Check whether the input voltage has changed. Check for faulty or disconnected wiring.
Check whether an input error has been detected in the I/O Area.
Section 2-12
CS1W-PDC11 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
Values are Not Converted as Intended.
Probable cause
The input signal type or process
value scaling is set incorrectly.
Remedy
Check and reset the input signal type and the process value scaling settings.
The zero/span adjustment data is Check and correct the zero/span adjustment settings.
incorrect.
The square root function is operating.
Set the square function so that it does not operate.
Converted Values are Unstable.
Probable cause
Input signals are being affected
by external noise.
Remedy
Change the connection paths of the input signal lines. (Separate them from sources of
noise or use shielded cable.)
Insert 0.01-µF to 0.1-µF ceramic capacitors between the I+ and COM, and between
the V+ and COM input terminals.
Increase the number of values for calculating the moving average in mean value processing.
The scaling value is greater than
the Unit’s resolution.
Reduce the scaling value.
2-12 CS1W-PDC11 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
Overview
The CS1W-PDC11 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit provides four
direct-current inputs, and sends the data to the CPU Unit each cycle. All
inputs are isolated.
CS1W-PDC11
RUN
ERC
ERH
54321
EDCBA
543210
F
X101 0 X100
9876
F
EDCBA
MACH
No.
9876
System Configuration
CS1W-PDC11
4 DC inputs
(4 to 20 mA, 0 to
20 mA, 0 to 10 V, −10
to 10 V, 0 to 5 V, −5
to 5 V, 1 to 5 V, 0 to
1.25 V, −1.25 to
1.25 V)
183
CS1W-PDC11 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
Section 2-12
Features
• Up to four DC inputs can be made to each Unit.
4 to 20 mA, 0 to 20 mA, 0 to 10 V, −10 to 10 V, 0 to 5 V, −5 to 5 V, 1 to 5 V,
0 to 1.25 V, or −1.25 to 1.25 V can be selected separately for each input.
• Resolution of 1/64,000 for all input range specifications.
• High-speed conversion, at 20 ms/4 inputs and 10 ms/2 inputs.
• Scaling values are transmitted to the CPU Unit in four digits hexadecimal.
• There is isolation between channels, so unwanted signal paths between
input signals can be prevented.
• Square root function.
• Four values for each process value alarm input.
• ON-delay timer for process value alarm.
• Mean value processing.
• Rate-of-change calculation.
• Two values for each rate-of-change alarm input.
• Input error detection.
• Zero/span adjustment capability during operation.
• Adjustment period control.
• Peak and bottom detection.
• Top and valley detection.
• Integral value calculation.
Model Information
Unit classification
Model number
CS-series Special I/O CS1W-PDC11
Unit
184
Inputs
4
Input types
4 to 20 mA, 0 to 20 mA, 0 to 10 V, −10 to 10 V, 0 to
5 V, −5 to 5 V, 1 to 5 V, 0 to 1.25 V, and −1.25 to
1.25 V (separate for each input)
Section 2-12
CS1W-PDC11 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
Block Diagram
CPU Unit
CPU Unit Expansion Area Allocations
Top/valley value
Peak/Bottom value
CPU Unit CIO Area
HH, H, L, LL
Process value
H, L
Rate-of-change value
Process value alarm
Rate-of-change alarm
Input error alarm
I/O refresh
Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
Process value alarm
Rate-of-change alarm
Output limit: −15% to +115%
Rate-of-change calculation and scaling
+115% or −15% when input disconnection is detected
Square root
Input error check
Zero/span adjustment
Process value scaling
Input calculations
Input range
For 4 to 20 mA and 1 to 5 V inputs,
less than −17% or more than 112% is
an input error.
There is no check for other inputs.
A/D conversion, moving average
DC signal sensor
185
Section 2-12
CS1W-PDC11 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
Specifications
Item
Specifications
Model
CS1W-PDC11
Applicable PLC
Unit classification
CS Series
CS-series Special I/O Unit
Mounting position
CS-series CPU Rack or CS-series Expansion Rack (Cannot be mounted to C200H
Expansion I/O Rack or SYSMAC BUS Remote I/O Slave Rack.)
80 (within the allowable current consumption and power consumption range)
Maximum number of Units
Unit numbers
Areas for data
exchange with
CPU Unit
00 to 95 (Cannot duplicate Special I/O Unit numbers.)
Special I/O Unit 10 words/Unit
Area
Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit to CPU Unit:
All process values, process value alarms (LL, L, H, HH), rate-of-change values, rateof-change alarms (L, H), disconnection alarms, cold junction sensor errors, adjustment period end/notice
DM Area words 100 words/Unit
allocated to
CPU Unit to Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit:
Special I/O Units Input signal type, scaling of process value in industrial units, process value alarm setting (L, H), inrush input upper limit, inrush input upper limit time, zero/span adjustment
value, Square root function.
Temperature input signal type, input range (user set), scaling of process value data to
be stored in allocated words in CIO area, rate-of-change input range, scaling of rateof-change data, number of items for moving average, process value alarm setting (LL,
L, H, HH), rate-of-change alarm setting (L, H), zero/span adjustment value
Expansion Con- 35 words/Unit
trol/Monitor Area CPU Unit to Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit:
Bits for beginning or resetting the hold function selection, adjustment period control,
control bits
Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit to CPU Unit:
Adjustment period notices, peak and bottom values, top and valley values, integral values
Expansion Set- 46 words/Unit
ting Area
CPU Unit to Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit:
Expansion Setting Area settings, adjustment period control, peak and bottom detection, top and valley detection, integral value calculation
Number of inputs
Input signal type
Accuracy (25°C)
4
4 to 20 mA, 0 to 20 mA, 0 to 10 V, −10 to 10 V, 0 to 5 V, −5 to 5 V, 1 to 5 V, 0 to 1.25 V,
−1.25 to 1.25 V (separate for each input), and ±10-V user-set range (specified range
within –10.000 V to 10.000 V)
Data to be stored in the allocated words in the CIO area must be scaled (Any minimum and maximum values can be set.) (4 inputs set separately.) Data can be converted at 0% to 100%.
The value derived from carrying out the following processing in order of the actual process data in the input range is stored in four digits hexadecimal (binary values) in the
allocated words in the CIO Area.
1) Mean value processing → 2) Scaling → 3) Zero/span adjustment → 4) Square root
calculation → 5) Output limits
±0.05%
Temperature coefficient
Resolution
±0.008%/°C
1/64,000
Input signal range
For 4 to 20 mA, 0 to 20 mA, 0 to 10 V, 0 to 5 V, 1 to 5 V, 0 to 1.25 V inputs:
−15 to 115%
Scaling
Data storage in the CIO Area
For −10 to 10 V, −5 to 5 V, −1.25 to 1.25 V inputs:
−7.5 to 107.5%
Input impedance
186
For current inputs: 250 Ω (typical)
For voltage inputs: 1 MΩ min.
CS1W-PDC11 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
Section 2-12
Item
Response time
Specifications
100 ms (travel time from input 0% to 90%, for ±10 V step input and with moving average for 4 samples)
Conversion period
20 ms/4 inputs, 10 ms/2 inputs, selectable in words allocated to the Unit as a Special
I/O Unit.
Maximum time to store data in
CPU Unit
Conversion period + one CPU Unit cycle
Input error detection
Check only for 4 to 20 mA and 1 to 5 V.
Error detected for −17.2% (1.25 mA, 0.3125 V) or less and 112.5% (22 mA, 5.5 V) or
more.
Operation at input disconnection
For 4 to 20 mA and 1 to 5 V: Stores −15% process value.
For all other ranges: Stores same process value as 0-V or 0-mA inputs.
Input disconnection detection
Approx. 1 s.
delay time
Function
Mean value pro- Calculates the moving average for the past specified number of process values (1 to
cessing (input
128 can be specified), and stores that value in the CIO Area as the process value.
filter)
Process value
alarm
Rate-of-change
calculation
Rate-of-change
alarm
Square root calculation
Adjustment
period control
Peak and bottom detection
Top and valley
detection
Integral value
calculation
Isolation
Process value 4-point alarm (LL, L H, HH), hysteresis, and ON-delay timer (0 to 60 s)
are available.
Calculates the amount of change per comparison time interval (1 to 16 s).
Rate-of-change 2-point alarm (H, L), alarm hysteresis, and ON-delay timer (0 to 60 s
are available, shared with process value alarm).
When the maximum value for process value scaling is A and the minimum value is B,
(A − B) × (input − B) + B
Drop-out: Output approx. 7% max. linear (output = input) characteristic
Note 1 The square root function can only be used when the maximum scaling value
is greater than the minimum scaling value. The square root will not be found if
the maximum is smaller than the minimum.
Note 2 When the square root function is used, set the scaling values after square root
calculation (e.g., for flow rates or other values) the process value scaling A
and B settings.
When zero/span adjustment is executed, the date is internally recorded at the Unit.
When the preset zero/span adjustment period and the notice of days remaining set in
the Expansion Setting Area have elapsed, this function turns ON a warning flag to
give notice that it is time for readjustment.
Detects the maximum (peak) and minimum (bottom) analog input values, from when
the Hold Start Bit (output) allocated to the Expansion Control/Monitor Area turns ON
until it turns OFF. These values are stored as the peak and bottom values in the
Expansion Control/Monitor Area.
This function detects the top and valley values for analog inputs, from when the Hold
Start Bit (output) allocated to the Expansion Control/Monitor Area turns ON until it
turns OFF. These values are stored as the top and valley values in the Expansion
Control/Monitor Area.
This function calculates the analog input value’s time integral. The integral value is calculated and output to the Expansion Control/Monitor Area when the Integral Value
Calculation Start Bit in the Expansion Control/Monitor Area is turned ON.
Between inputs and between inputs and PLC signals: Isolation by transformer and
photocoupler.
Insulation resistance
Dielectric strength
20 MΩ (at 500 V DC) between all inputs
Between inputs: 1,000 V AC, at 50/60 Hz, for 1 min, leakage current 10 mA max.
External connections
Unit number settings
Terminal block (detachable)
Set by rotary switches on front panel, from 0 to 95.
Indicators
Three LED indicators on front panel (for normal operation, errors detected at the
Power Transducer Input Unit, and errors detected at the CPU Unit).
Front panel connector
Sensor input connector terminal block (detachable)
187
Section 2-12
CS1W-PDC11 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
Item
Alarm time for CPU Unit cycle
time
Current consumption
Dimensions
Specifications
0.3 ms
Weight
5 V DC at 120 mA max., 26 V DC at 120 mA max.
35 × 130 × 126 mm (W × H × D)
Note The height including the Backplane is 145 mm.
450 g max.
Standard accessories
Short bars (for current input)
Accuracy and Resolution in ±10-V User-set Range
The ±10-V user-set range allows the input signal’s input range to be set to any
range within –10.000 V to 10.000 V. Accuracy and resolution, however, are
not determined by the input range, but rather by the measurable input range
(–10.000 V to 10.000 V). Therefore, accuracy and resolution do not change
even if a narrow input range is set.
DM Area Allocations
First word: word m. m = D20000 + unit number × 100 (unit number: 0 to 95)
DM Area address
Input
No. 1
Input
No. 2
Input
No. 3
Data range
Input
No. 4
Decimal
Default
Data contents
Hexadecimal
m+0
12345, 0
3039 hex,
0000 hex
0000 hex
m+1
0, 1
0000, 0001 hex 0
Default block read command
Specifies the direction of data transfer when
power is turned ON to the PLC or the Unit is
restarted for DM Area first word + 1 to +93.
• 12345 (3039 hex): The default data at the
left is transferred from the Power Transducer Input Unit to the CPU Unit. When
the transfer is completed, the value will
become 0000 hex.
• Other than 12345 (such as 0000 hex):
The data in the allocated words of DM
Area is transferred from the CPU Unit to
the Power Transducer Input Unit.
Number of inputs setting
0: 4 inputs; 1: 2 inputs
Setting Group 1 (continuously refreshed area): Parameters that are continuously refreshed during PLC operation (regardless of the
CPU Unit’s operation mode)
Process value alarm settings
m+2
m+10
m+18
m+26
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF
hex, 0000 to
7FFF hex
4200 (1068
hex)
Process value HH (high high limit) alarm
setting
(Set at process value scaling value.)
m+3
m+11
m+19
m+27
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF
hex, 0000 to
7FFF hex
4000 (0FA0
hex)
Process value H (high limit) alarm setting
(Set at process value scaling value.)
m+4
m+12
m+20
m+28
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF
hex, 0000 to
7FFF hex
0 (0000 hex)
Process value L (low limit) alarm setting
(Set at process value scaling value.)
m+5
m+13
m+21
m+29
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF
hex, 0000 to
7FFF hex
–200 (FF38
hex)
Process value LL (low low limit) alarm setting
(Set at process value scaling value.)
m+6
m+14
m+22
m+30
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF
hex, 0000 to
7FFF hex
4000 (0FA0
hex)
Rate-of-change value H (high limit) alarm
setting
(Set at rate-of-change scaling value.)
m+7
m+15
m+23
m+31
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF
hex, 0000 to
7FFF hex
0 (0000 hex)
Rate-of-change value L (low limit) alarm setting
(Set at rate-of-change scaling value.)
Rate-of-change value alarm settings
188
Section 2-12
CS1W-PDC11 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
DM Area address
Input
No. 1
Input
No. 2
Input
No. 3
Data range
Input
No. 4
Decimal
Default
Data contents
Hexadecimal
Zero/span adjustment
m+8
m+16
m+24
m+32
0 to 32000
0000 to 7D00
hex
10000 (2710
hex)
Gain for span adjustment
(set value × 0.0001%)
m+9
m+17
m+25
m+33
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF
hex, 0000 to
7D00 hex
0 (0000 hex)
Zero adjustment value
(Set at process value scaling value.)
Setting Group 2 (initial settings area): Parameters that are transferred one time from the CPU Unit to the Power Transducer Input Unit
if the DM Area first word is other than 12345 when the PLC is powered up or the Power Transducer Input Unit is restarted.
Input signal type
m+34
m+48
m+62
m+76
0 to 9
0000 to 0009
hex
1 (0001 hex)
0: ±10 V; 1: 0 to 10 V; 2: ±5 V; 3: 0 to 5 V; 4:
1 to 5 V; 5: 4 to 20 mA; 6: ±10 V user-set
range; 7: 0 to 20 mA; 8: ±1.25 V; 9: 0 to
1.25 V
m+35
m+49
m+63
m+77
–1000 to 1000
D8F0 to FFFF
hex, 0000 to
2710 hex
10000 (2710
hex)
±10-V user-set
range
m+36
m+50
m+64
m+78
–1000 to 1000
D8F0 to FFFF
hex, 0000 to
2710 hex
0 (0000 hex)
m+37
m+51
m+65
m+79
0, 1
0000, 0001 hex 0 (0000 hex)
Square root extraction (when maximum
scaling value > minimum scaling value)
0: Disable; 1: Enable
m+38
m+52
m+66
m+80
–32768 to
32767
8300 to FFFF
hex, 0000 to
7D00 hex
4000 (0FA0
hex)
Value stored for maximum value in range
(span)
m+39
m+53
m+67
m+81
–32768 to
32767
8300 to FFFF
hex, 0000 to
7D00 hex
0 (0000 hex)
Value stored for minimum value in range
(zero)
m+40
m+54
m+68
m+82
0 to 32000
0000 to 7D00
hex
40 (0028 hex)
Alarm hysteresis
(Set at process value scaling value. Shared
with process value alarm and rate-ofchange alarm.)
m+41
m+55
m+69
m+83
0 to 60
0000 to 003C
hex
0 (0000 hex)
Alarm ON-delay time (Unit: s)
(Shared with process value alarm and rateof-change alarm.)
m+42
m+56
m+70
m+84
–32768 to
32767
8300 to FFFF
hex, 0000 to
7D00 hex
4000 (0FA0
hex)
Rate-of-change
range setting
m+43
m+57
m+71
m+85
–32768 to
32767
8300 to FFFF
hex, 0000 to
7D00 hex
–4000 (F060
hex)
m+44
m+58
m+72
m+86
1 to 16
0001 to 0010
hex
1 (0001 hex)
Rate-of-change comparison time interval
(Unit: s)
m+45
m+59
m+73
m+87
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF
hex, 0000 to
7D00 hex
4000 (0FA0
hex)
Rate-of-change
value scaling
m+46
m+60
m+74
m+88
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF
hex, 0000 to
7D00 hex
–4000 (F060
hex)
m+47
m+61
m+75
m+89
1 to 128
0001 to 0080
hex
25 (0019 hex)
Number of process values for calculating
moving average for mean value processing
m+92
m+93
0 to 99, 100 to
1XX
0000 to 0063
hex, 0064 to
0XXX hex
0 (0000 hex)
Address of Data Range Error (See note.)
Process value input range
Maximum value in range
(set value × 0.001 V)
Minimum value in range
(set value × 0.001 V)
Square root function
Process value scaling
Alarm supplementary functions
Rate-of-change function
Maximum rate-of-change
value (Process value
industrial unit; comparison time interval)
Minimum rate-of-change
value (Process value
industrial unit; comparison time interval)
Value stored for maximum value in range
Value stored for minimum
value in range
Mean value processing function
Display parameter
m+90
m+91
189
Section 2-12
CS1W-PDC11 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
DM Area address
Input
No. 1
Input
No. 2
Input
No. 3
Data range
Input
No. 4
Decimal
Default
Data contents
Hexadecimal
Expansion Setting Area Allocation Settings
m+98
0 to 5
0000 to 0005
hex
---
Area of Expansion Setting Area
0: Not used; 1: DM; 2: CIO; 3: W; 4: H; 5:
EM
m+99
0 to 32767
0000 to 7FFF
hex
---
First Word in Expansion Setting Area
Note The ERC indicator on the Unit’s front panel will light if an out-of-range setting
is made in either Setting Group1 (continually refreshed area) or 2 (initial settings area), or in the Expansion Setting Area. The offset (i.e., the number of
words from the beginning of the area) from the first word of the first address
containing the out-of-range error will be stored as the Address of Data Range
Error in the DM Area in four digits hexadecimal.
If the first Memory address where the out-of-range error occurred is in the
Expansion Setting Area, the Address of Data Range Area will be +100 or
later. If the first word of the Expansion Setting Area has the error, the Address
of Data Range Area will be +100.
Expansion Setting Area Allocations
First word: word o. o = address specified in word m+99 in the area specified
by word m+98 in the DM Area.
DM Area address
Input
No. 1
Input
No. 2
Input
No. 3
Data range
Input
No. 4
Decimal
Default
Data contents
Hexadecimal
Setting Group 3 (initial settings area): Parameters that are transferred one time from the CPU Unit to the Input Unit if the DM Area first
word is other than 12345 when the PLC is powered up or the Input Unit is restarted.
Expansion Control/Monitor Area Settings
o+0
0 to 5
0000 to 0005
hex
---
Expansion Control/Monitor Area allocation
0: Not used. 1: DM; 2: CIO; 3: W; 4: H; 5:
EM
o+1
0 to 32767
0000 to 7FFF
hex
---
Expansion Control/Monitor Area first word
Zero/span adjustment supplement
o+2
o+13
o+24
o+35
0 to 32000
0000 to 7D00
hex
10000 (2710
hex)
Span adjustment position
(Input span percentage)
o+3
o+14
o+25
o+36
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF
hex, 0000 to
7D00 hex
0 (0000 hex)
Zero adjustment position
(Input span percentage)
o+4
o+15
o+26
o+37
0 to 9999
0000 to 270F
hex
365 (016D hex) Zero/span adjustment period (Unit: Days)
o+5
o+16
o+27
o+38
0 to 9999
0000 to 270F
hex
30 (001E hex)
Notice of days remaining (Unit: Days)
o+6
o+17
o+28
o+39
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF
hex, 0000 to
7D00 hex
0000 (0FA0
hex)
Not used
o+7
o+18
o+29
o+40
0, 1
000, 0001 hex
0 (0000 hex)
o+8
o+19
o+30
o+41
0 to 32000
0000 to 7D00
hex
40 (0028 hex)
o+9
o+20
o+31
o+42
0 to 32000
0000 to 7D00
hex
40 (0028 hex)
o+10
o+21
o+32
o+43
0, 1
0000, 0001 hex 0 (0000 hex)
Integer unit
0: Minutes; 1: Hours
o+11
o+22
o+33
o+44
---
---
Not used.
Not used
Top and valley hold
Hysteresis
Integral value calculation
Not used
190
0 (0000 hex)
Section 2-12
CS1W-PDC11 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
DM Area address
Input
No. 1
Input
No. 2
Input
No. 3
Data range
Input
No. 4
Decimal
Default
Data contents
Hexadecimal
Not used.
o+12
o+23
o+34
o+45
---
---
0
Not used.
CIO Area Allocations
First word: word n. n = 2000 + unit number × 10 (unit number: 0 to 95)
Direction
Word
Power Transn+0
ducer Input Unit
to CPU Unit
Bit
00
01
02
Name
Input No. 1 Process value
LL (low low
limit) alarm
Data range
0, 1
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
Process value 0, 1
H (high limit)
alarm
Contents
0: Process value > Set
value
1: Process value ≤ Set
value
03
Process value
HH (high high
limit) alarm
0, 1
0: Process value < Set
value
1: Process value ≥ Set
value
04
Input No. 2 Process value
LL (low low
limit) alarm
0, 1
Same as for input No. 1.
05
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
06
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
07
08
09
10
11
12
0, 1
Process value
HH (high high
limit) alarm
Input No. 3 Process value
LL (low low
limit) alarm
Process value L
(low limit) alarm
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
Process value
HH (high high
limit) alarm
0, 1
Input No. 4 Process value
LL (low low
limit) alarm
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
13
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
14
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
0, 1
15
Process value
HH (high high
limit) alarm
0, 1
191
CS1W-PDC11 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
Direction
Word
Power Transn+1
ducer Input Unit
to CPU Unit,
continued
n+2
192
Bit
0 to 15
Name
Input No. 1 process value
Data range
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex, 0000
to 7FFF hex)
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex, 0000
to 7FFF hex)
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex, 0000
to 7FFF hex)
0 to 15
Input No. 2 process value
n+3
0 to 15
Input No. 3 process value
n+4
0 to 15
Input No. 4 process value
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex, 0000
to 7FFF hex)
n+5
0 to 15
Input No. 1 rate-of-change
value
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex, 0000
to 7FFF hex)
n+6
0 to 15
Input No. 2 rate-of-change
value
n+7
0 to 15
Input No. 3 rate-of-change
value
n+8
0 to 15
Input No. 4 rate-of-change
value
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex, 0000
to 7FFF hex)
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex, 0000
to 7FFF hex)
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex, 0000
to 7FFF hex)
Section 2-12
Contents
The present process value
is stored according to the
scaling set in the allocated
words of the DM Area.
The present rate-of-change
value is stored according to
the scaling set in the allocated words of the DM
Area.
Section 2-12
CS1W-PDC11 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
Direction
Word
Power Transn+9
ducer Input Unit
to CPU Unit,
continued
Bit
00
Name
Input No. 1 Rate-of-change 0, 1
value L (low
limit) alarm
01
Rate-of-change 0, 1
value H (high
limit) alarm
02
Input No. 2 Rate-of-change 0, 1
value L (low
limit) alarm
Rate-of-change 0, 1
value H (high
limit) alarm
Input No. 3 Rate-of-change 0, 1
value L (low
limit) alarm
03
04
05
Rate-of-change 0, 1
value H (high
limit) alarm
06
Input No. 4 Rate-of-change 0, 1
value L (low
limit) alarm
07
08
Rate-of-change 0, 1
value H (high
limit) alarm
Input No. 1 input error
0, 1
09
10
Input No. 2 input error
Input No. 3 input error
0, 1
0, 1
11
Input No. 4 input error
0, 1
12
13
Not used.
Zero/span adjustment
period end
0, 1
0, 1
14
Zero/span adjustment
period notice
0, 1
15
Not used.
0
Data range
Contents
0: Rate-of-change value >
set value
1: Rate-of-change value ≤
set value
0: Rate-of-change value <
set value
1: Rate-of-change value ≥
set value
Same as for input No. 1.
0: Normal
1: Error (less than –17.2%
or greater than 112.5%)
Note Checks are conducted for inputs of
4 to 20 mA and 1 to
5 V.
Not used.
0: Adjustment enabled
1: Adjustment ended
0: Adjustment enabled
1: Notice period
Not used.
193
CS1W-PDC11 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
Section 2-12
Expansion Control/Monitor Area Allocations
First word: p. p = address specified in word o+1 in the area specified by word
o in the Expansion Setting Area.
Direction
Word
CPU Unit p+0
to Input
Unit, con- p+1
tinued
Bit
00 to
15
00
Data range
Not used.
Contents
Not used.
Input No. 1 hold function
selection
Input No. 2 hold function
selection
0, 1
0: Peak and bottom
1: Top and valley
02
Input No. 3 hold function
selection
0, 1
03
Input No. 4 hold function
selection
0, 1
04 to
07
08
Not used.
0
Not used.
Input No. 1 hold start
0, 1
09
10
Input No. 2 hold start
Input No. 3 hold start
0, 1
0, 1
0: Do not hold.
1: Hold
11
12
Input No. 4 hold start
Input No. 1 hold value reset
0, 1
0, 1
13
14
Input No. 2 hold value reset
Input No. 3 hold value reset
0, 1
0, 1
15
00
Input No. 4 hold value reset
Input No. 1 integral value calculation start
Input No. 2 integral value calculation start
Input No. 3 integral value calculation start
Input No. 4 integral value calculation start
0, 1
0, 1
01
p+2
01
02
03
p+3
0, 1
0, 1
0: Normal operation
1: Reset hold value.
0: Do not start calculation
1: Start calculation
0, 1
0, 1
04
05
Input No. 1 integral value reset 0, 1
Input No. 2 integral value reset 0, 1
06
07
Input No. 3 integral value reset 0, 1
Input No. 4 integral value reset 0, 1
08 to
15
Not used.
0
Not used.
00
Input No. 1 zero/span adjustment update bit
0, 1
01
Input No. 2 zero/span adjustment update bit
Input No. 3 zero/span adjustment update bit
Input No. 4 zero/span adjustment update bit
Not used.
0, 1
0: Normal operation
1: Update adjustment
date
(Remains ON while
writing external
FROM.)
02
03
04 to
15
194
Name
Not used.
0, 1
0: Normal operation
1: Integral value reset
0, 1
0
Not used.
Section 2-12
CS1W-PDC11 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
Direction
Word
Input Unit p+4
to CPU
Unit
Bit
00
Name
Input Zero/span adjustment
No. 1 period end
01
Data range
0, 1
Contents
0: Adjustment
enabled.
1: Adjustment period
end
Zero/span adjustment
period notice
Zero/span adjustment
period end
Zero/span adjustment
period notice
Zero/span adjustment
period end
0, 1
05
Zero/span adjustment
period notice
0, 1
06
Input Zero/span adjustment
No. 4 period end
0, 1
07
Zero/span adjustment
period notice
External FROM error
0, 1
0, 1
0: Normal operation.
1: External FROM
error.
09 to
15
00 to
15
00 to
15
00 to
15
00 to
15
Not used.
0
Not used.
p+9
00 to
15
Input Day of final adjustment 0100 to 3100 (BCD)
No. 3 date
p+10
00 to
15
Year and month of final 0001 to 9912 (BCD)
adjustment date
p+11
00 to
15
00 to
15
00 to
15
00 to
15
Input Day of final adjustment 0100 to 3100 (BCD)
No. 4 date
Year and month of final 0001 to 9912 (BCD)
adjustment date
p+15
02
Input
No. 2
03
04
08
p+5
p+6
p+7
p+8
p+12
p+13
Input
No. 3
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
Input Day of final adjustment 0100 to 3100 (BCD)
No. 1 date
Year and month of final 0001 to 9912 (BCD)
adjustment date
Remains set to FFFF if
the zero/span adjustment bit has never
been ON.
Input Day of final adjustment 0100 to 3100 (BCD)
No. 2 date
Year and month of final 0001 to 9912 (BCD)
adjustment date
Not used.
0
Not used.
0
00 to
15
Not used.
0
p+16
00 to
15
Not used.
0
p+17
00 to
15
Input Peak/top value
No. 1
−32728 to +32767
(8000 to FFFF hex, 0000 to
7FFFHex)
p+18
00 to
15
p+14
0: Adjustment
enabled.
1: Notice period in
effect.
Remains set to 1 if the
zero/span adjustment
bit has never been ON.
Bottom/valley value
−32728 to +32767
(8000 to FFFF hex, 0000 to
7FFFHex)
Not used.
Counts the number of
repetitions of conditional operations set in
the Expansion Setting
Area.
The bottom or valley
value is stored according to the scaling set in
the DM Area.
195
CS1W-PDC11 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
Direction
Word
Input Unit p+19
to CPU
Unit
Name
Input Peak/top value
No. 2
p+20
00 to
15
p+21
00 to
15
p+22
00 to
15
p+23
00 to
15
p+24
00 to
15
p+25
00 to
15
Input Integral value (lower
No. 1 digit)
p+26
00 to
15
Integral value (upper
digit)
p+27
00 to
15
Input Integral value (lower
No. 2 digit)
p+28
00 to
15
00 to
15
00 to
15
00 to
15
00 to
15
Integral value (upper
digit)
Integral value (lower
digit)
Integral value (upper
digit)
Integral value (lower
digit)
Integral value (upper
digit)
p+29
p+30
p+31
p+32
p+33, 34
196
Bit
00 to
15
00 to
15
Bottom/valley value
Input Peak/top value
No. 3
Bottom/valley value
Input Peak/top value
No. 4
Bottom/valley value
Input
No. 3
Input
No. 4
Not used.
Data range
−32728 to +32767
(8000 to FFFF hex, 0000 to
7FFFHex)
−32728 to +32767
(8000 to FFFF hex, 0000 to
7FFFHex)
−32728 to +32767
(8000 to FFFF hex, 0000 to
7FFFHex)
Section 2-12
Contents
Same as for Input No.
1.
−32728 to +32767
(8000 to FFFF hex, 0000 to
7FFFHex)
−32728 to +32767
(8000 to FFFF hex, 0000 to
7FFFHex)
−32728 to +32767
(8000 to FFFF hex, 0000 to
7FFFHex)
−2147483648 to 2147483647 The integral value for
(80000000 to FFFFFFFF hex, the present value is
00000000 to 7FFFFFFF hex) stored according to the
scaling set in the DM
Area.
−2147483648 to 2147483647
(80000000 to FFFFFFFF hex,
00000000 to 7FFFFFFF hex)
−2147483648 to 2147483647
(80000000 to FFFFFFFF hex,
00000000 to 7FFFFFFF hex)
−2147483648 to 2147483647
(80000000 to FFFFFFFF hex,
00000000 to 7FFFFFFF hex)
0
Not used.
Section 2-12
CS1W-PDC11 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
Terminal Connection Diagram
Current inputs
Voltage Inputs
CS1W-PDC11
Voltage
output
device
Voltage
output
device
Voltage
output
device
Voltage
output
device
+
−
+
−
+
−
+
−
V1
B1
COM1
B2
V2
B3
COM2
B4
V3
B5
COM3
B6
V4
B7
COM4
B8
N.C.
B9
N.C.
B10
Note
CS1W-PDC11
A1
N.C.
A2
I1
A3
N.C.
A4
I2
A5
N.C.
A6
I3
A7
N.C.
A8
I4
A9
N.C.
A10
N.C.
A11
+
Current output
device
−
+
Current output
device
−
+
Current output
device
−
+
Current output
device
−
V1
B1
COM1
B2
V2
B3
COM2
B4
V3
B5
COM3
B6
V4
B7
COM4
B8
N.C.
B9
N.C.
B10
N.C.
A1
N.C.
A2
I1
A3
N.C.
A4
I2
A5
N.C.
A6
I3
A7
N.C.
A8
I4
A9
N.C.
A10
N.C.
A11
N.C.
• In both of the above cases, leave all unused inputs open between the
positive and negative terminals (e.g., between B1 and B2 for voltage input
No. 1).
• Always ground the GR terminal on the Power Supply Unit of the PLC.
• If the input device uses a voltage generator, temperature compensator, or
similar device, then ground the input device if it has a ground terminal.
• Always short-circuit the V and I terminals when using current input.
PDC11 terminal block
+
Current output
device
−
+
Current output
device
−
+
Current output
device
−
+
Current output
device
−
NC
V1+
I1+
COM1
NC
V2+
I2+
COM2
NC
V3+
I3+
COM3
NC
V4+
I4+
COM4
NC
Short bars
NC
NC
NC
NC
197
Section 2-12
CS1W-PDC11 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
Terminal Block Diagram
B1
I1+
A2
COM1
B2
Isolation circuit
250 Ω
Amplifier
circuit
V1+
A/D
converter
Photocoupler
26 VDC
A4
250 Ω
COM2
B4
V3+
B5
I3+
A6
COM3
B6
V4+
B7
I4+
A8
COM4
B8
Amplifier
circuit
I2+
Isolation circuit
A/D
converter
Input
selector
Photocoupler
Digital
circuits
Isolation circuit
250 Ω
Amplifier
circuit
B3
A/D
converter
Photocoupler
Isolation circuit
250 Ω
Amplifier
circuit
V2+
Connector
5 VDC
A/D
converter
Photocoupler
Error Processing
Conversion Data Does Not Change.
Probable cause
198
Remedy
The gain for span adjustment is
set to 0.
The minimum and maximum values for process value scaling are
either the same or are set
extremely low.
The input signal type or process
value range is set incorrectly.
Set the gain for span adjustment to a value other
than 0.
Set the minimum and maximum values correctly.
An input device is malfunctioning,
input wiring is faulty, or wiring is
disconnected.
Check whether the input voltage or current has
changed. Check for faulty or disconnected wiring.
Check whether an input error has been detected
in the I/O Area.
Check and reset the input signal type and the
process value range settings.
Section 2-13
CS1W-PDC55 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
Values are Not Converted as Intended.
Probable cause
The input signal type or process
value scaling is set incorrectly.
Remedy
Check and reset the input signal type and the
process value scaling settings.
The zero/span adjustment data is
incorrect.
Check and correct the zero/span adjustment settings.
The square root function is operat- Set the square function so that it does not opering.
ate.
Converted Values are Unstable.
Probable cause
Remedy
Input signals are being affected by Change the connection paths of the input signal
external noise.
lines. (Separate them from sources of noise or
use shielded cable.)
The scaling value is greater than
the Unit’s resolution.
Insert 0.01-µF to 0.1-µF ceramic capacitors
between the I+ and COM input terminals.
Increase the number of values for calculating the
moving average in mean value processing.
Reduce the scaling value.
2-13 CS1W-PDC55 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
Overview
The CS1W-PDC55 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit provides 8 directcurrent inputs, and sends the data to the CPU Unit each cycle. All inputs are
isolated.
CS1W-PDC55
RUN
ERC
ERH
54321
EDCBA
543210
F
X101 0 X100
9876
F
EDCBA
MACH
No.
9876
System Configuration
CS1W-PDC55
8 DC inputs
(0 to 10 V, 0 to 5 V,
1 to 5 V, 4 to 20 mA)
199
Section 2-13
CS1W-PDC55 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
Features
• Up to 8 DC inputs can be made to each Unit.
0 to 10 V, 0 to 5 V, 1 to 5 V, 4 to 20 mA can be selected separately for
each input.
• Scaling values are transmitted to the CPU Unit in four digits hexadecimal.
• There is isolation between channels, so unwanted signal paths between
input signals can be prevented.
• Square root function.
• Process value alarms (Two internal alarms per input can be output to
memory and two alarms per input can be output to specified I/O memory
area addresses using indirect address specifications).
• Alarm ON-delay timer and hysteresis for process value.
• Zero/span adjustment capability during operation.
• Sensor error detection.
• Maximum or minimum process value can be specified for when a sensor
error is detected.
Model Information
Unit classification
Model number
CS-series Special I/O CS1W-PDC55
Unit
200
Inputs
8
Input types
0 to 10 V, 0 to 5 V, 1 to 5 V, and 4 to 20 mA (separate
for each input)
Section 2-13
CS1W-PDC55 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
Block Diagram
CPU Unit
Expansion Setting Area
CPU Unit CIO Area
H, L
Process value
Process value alarm
Input error alarm
Alarm output
I/O refresh
Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
Process value alarm
Output limit: -5% to +105%
Square root
Zero/span adjustment
Process value scaling
Input calculations
Input range
A/D conversion, moving average
DC signal sensor
0 to 10V, 0 to 5V, 1 to 5V, 4 to 20mA
Specifications
Item
Specifications
Model
Applicable PLC
CS1W-PDC55
CS Series
Unit classification
Mounting position
Maximum number of Units
CS-series Special I/O Unit
CS-series CPU Rack or CS-series Expansion Rack (Cannot be mounted to C200H
Expansion I/O Rack or SYSMAC BUS Remote I/O Slave Rack.)
80 (within the allowable current consumption and power consumption range)
Unit numbers
00 to 95 (Cannot duplicate Special I/O Unit numbers.)
201
CS1W-PDC55 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
Areas for data
exchange with
CPU Unit
Item
Special I/O Unit
Area
Section 2-13
Specifications
10 words/Unit
Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit to CPU Unit:
All process values, process value alarms (L, H), conversion data enabled flags, input
errors
DM Area words 100 words/Unit
allocated to
CPU Unit to Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit:
Special I/O Units Input signal type (separate for each input), process value alarm setting (L, H), zero/
span adjustment value, Square root function.
Expansion Con- 1 word/Unit
trol/Monitor Area CPU Unit to Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit:
Process value alarms
Number of inputs
8
Input signal type
Scaling
Data storage in the CIO Area
Accuracy (25°C)
Temperature Characteristics
Resolution
Input signal range
Input impedance
Conversion period
0 to 10 V, 0 to 5 V, 1 to 5 V, 4 to 20 mA
Input signal type and scaling to industrial
(separate for each input). (“Not used” can units are separate for each of the 8 inputs.
be selected).
Note Input signal type and scaling to
industrial units are set in the DM
Data to be stored in the allocated words in
Area.
the CIO area must be scaled (Any minimum and maximum values can be set.) (8 Example:
inputs set separately.) Data can be conInput signal type: 4 to 20 mA; industrial
verted at 0% to 100%.
unit scaling: 0 to 500 m3/h (after square
The value derived from carrying out the
root extraction). DM Area settings are as
following processing in order of the actual follows:
process data in the input range is stored Input signal type: 5 (0005 hex)
in four digits hexadecimal (binary values) Industrial unit maximum value stored: 500
in the allocated words in the CIO Area.
(01F4 hex)
1) Scaling → 2) Zero/span adjustment → Industrial unit minimum value stored:
3) Square root calculation → 4) Output
0 (0000 hex)
limits
±0.3% of full scale
For voltage inputs: 100 ppm/°C of full scale.
For current inputs: 120 ppm/°C of full scale.
1/16,000 of full scale
For all inputs:
−5 to +105%
For current inputs: 250 Ω (typical)
For voltage inputs: 1 MΩ min.
250 ms/8 inputs
Maximum time to store data in
CPU Unit
Conversion period + one CPU Unit cycle
Input error detection
Detects sensor error at each input and turns ON the Sensor error Flag.
The process value overrange direction for when a sensor error occurs can be specified. (High: 105% of input range; low: -5% of input range)
Function
Process value
alarm
Process value 8-point alarm (L H), hysteresis, and ON-delay timer (0 to 60 s) are
available.
Two alarms per input (H, L) can be output to addresses in the CIO Area specified in
the Expansion Setting Area.
Square root cal- When the maximum value for process value scaling is A and the minimum value is B,
culation
(A − B) × (input − B) + B
Drop-out: Output approx. 7% max. linear (output = input) characteristic
Note 1 The square root function can only be used when the maximum scaling value
is greater than the minimum scaling value. The square root will not be found if
the maximum is smaller than the minimum.
Note 2 When the square root function is used, set the scaling values after square
root calculation (e.g., for flow rates or other values) the process value scaling
A and B settings.
202
Section 2-13
CS1W-PDC55 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
Item
Isolation
Insulation resistance
Dielectric strength
External connections
Unit number settings
Indicators
Front panel connector
Alarm time for CPU Unit cycle
time
Current consumption
Specifications
Between inputs and between inputs and PLC signals: Isolation by transformer and
photocoupler.
20 MΩ max. (at 500 V DC).
Between all input terminals and external AC terminals (Power Supply Unit)
Between all input terminals and FG plate
Between all input terminals and external AC terminals (Power Supply Unit)
Between all input terminals and FG plate
1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz 1 min., detection current 1: mA
Terminal block (detachable)
Set by rotary switches on front panel, from 0 to 95.
Three LED indicators on front panel (for normal operation, errors detected at the
Power Transducer Input Unit, and errors detected at the CPU Unit).
Sensor input connector terminal block (detachable)
0.4 ms
5 V DC at 180 mA max., 26 V DC at 60 mA max.
Dimensions
35 × 130 × 126 mm (W × H × D)
Note The height including the Backplane is 145 mm.
Weight
450 g max.
DM Area Allocations
First word: word m. m = D20000 + unit number × 100 (unit number: 0 to 95)
DM Area address
Data range
Default
Data contents
Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Decimal Hexadeci
No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 No. 4 No. 5 No. 6 No. 7 No. 8
mal
m+0
12345, 0 3039 hex, 0000 hex
0000 hex
Default block read command
Specifies the direction of data transfer
when power is turned ON to the PLC or
the Unit is restarted for DM Area first word
+ 1 to +97.
• 12345 (3039 hex): The default data at
the left is transferred from the Power
Transducer Input Unit to the CPU Unit.
When the transfer is completed, the
value will become 0000 hex.
• Other than 12345 (such as 0000 hex):
The data in the allocated words of DM
Area is transferred from the CPU Unit to
the Power Transducer Input Unit.
0 to 83
Address of Data Range Error (See note1.)
Display parameter
m+1
0000 to
0053 hex
0
(0000
hex)
Setting Group 1 (continuously refreshed area): Parameters that are continuously refreshed during PLC operation (regardless of the
CPU Unit’s operation mode)
Process value alarm settings
m+2
m+6
m+10 m+14 m+18 m+22 m+26 m+30 Low to high limit for
sensors.
4200
(1068
hex)
Process value H (high limit) alarm setting
m+3
m+7
m+11 m+15 m+19 m+23 m+27 m+31
−200
(FF38
hex)
Process value L (low limit) alarm setting
m+4
m+8
m+12 m+16 m+20 m+24 m+28 m+32 0 to
9999
1000
(03EB
hex)
Set value × 0.001
m+5
m+9
m+13 m+17 m+21 m+25 m+29 m+33 –9999 to D8F1 to
9999
270F
hex,
0
(0000
hex)
Set value × 0.1
Span adjustment value
0000
to270F
hex
Zero adjustment value
203
Section 2-13
CS1W-PDC55 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
DM Area address
Data range
Default
Data contents
Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Decimal Hexadeci
No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 No. 4 No. 5 No. 6 No. 7 No. 8
mal
Setting Group 2 (initial settings area): Parameters that are transferred one time from the CPU Unit to the Power Transducer Input Unit
if the DM Area first word is other than 12345 when the PLC is powered up or the Power Transducer Input Unit is restarted.
Operation settings (See note 2.)
(See
note 2.)
0
(0000
hex)
00 to 03: Temperature unit (°C or °F)
m+35 m+41 m+47 m+53 m+59 m+65 m+71 m+77 0 to 3,
15
0000 to
0003,
000F hex
0 (0000
hex)
0: 0 to 10 V; 1: 0 to 5 V; 2: 1 to 5 V; 3: 4 to
20 mA; F: Not used
m+36 m+42 m+48 m+54 m+60 m+66 m+72 m+78 0 to
9999
0000 to
270F hex
0
(0000
hex)
Set value × 0.1
m+37 m+43 m+49 m+55 m+61 m+67 m+73 m+79 0 to 60
0000 to
0
003C hex (0000
hex)
Unit: s
m+38 m+44 m+50 m+56 m+62 m+68 m+74 m+80 0, 1
0000,
0001 hex
Square root extraction (when maximum
scaling value > minimum scaling value)
0: Disable; 1: Enable
m +34
(See
note 2.)
04 to 07: Data display (binary or BCD)
08 to 11: Minus sign display format for
BCD display
12 to 15: Data direction at sensor error
Input signal type
Alarm hysteresis
Alarm ON-delay time
Square root function
0 (0000
hex)
Process value scaling
m+39 m+45 m+51 m+57 m+63 m+69 m+75 m+81 –32768 8300 to
4000
to 32767 FFFF
(0FA0
hex, 0000 hex)
to 7D00
hex
Value stored for maximum value in range
(span)
m+40 m+46 m+52 m+58 m+64 m+70 m+76 m+82 –32768 8300 to
0 (0000
to 32767 FFFF
hex)
hex, 0000
to 7D00
hex
Value stored for minimum value in range
(zero)
m+83
0, 1
0000,
0001 hex
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
m+84
(See note 3)
0 to
6143
0000 to
0
17FF hex (0000
hex)
Expansion Setting Area enable
0
(0000
hex)
Expansion Setting Area address
Note
CIO area (fixed)
Number of words.
1. The ERC indicator on the Unit's front panel will light if an out-of-range setting is made in either Setting Group1 (continuously refreshed area) or 2
(initial settings area). The offset from m of the first DM word containing the
out-of-range error will be stored as the Address of Data Range Error in the
DM Area in four digits hexadecimal.
2. The operation settings are shown in the following table
204
CS1W-PDC55 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
Section 2-13
3. A range check is not performed for the Expansion Setting Area address set
in word m+84. Be sure to check this address before starting actual operation.
Word
m+18
Bits
Description
Settings
0: Binary (Negatives are given as 2’s complements).
1: BCD
04
Data format
08
Minus sign display format for BCD display 0: “F” used to indicate the minus sign.
1: Leftmost bit used to indicate the minus sign.
The setting is disabled if bits 04 to 07 are set to 0.
Data direction at sensor error
0: Goes to upper limit at sensor error
1: Goes to lower limit at sensor error
12
Example: For a temperature in degrees celcius (°C), a binary data format, and
a data direction at sensor error of “lower limit,” m+18 = 1000.
205
Section 2-13
CS1W-PDC55 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
Expansion Setting Area
First word: word o. (o = address specified in m+60 in the DM Area)
Direction
Thermocouple
Input Unit to
CPU Unit
Word
o
Bit
00
Name
Input No. 1
01
02
Input No. 2
03
04
05
06
07
08
Input No. 5
Input No. 6
13
14
15
0, 1
0, 1
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
0, 1
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
0, 1
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
0, 1
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
Input No. 8
Same as for input No. 1.
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
Input No. 7
0, 1
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
11
12
0: Process value < Set value
1: Process value ≥ Set value
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
09
10
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
Input No. 4
Contents
0: Process value > Set value
1: Process value ≤ Set value
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
Input No. 3
Data range
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
0, 1
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
0, 1
Note If either of the following changes is made for the Expansion Setting Area for
the CS1W-PTS55/PTS56/PDC55, the previous data will be left in the Expansion Setting Area even after the change has been made.
Clear the previous data when changing either of these settings.
• The Expansion Setting Area Enable setting is changed from “enabled” to
“disabled.”
• The Expansion Setting Area Address setting is changed while the Expansion Setting Area Enable setting is set to “enabled.”
206
Section 2-13
CS1W-PDC55 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
CIO Area Allocations
First word: n = 2000 + unit number × 10 (unit number: 0 to 95)
Direction
Thermocouple
Input Unit to
CPU Unit
Word
n
Bit
00
Name
Data range
Input No. 1 Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
Contents
0: Process value > Set value
1: Process value ≤ Set value
Process value 0, 1
H (high limit)
alarm
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
0: Process value < Set value
1: Process value ≥ Set value
01
02
Input No. 2
03
04
Input No. 3
05
06
Input No. 4
07
08
Input No. 5
09
10
Input No. 6
11
12
Input No. 7
13
14
Input No. 8
15
n+1
00 to 15 Input No. 1
n+2
n+3
00 to 15 Input No. 2
00 to 15 Input No. 3
n+4
n+5
00 to 15 Input No. 4
00 to 15 Input No. 5
n+6
n+7
00 to 15 Input No. 6
00 to 15 Input No. 7
n+8
00 to 15 Input No. 8
Same as for input No. 1.
Process value 0, 1
H (high limit)
alarm
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
Process value 0, 1
H (high limit)
alarm
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
Process value 0, 1
H (high limit)
alarm
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
Process value L
(low limit) alarm
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
Process value L
(low limit) alarm
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
Process value L
(low limit) alarm
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
Process value
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
Depends on type of
input.
The integral value for the
present value is stored
according to the scaling set
in the DM Area.
207
Section 2-13
CS1W-PDC55 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
Direction
Thermocouple
Input Unit to
CPU Unit
Word
n+9
Bit
Name
Sensor error
Data range
00
Input No. 1
01
02
Input No. 2
Input No. 3
0, 1
0, 1
03
04
Input No. 4
Input No. 5
0, 1
0, 1
05
06
Input No. 6
Input No. 7
0, 1
0, 1
07
Input No. 8
08 to 14 Not used.
0, 1
15
Note
0, 1
Conversion data enabled flag 0, 1
(See note.)
Contents
0: Normal
1: Error
0: Data disabled
1: Data enabled
1. The Conversion Data Enabled Flag remains OFF after the power is turned
ON or the Unit is restarted until the AD conversion data becomes stable
(approximately 2 to 4 s), then is ON during operation.
2. When the default settings are transferred, the upper and lower limits for the
process value alarms will be the same as the input error detection levels.
If the upper or lower limit is exceeded in this condition, a process value
alarm will not be output and only an input error will be detected.
Terminal Connection Diagram
Voltage Inputs
CS1W-PDC55
+
Voltage
output device
Voltage
output device
Voltage
output device
Voltage
output device
+
+
+
-
V1+
I1+
COM1
V3+
I3+
COM3
V5+
I5+
COM5
V7+
I7+
COM7
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
B10
B11
B12
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
V2+
I2+
COM2
V4+
I4+
COM4
V6+
I6+
COM6
V8+
I8+
COM8
+
+
+
+
-
Voltage
output device
Voltage
output device
Voltage
output device
Voltage
output device
Current inputs
CS1W-PDC55
+
Current output
device
Current output
device
Current output
device
Current output
device
208
+
+
+
-
V1+
I1+
COM1
V3+
I3+
COM3
V5+
I5+
COM5
V7+
I7+
COM7
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
B10
B11
B12
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
V2+
I2+
COM2
V4+
I4+
COM4
V6+
I6+
COM6
V8+
I8+
COM8
+
+
+
+
-
Current output
device
Current output
device
Current output
device
Current output
device
Section 2-13
CS1W-PDC55 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
Note
• In both of the above cases, leave all unused inputs open between the
positive and negative terminals.
• Always short-circuit the V and I terminals when using current input.
• Always ground the GR terminal on the Power Supply Unit of the PLC.
• If the input device uses a voltage generator, temperature compensator, or
similar device, then ground the input device if it has a ground terminal.
Terminal Block Diagram
B1
B2
Amplifier
circuit
B3
Double
integral
A/D
Reference
power supply
No. 2 input
Reference power supply
Photocoupler
No. 3 input
Reference power supply
No.4 input
A5
A6
Amplifier
circuit
A7
Double
integral
A/D
Isolation circuit
No.1 input
24 V DC
Reference
power supply
5 V DC
Photocoupler
No. 2 input
Photocoupler
No.5 input
B7
B8
Amplifier
circuit
B9
Double
integral
A/D
Photocoupler
Connector
No. 3 input
Photocoupler
Reference
power supply
Digital circuits
No. 6 input
Photocoupler
No. 7 input
Photocoupler
A10
A11
Amplifier
circuit
A12
Double
integral
A/D
Reference
power supply
Photocoupler
No. 6 input
Reference power supply
No. 7 input
Reference power supply
Isolation circuit
No.8 input
Error Processing
Conversion Data Does Not Change.
Probable cause
Remedy
The gain for span adjustment is
set to 0.
Set the gain for span adjustment to a value other
than 0.
The minimum and maximum values for process value scaling are
either the same or are set
extremely low.
Set the minimum and maximum values correctly.
209
Section 2-14
CS1W-PTR01 Power Transducer Input Unit
Probable cause
The input signal type or process
value range is set incorrectly.
Remedy
Check and reset the input signal type and the
process value range settings.
An input device is malfunctioning,
input wiring is faulty, or wiring is
disconnected.
Check whether the input voltage or current has
changed. Check for faulty or disconnected wiring.
Check whether an input error has been detected
in the I/O Area.
Values are Not Converted as Intended.
Probable cause
Remedy
The input signal type or process
value scaling is set incorrectly.
The zero/span adjustment data is
incorrect.
The square root function is operating.
Check and reset the input signal type and the
process value scaling settings.
Check and correct the zero/span adjustment settings.
Set the square function so that it does not operate.
Converted Values are Unstable.
Probable cause
Remedy
Input signals are being affected by Change the connection paths of the input signal
external noise.
lines. (Separate them from sources of noise or
use shielded cable.)
Insert 0.01-µF to 0.1-µF ceramic capacitors
between the I+ and COM input terminals.
Increase the number of values for calculating the
moving average in mean value processing.
The scaling value is greater than
the Unit’s resolution.
Reduce the scaling value.
2-14 CS1W-PTR01 Power Transducer Input Unit
Overview
The CS1W-PTR01 Power Transducer Input Unit provides up to eight inputs of
0 to 1 mA or –1 to 1 mA from power transducers, and sends the data to the
CPU Unit each cycle.
CS1W-PTR01
210
Section 2-14
CS1W-PTR01 Power Transducer Input Unit
System Configuration
CS1W-PTR01
Eight power transducer inputs
(0 to 1 mA or −1 to 1 mA)
Features
• Up to eight inputs of 0 to 1 mA or –1 to 1 mA from a power transducer can
be separately connected.
• Scaling values are sent to the CPU Unit in four digits hexadecimal.
• The inrush input limit function temporarily limits the process value input to
a given set value when it increases from a low value (2%), in order to prevent process values from being jumped up by an inrush current when the
motor is started up, and so on. (This function is available for inputs of 0 to
1 mA only.)
• Two values for each process value alarm input.
• ON-delay timer for process value alarm.
• Mean value processing (for four values).
• Zero/span adjustment capability during operation.
Model Information
Unit classification
Model number
CS-series Special I/O Unit CS1W-PTR01
Inputs
8 max.
Input types
Either of the following can be selected separately:
0 to 1 mA, or –1 to 1 mA.
211
Section 2-14
CS1W-PTR01 Power Transducer Input Unit
Block Diagram (Order of Processing)
The processing for the eight inputs is as shown in the following diagram.
CPU Unit CIO Area
H, L
Process value
Process value alarm
I/O refresh
Power Transducer Input Unit
Process value alarm
Output limit: −15% to +115%
Inrush input limit
Can be used when input range is 0 to 1 mA.
Zero/span adjustment
Process value scaling
Input calculations
Input range
A/D conversion, moving average (for four values)
0 to 1 mA, −1 to 1 mA
Power transducer
Type: current, voltage, effective power, reactive power,
power rate, phase, frequency
Specifications
Item
Specifications
Model
Applicable PLC
CS1W-PTR01
CS Series
Unit classification
Mounting position
Maximum number of Units
CS-series Special I/O Unit
CS-series CPU Rack or CS-series Expansion Rack (Cannot be mounted to C200H
Expansion I/O Rack or SYSMAC BUS Remote I/O Slave Rack.)
80 (within the allowable current consumption and power consumption range)
Unit numbers
00 to 95 (Cannot duplicate Special I/O Unit numbers.)
212
Section 2-14
CS1W-PTR01 Power Transducer Input Unit
Item
Specifications
Special I/O Unit 10 words/Unit
Area
Power Transducer Input Unit to CPU Unit:
All process values, process value alarms (L, H)
DM Area words 100 words/Unit
allocated to
CPU Unit to Power Transducer Input Unit:
Special I/O
Input signal type, scaling of process value in industrial units, process value alarm setUnits
ting (L, H), inrush input upper limit, inrush input upper limit time, zero/span adjustment
value, etc.
Number of inputs
8
Areas for data
exchange with
CPU Unit
Input signal type
User-defined scaling in industrial
units
Data storage in the CIO Area
Either 0 to 1 mA or –1 to 1 mA.
Scaling required for the above input signals. (Any minimum and maximum values
can be set.) (8 inputs set separately.)
The value derived from carrying out the
following processing in order of the process value data is stored in four digits
hexadecimal (binary values) in the allocated words in the CIO Area.
1) Mean value processing → 2) Scaling →
3) Zero/span adjustment → 4) Inrush input
limit → 5) Output limits
Input signal type and scaling to industrial
units are separate for each of the 8 inputs.
Note Input signal type and scaling to
industrial units are set in the DM
Area.
Example:
Input signal type: 0 to 1 mA from power
transducer; industrial unit scaling: 0 to
500 W. DM Area settings are as follows:
Input signal type: 0 (0000 hex)
Industrial unit maximum value stored: 500
(01F4 hex)
Industrial unit minimum value stored:
0 (0000 hex)
Accuracy (25°C)
±0.2% of full scale
Temperature coefficient
Resolution
±0.015%/°C of full scale
1/4,096 of full scale
Input signal range
Input impedance
For 0 to 1 mA: –15 to 115%; for –1 to 1 mA: –7.5 to 107.5%
100 Ω (typical)
Response time
1.2 s (travel time from input 0% to 90%, for step input)
Conversion period
Maximum time to store data in
CPU Unit
200 ms/8 inputs
Conversion period + one CPU Unit cycle
Input error detection
Operation at input disconnection
None.
Process value corresponding to 0 mA stored.
Function
When the process value is increased from 2% or less, the inrush input limit function
limits the increase for a set time. (It is available only for inputs of 0 to 1 mA.) This function can be used to prevent sudden process value increases due to inrush currents
caused by motor startup and so on.
Upper limit value: –32,000 to 32,000
Upper limit time: 0 to 100 s
Process value 2-point alarm (H, L), hysteresis, and ON-delay timer (0 to 60 s) are
available.
Inrush input
limit
Process value
alarm
Mean value
processing
(input filter)
Calculates the moving average for the past four process values (every 200 ms), and
stores that value in the CIO Area as the process value.
Isolation
Between inputs: No isolation
Between input terminals and PLC signals: Isolation by transformer and photocoupler
Insulation resistance
Dielectric strength
20 MΩ (at 500 V DC) between inputs and internal PLC signals
Between inputs and internal PLC signals: 1,000 V AC, at 50/60 Hz, for 1 min, leakage
current 10 mA max.
Terminal block (detachable)
External connections
Unit number settings
Indicators
Front panel connector
Set by rotary switches on front panel, from 0 to 95.
Three LED indicators on front panel (for normal operation, errors detected at the
Power Transducer Input Unit, and errors related to the CPU Unit).
Sensor input connector terminal block (detachable)
213
Section 2-14
CS1W-PTR01 Power Transducer Input Unit
Item
Alarm time for CPU Unit cycle
time
Current consumption
Dimensions
Specifications
0.3 ms
Weight
5 V DC at 150 mA max., 26 V DC at 80 mA max.
35 × 130 × 126 mm (W × H × D)
Note The height including the Backplane is 145 mm.
450 g max.
Standard accessories
None
DM Area Allocations
m = D20000 + unit number × 100 (unit number: 0 to 95)
DM Area address
Input
No. 1
Input
No. 2
Input
No. 3
Input
No. 4
Input
No. 5
Input
No. 6
Data range
Input
No. 7
Input
No. 8
m
Decimal
12345,
0
Hexadecimal
3039 hex,
0000 hex
Default
(See
note 1.)
Data contents
0000 hex Default block read command
Specifies the direction of data
transfer when power is turned ON
to the PLC or the Unit is restarted
for DM words m+2 to m+89.
• 12345 (3039 hex): The default
data at the left is transferred from
the Power Transducer Input Unit
to the CPU Unit. When the transfer is completed, the value will
become 0000 hex.
• Other than 12345 (3039 hex)
(such as 0000 hex): The data in
the allocated words of DM Area is
transferred from the CPU Unit to
the Power Transducer Input Unit.
Setting Group 1 (continuously refreshed area): Parameters that are continuously refreshed during PLC operation (regardless of the
CPU Unit’s operation mode)
Process value alarm settings
m+2 m+6 m+
10
m+
14
m+
18
m+
22
m+
26
m+
30
–32768 8000 to FFFF
to
hex, 0000 to
32767
7FFF hex
4200
(0FA0
hex)
Process value H (high limit) alarm
setting
(Set at process value scaling
value.)
m+3 m+7 m+
11
m+
15
m+
19
m+
23
m+
27
m+
31
–32768 8000 to FFFF
to
hex, 0000 to
32767
7FFF hex
0
(0000
hex)
Process value L (low limit) alarm
setting
(Set at process value scaling
value.)
m+4 m+8 m+
12
m+
16
m+
20
m+
24
m+
28
m+
32
0 to
32000
0000 to 7D00
hex
10000
(2710
hex)
Gain for span adjustment
(set value x 0.0001)
m+5 m+9 m+
13
m+
17
m+
21
m+
25
m+
29
m+
33
–32000 8300 to FFFF
to
hex, 0000 to
32000
7D00 hex
0
(0000
hex)
Zero adjustment value
(Set at process value scaling
value.)
Zero/span adjustment
Setting Group 2 (initial settings area): Parameters that are transferred one time from the CPU Unit to the Power Transducer Input Unit
if m is other than 12345 when the PLC is powered up or the Power Transducer Input Unit is restarted.
m+
34
m+
41
m+
48
m+
55
m+
62
m+
69
m+
76
m+
83
0, 1
0000 to 0001
hex
0
(0000
hex)
Input signal type
0: 0 to 1 mA
1: –1 to 1 mA
m+
35
m+
42
m+
49
m+
56
m+
63
m+
70
m+
77
m+
84
–32000 8300 to FFFF
to
hex, 0000 to
32000
7D00 hex
4000
(0FA0
hex)
Value stored for maximum value in
range (span)
m+
36
m+
43
m+
50
m+
57
m+
64
m+
71
m+
78
m+
85
–32000 8300 to FFFF
to
hex, 0000 to
32000
7D00 hex
0
(0000
hex)
Value stored for minimum value in
range (zero)
m+
37
m+
44
m+
51
m+
58
m+
65
m+
72
m+
79
m+
86
0 to
32000
0000 to 7D00
hex
40
(0028
hex)
Alarm hysteresis
(Set at process value scaling
value.)
m+
38
m+
45
m+
52
m+
59
m+
66
m+
73
m+
80
m+
87
0 to 60
0000 to 003C
hex
0
(0000
hex)
Alarm ON-delay time (Unit: s)
Process value scaling
Alarm supplementary functions
214
Section 2-14
CS1W-PTR01 Power Transducer Input Unit
DM Area address
Data range
Decimal
Hexadecimal
Default
(See
note 1.)
Data contents
Input
No. 1
Input
No. 2
Input
No. 3
Input
No. 4
Input
No. 5
Input
No. 6
Input
No. 7
Input
No. 8
m+
39
m+
46
m+
53
m+
60
m+
67
m+
74
m+
81
m+
88
0 to
100
0000 to 0064
hex
0
(0000
hex)
Inrush upper limit time (Unit: s)
0: No limit
m+
40
m+
47
m+
54
m+
61
m+
68
m+
75
m+
82
m+
89
–32000 8300 to FFFF
to
hex, 0000 to
32000
7D00 hex
4000
(0FA0
hex)
Inrush upper limit value
m+
93
m+
94
m+
95
m+
96
m+
97
0 to 89
0
(0000
hex)
Address of Data Range Error (See
note 2.)
Inrush input limit function
Storage parameter
m+
90
m+
91
m+
92
Note
0000 to 0059
hex
1. The default values are transferred from the Power Transducer Input Unit to
the CPU Unit when m is 12345 (3039 hex).
2. The ERC indicator on the Unit’s front panel will light if an out-of-range setting is made in either Setting Group1 or 2. The offset from m of the first DM
word containing the out-of-range error will be stored as the Address of
Data Range Error in the DM Area in four digits hexadecimal. For more information, refer to 1-6 Error Processing.
215
Section 2-14
CS1W-PTR01 Power Transducer Input Unit
CIO Area Allocations
n = 2000 + unit number × 10 (unit number: 0 to 95)
Direction
Word
Power
n
Transducer
Input Unit to
CPU Unit
Bit
00
Input No. 1
01
02
Input No. 2
Input No. 3
Input No. 4
07
08
Input No. 5
09
10
Input No. 6
15
216
0, 1
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
0, 1
Process value H (high
limit) alarm
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
Process value H (high
limit) alarm
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
0, 1
0, 1
Same as for input No.
1.
Same as for input No.
1.
0, 1
0, 1
Same as for input No.
1.
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
0, 1
Same as for input No.
1.
Process value H (high 0, 1
limit) alarm
Input No. 7
13
14
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
0: Process value <
Set value
1: Process value ≥ Set
value
Same as for input No.
1.
Process value H (high 0, 1
limit) alarm
11
12
0, 1
Contents
0: Process value >
Set value
1: Process value ≤ Set
value
Process value H (high 0, 1
limit) alarm
05
06
Data range
Process value H (high 0, 1
limit) alarm
03
04
Name
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
Input No. 8
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
Process value H (high
limit) alarm
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
Process value H (high
limit) alarm
0, 1
Same as for input No.
1.
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
Same as for input No.
1.
Section 2-14
CS1W-PTR01 Power Transducer Input Unit
Direction
Word
Power
n+1
Transducer
Input Unit to
CPU Unit
n+2
Bit
00 to 15
Name
Input No. 1 process value
Data range
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
00 to 15
Input No. 2 process value
n+3
00 to 15
Input No. 3 process value
n+4
00 to 15
Input No. 4 process value
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
n+5
00 to 15
Input No. 5 process value
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
n+6
00 to 15
Input No. 6 process value
n+7
00 to 15
Input No. 7 process value
n+8
00 to 15
Input No. 8 process value
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
Contents
The present process
value is stored
according to the scaling set in the allocated
words of the DM Area.
Terminal Connection Diagram
CS1W-PRT01 Power Transducer Input Unit
Power
transducer
Power
transducer
Power
transducer
Power
transducer
−
−
−
−
−
Power
transducer
−
Power
transducer
−
Power
transducer
−
Power
transducer
Note Leave all unused inputs open between the positive and negative terminals
(e.g., between A1, and A2 for input No. 1). (They can, however, be short-circuited with the lead wire.)
217
Section 2-14
CS1W-PTR01 Power Transducer Input Unit
Terminal Block Diagram
CS1W-PRT01 Power Transducer Input Unit
Input No. 3
Input No. 4
Input No. 5
Filter
circuit
100 Ω
Filter
circuit
100 Ω
Filter
circuit
100 Ω
Filter
circuit
100 Ω
Filter
circuit
100 Ω
Filter
circuit
−
−
−
−
Input No. 6
−
Isolation circuit
A/D converter
Digital computation circuit
Connector
Input No. 2
100 Ω
−
Multiplexer
Input No. 1
5 V DC
To CPU Unit
Isolated power supply circuit
Input No. 7
Input No. 8
100 Ω
Filter
circuit
100 Ω
Filter
circuit
−
−
26 V DC
Error Processing
Conversion Data Does Not Change.
Probable cause
The gain for span adjustment is
set to 0.
Remedy
Set the gain for span adjustment to a value other than 0.
The minimum and maximum val- Set the minimum and maximum values correctly.
ues for process value scaling are
either the same or are set
extremely low.
The input signal type or process Check and reset the input signal type and the process value range settings.
value range is set incorrectly.
An input device is malfunctioning, Check whether the input voltage or current has changed. Check for faulty or disconinput wiring is faulty, or wiring is
nected wiring.
disconnected.
Values are Not Converted as Intended.
Probable cause
The input signal type or process
value scaling is set incorrectly.
Remedy
Check and reset the input signal type and the process value scaling settings.
The zero/span adjustment data is Check and correct the zero/span adjustment settings.
incorrect.
The inrush input limit function is
operating.
218
Set the inrush input limit function so that it does not operate.
Section 2-15
CS1W-PTR02 Analog Input Unit (100 mV)
Converted Values are Unstable.
Probable cause
Input signals are being affected
by external noise.
Remedy
Change the connection paths of the input signal lines. (Separate them from sources of
noise or use shielded cable.)
Insert 0.01-µF to 0.1-µF ceramic capacitors between the positive and negative input
terminals.
The scaling value is greater than
the Unit’s resolution.
Reduce the scaling value.
2-15 CS1W-PTR02 Analog Input Unit (100 mV)
Overview
The CS1W-PTR02 Analog Input Unit provides up to eight inputs of 0 to
100 mV or –100 to 100 mA, and sends the data to the CPU Unit each cycle.
CS1W-PTR02
System Configuration
CS1W-PTR02
Eight DC inputs
(0 to 100 mV or −100 to 100 mV)
Features
• Up to eight inputs of 0 to 100 mV or –100 to 100 mV can be separately
connected.
• Scaling values are sent to the CPU Unit in four digits hexadecimal.
• The inrush input limit function temporarily limits the process value input to
a given set value when it increases from a low value (2%), in order to prevent process values from being jumped up by an inrush current when the
motor is started up, and so on. (This function is available for inputs of 0 to
100 mV only.)
• Two values for each process value alarm input.
• ON-delay timer for process value alarm.
• Mean value processing (for four values).
• Zero/span adjustment capability during operation.
219
Section 2-15
CS1W-PTR02 Analog Input Unit (100 mV)
Model Information
Unit classification
Model number
Inputs
CS-series Special I/O Unit CS1W-PTR02
8 max.
Input types
Either of the following can be selected separately: 0 to
100 mV, or –100 to 100 mV.
Block Diagram (Order of Processing)
The processing for the eight inputs is as shown in the following diagram.
CPU Unit CIO Area
H, L
Process value
Process value alarm
I/O refresh
Analog Input Unit
Process value alarm
Output limit: −15% to +115%
Inrush input limit
Can be used when input range is 0 to 100 mV.
Zero/span adjustment
Process value scaling
Input calculations
Input range
A/D conversion, moving average (for four values)
0 to 100 mV, −100 to 100 mV
Sensor/signal converter
220
Section 2-15
CS1W-PTR02 Analog Input Unit (100 mV)
Specifications
Item
Specifications
Model
CS1W-PTR02
Applicable PLC
Unit classification
CS Series
CS-series Special I/O Unit
Mounting position
CS-series CPU Rack or CS-series Expansion Rack (Cannot be mounted to C200H
Expansion I/O Rack or SYSMAC BUS Remote I/O Slave Rack.)
80 (within the allowable current consumption and power consumption range)
Maximum number of Units
Unit numbers
Areas for data
exchange with
CPU Unit
00 to 95 (Cannot duplicate Special I/O Unit numbers.)
Special I/O Unit 10 words/Unit
Area
Analog Input Unit to CPU Unit:
All process values, process value alarms (L, H)
DM Area words
allocated to
Special I/O
Units
100 words/Unit
CPU Unit to Analog Input Unit:
Input signal type, scaling of process value in industrial units, process value alarm setting (L, H), inrush input upper limit, inrush input upper limit time, zero/span adjustment
value, etc.
8
Input signal type
User-defined scaling in industrial
units
Either 0 to 100 mV or –100 to 100 mV.
Input signal type and scaling to industrial
units are separate for each of the 8 inputs.
Scaling required for the above input signals. (Any minimum and maximum values Note Input signal type and scaling to
industrial units are set in the DM
can be set.) (8 inputs set separately.)
Area.
The value derived from carrying out the
Example:
following processing in order of the proInput signal type: 0 to 100 mV; industrial
cess value data is stored in four digits
unit scaling: 0 to 500. DM Area settings
hexadecimal (binary values) in the alloare as follows:
cated words in the CIO Area.
1) Mean value processing → 2) Scaling → Input signal type: 0 (0000 hex)
3) Zero/span adjustment → 4) Inrush input Industrial unit maximum value stored: 500
limit → 5) Output limits
(01F4 hex)
Industrial unit minimum value stored:
0 (0000 hex)
Number of inputs
Data storage in the CIO Area
Accuracy (25°C)
Temperature coefficient
±0.2% of full scale
±0.015%/°C of full scale
Resolution
Input signal range
1/4,096 of full scale
For 0 to 100 mV: –15 to 115%; for –100 to 100 mV: –7.5 to 107.5%
Input impedance
Response time
Balanced: 1 MΩ min. (typical); unbalanced: 20 kΩ (typical)
1.2 s (travel time from input 0% to 90%, for step input)
Conversion period
Maximum time to store data in
CPU Unit
Input error detection
200 ms/8 inputs
Conversion period + one CPU Unit cycle
Operation at input disconnection
Function
Inrush input
limit
Process value
alarm
Mean value
processing
(input filter)
Isolation
None
Undefined
When the process value is increased from 2% or less, the inrush input limit function
limits the increase for a set time. (It is available only for inputs of 0 to 100 mV.) This
function can be used to prevent sudden process value increases due to inrush currents caused by motor startup and so on.
Upper limit value: –32,000 to 32,000
Upper limit time: 0 to 100 s
Process value 2-point alarm (H, L), hysteresis, and ON-delay timer (0 to 60 s) are
available.
Calculates the moving average for the past four process values (every 200 ms), and
stores that value in the CIO Area as the process value.
Between inputs: No isolation
Between input terminals and PLC signals: Isolation by transformer and photocoupler.
221
Section 2-15
CS1W-PTR02 Analog Input Unit (100 mV)
Item
Insulation resistance
Specifications
20 MΩ (at 500 V DC) between inputs and internal PLC signals.
Dielectric strength
Between inputs and internal PLC signals: 1,000 V AC, at 50/60 Hz, for 1 min, leakage
current: 10 mA max.
Terminal block (detachable)
External connections
Unit number settings
Indicators
Set by rotary switches on front panel, from 0 to 95.
Three LED indicators on front panel (for normal operation, errors detected at the Analog Input Unit, and errors related to the CPU Unit).
Sensor input connector terminal block (detachable)
Front panel connector
Alarm time for CPU Unit cycle
time
0.3 ms
Current consumption
Dimensions
5 V DC at 150 mA max., 26 V DC at 80 mA max.
35 × 130 × 126 mm (W × H × D)
Note The height including the Backplane is 145 mm.
Weight
Standard accessories
450 g max.
None
DM Area Allocations
m = D20000 + unit number × 100 (unit number: 0 to 95)
DM Area address
Input
No. 1
Input
No. 2
Input
No. 3
Input
No. 4
Input
No. 5
Input
No. 6
Data range
Input
No. 7
Input
No. 8
m
Decimal
12345,
0
Hexadecimal
3039 hex,
0000 hex
Default
(See
note 1.)
Data contents
0000 hex Default block read command
Specifies the direction of data
transfer when power is turned ON
to the PLC or the Unit is restarted
for DM words m+2 to m+89.
• 12345 (3039 hex): The default
data at the left is transferred from
the Analog Input Unit to the CPU
Unit. When the transfer is completed, the value will become
0000 hex.
• Other than 12345 (such as 0000
hex): The data in the allocated
words of DM Area is transferred
from the CPU Unit to the Analog
Input Unit.
Setting Group 1 (continuously refreshed area): Parameters that are continuously refreshed during PLC operation (regardless of the
CPU Unit’s operation mode)
Process value alarm settings
m+2 m+6 m+
10
m+
14
m+
18
m+
22
m+
26
m+
30
–32768 8000 to FFFF
to
hex, 0000 to
32767
7FFF hex
4000
(0FA0
hex)
Process value H (high limit) alarm
setting
(Set at process value scaling
value.)
m+3 m+7 m+
11
m+
15
m+
19
m+
23
m+
27
m+
31
–32768 8000 to FFFF
to
hex, 0000 to
32767
7FFF hex
0
(0000
hex)
Process value L (low limit) alarm
setting
(Set at process value scaling
value.)
m+4 m+8 m+
12
m+
16
m+
20
m+
24
m+
28
m+
32
0 to
32000
0000 to 7D00
hex
10000
(2710
hex)
Gain for span adjustment
(set value x 0.0001)
m+5 m+9 m+
13
m+
17
m+
21
m+
25
m+
29
m+
33
–32000 8300 to FFFF
to
hex, 0000 to
32000
7D00 hex
0
(0000
hex)
Zero adjustment value
(Set at process value scaling
value.)
Zero/span adjustment
Setting Group 2 (initial settings area): Parameters that are transferred one time from the CPU Unit to the Analog Input Unit if m is other
than 12345 when the PLC is powered up or the Analog Input Unit is restarted.
m+
34
222
m+
41
m+
48
m+
55
m+
62
m+
69
m+
76
m+
83
0, 1
0000 to 0001
hex
0
(0000
hex)
Input signal type
0: 0 to 100 mV
1: –100 to 100 mV
Section 2-15
CS1W-PTR02 Analog Input Unit (100 mV)
DM Area address
Data range
Decimal
Hexadecimal
Default
(See
note 1.)
Data contents
Input
No. 1
Input
No. 2
Input
No. 3
Input
No. 4
Input
No. 5
Input
No. 6
Input
No. 7
Input
No. 8
m+
35
m+
42
m+
49
m+
56
m+
63
m+
70
m+
77
m+
84
–32000 8300 to FFFF
to
hex, 0000 to
32000
7D00 hex
4000
(0FA0
hex)
Value stored for maximum value in
range (span)
m+
36
m+
43
m+
50
m+
57
m+
64
m+
71
m+
78
m+
85
–32000 8300 to FFFF
to
hex, 0000 to
32000
7D00 hex
0
(0000
hex)
Value stored for minimum value in
range (zero)
m+
37
m+
44
m+
51
m+
58
m+
65
m+
72
m+
79
m+
86
0 to
32000
0000 to 7D00
hex
40
(0028
hex)
Alarm hysteresis
(Set at process value scaling
value.)
m+
38
m+
45
m+
52
m+
59
m+
66
m+
73
m+
80
m+
87
0 to 60
0000 to 003C
hex
0
(0000
hex)
Alarm ON-delay time (Unit: s)
m+
39
m+
46
m+
53
m+
60
m+
67
m+
74
m+
81
m+
88
0 to
100
0000 to 0064
hex
0
(0000
hex)
Inrush upper limit time (Unit: s)
0: No limit
m+
40
m+
47
m+
54
m+
61
m+
68
m+
75
m+
82
m+
89
–32000 8300 to FFFF
to
hex, 0000 to
32000
7D00 hex
4000
(0FA0
hex)
Inrush upper limit value
m+
93
m+
94
m+
95
m+
96
m+
97
0 to 89
0
(0000
hex)
Address of Data Range Error (See
note 2.)
Process value scaling
Alarm supplementary functions
Inrush input limit function
Storage parameter
m+
90
m+
91
m+
92
Note
0000 to 0059
hex
1. The default values are transferred from the Analog Input Unit to the CPU
Unit when m is 12345 (3039 hex).
2. The ERC indicator on the Unit’s front panel will light if an out-of-range setting is made in either Setting Group1 or 2. The offset from m of the first DM
word containing the out-of-range error will be stored as the Address of
Data Range Error in the DM Area in four digits hexadecimal. For more information, refer to 1-6 Error Processing.
223
Section 2-15
CS1W-PTR02 Analog Input Unit (100 mV)
CIO Area Allocations
n = 2000 + unit number × 10 (unit number: 0 to 95)
Direction
Word
Analog Input n
Unit to CPU
Unit
Bit
00
Input No. 1
01
02
Input No. 2
Input No. 3
Input No. 4
07
08
Input No. 5
09
10
Input No. 6
15
224
0, 1
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
0, 1
Process value H (high
limit) alarm
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
Process value H (high
limit) alarm
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
0, 1
0, 1
Same as for input No.
1.
Same as for input No.
1.
0, 1
0, 1
Same as for input No.
1.
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
0, 1
Same as for input No.
1.
Process value H (high 0, 1
limit) alarm
Input No. 7
13
14
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
0: Process value <
Set value
1: Process value ≥ Set
value
Same as for input No.
1.
Process value H (high 0, 1
limit) alarm
11
12
0, 1
Contents
0: Process value >
Set value
1: Process value ≤ Set
value
Process value H (high 0, 1
limit) alarm
05
06
Data range
Process value H (high 0, 1
limit) alarm
03
04
Name
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
Input No. 8
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
Process value H (high
limit) alarm
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
Process value H (high
limit) alarm
0, 1
Same as for input No.
1.
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
Same as for input No.
1.
Section 2-15
CS1W-PTR02 Analog Input Unit (100 mV)
Direction
Word
Analog Input n + 1
Unit to CPU
Unit
n+2
Bit
00 to 15
Name
Input No. 1 process value
Data range
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
00 to 15
Input No. 2 process value
n+3
00 to 15
Input No. 3 process value
n+4
00 to 15
Input No. 4 process value
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
n+5
00 to 15
Input No. 5 process value
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
n+6
00 to 15
Input No. 6 process value
n+7
00 to 15
Input No. 7 process value
n+8
00 to 15
Input No. 8 process value
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
Contents
The present process
value is stored
according to the scaling set in the allocated
words of the DM Area.
Terminal Connection Diagram
CS1W-PRT02 Analog Input Unit
Voltage output
device
Voltage output
device
Voltage output
device
Voltage output
device
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
Voltage output
device
Voltage output
device
Voltage output
device
Voltage output
device
Note Short-circuit all unused inputs between the positive and negative terminals
(e.g., between A1, and A2 for input No. 1) with the lead wire.
225
Section 2-15
CS1W-PTR02 Analog Input Unit (100 mV)
Terminal Block Diagram
Input No. 1
Input No. 2
Filter
circuit
−
Isolation
circuit
Filter
circuit
−
A/D converter
Filter
circuit
Input No. 3
−
Filter
circuit
Input No. 4
−
Input No. 6
Filter
circuit
−
Filter
circuit
−
Connector
Input No. 5
Multiplexer
Digital computation circuit
5 V DC
To CPU Unit
Isolated power supply circuit
26 V DC
Filter
circuit
Input No. 7
−
Input No. 8
Filter
circuit
−
Error Processing
Conversion Data Does Not Change.
Probable cause
Remedy
The gain for span adjustment is
Set the gain for span adjustment to a value other than 0.
set to 0.
The minimum and maximum val- Set the minimum and maximum values correctly.
ues for process value scaling are
either the same or are set
extremely low.
The input signal type or process
value range is set incorrectly.
Check and reset the input signal type and the process value range settings.
An input device is malfunctioning, Check whether the input voltage or current has changed. Check for faulty or disconinput wiring is faulty, or wiring is
nected wiring.
disconnected.
Values are Not Converted as Intended.
Probable cause
Remedy
The input signal type or process Check and reset the input signal type and the process value scaling settings.
value scaling is set incorrectly.
The zero/span adjustment data is Check and correct the zero/span adjustment settings.
incorrect.
The inrush input limit function is Set the inrush input limit function so that it does not operate.
operating.
226
Section 2-16
CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit
Converted Values are Unstable.
Probable cause
Input signals are being affected
by external noise.
Remedy
Change the connection paths of the input signal lines. (Separate them from sources of
noise or use shielded cable.)
Insert 0.01-µF to 0.1-µF ceramic capacitors between the positive and negative input
terminals.
The scaling value is greater than
the Unit’s resolution.
Reduce the scaling value.
2-16 CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit
Overview
The CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit provides up to four pulses
from a device such as a displacement flowmeter, and sends scaled instantaneous values (pulses/time unit) to the CPU Unit each cycle. The accumulated
value can also be calculated at the same time and transferred to the CPU Unit
at each cycle.
CS1W-PPS01
System Configuration
CS1W-PPS01
Four pulse inputs from a device
such as a displacement flowmeter
Features
• Up to four pulse inputs can be connected per Unit.
• Instantaneous values (pulses × pulse weight/time unit) are scaled and
sent to the CPU Unit in four digits hexadecimal.
• Four values for each instantaneous value alarm input
• ON-delay timer for instantaneous value alarm
• Mean value processing
• Zero/span adjustment capability during operation
• Accumulated value output
227
Section 2-16
CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit
Model Information
Unit classification
Model number
Inputs
CS-series Special I/O Unit CS1W-PPS01
4 max.
Input types
Pulse inputs of 0 to 20,000 pulses/s or 0 to 20 pulses/s
Block Diagram (Order of Processing)
The processing for the four inputs is as shown in the following diagram.
CPU Unit CIO Area
HH, H, L, LL
Instantaneous value
Instantaneous value alarm
For each input
Accumulated value
For all inputs
Accumulation Reset Flag
I/O refresh
Pulse Input Unit
ON for 10 s
at reset.
Instantaneous value alarm
Accumulation reset for
all inputs at restart.
Output limit: −15% to +115%
Differential accumulation
Zero/span adjustment
Stepdown
Instantaneous value
(pulse × pulse weight per
time unit) scaling
Instantaneous value (pulses
× pulse weight per time unit)
conversion
Instantaneous value
(pulses × pulse weight per
time unit) average
Pulse weight conversion
(pulse scaling)
Pulse generator
228
Use when the weight/pulse (pulse weight) from the Sensor
is a fraction (not an exponent of 10), and the accumulated
value from the Pulse Input Unit in the CPU Unit is used as is
(without scaling). Do not use at any other time.
Flow, mass, power, rotation pulses, etc.
Section 2-16
CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit
Specifications
Item
Specifications
Model
CS1W-PPS01
Applicable PLC
Unit classification
CS-series
CS-series Special I/O Unit
Mounting position
CS-series CPU Rack or CS-series Expansion Rack (Cannot be mounted to C200H
Expansion I/O Rack or SYSMAC BUS Remote I/O Slave Rack.)
80 (within the allowable current consumption and power consumption range)
Maximum number of Units
Unit numbers
Areas for data
exchange with
CPU Unit
00 to 95 (Cannot duplicate Special I/O Unit numbers.)
Special I/O Unit 10 words/Unit
Area
Pulse Input Unit to CPU Unit:
All process values, process value alarms (LL, L, H, HH), accumulated values, Accumulation Reset Bit
DM Area words
allocated to
Special I/O
Units
Number of pulse inputs
Pulse input type
100 words/Unit
CPU Unit to Pulse Input Unit:
Instantaneous value conversion coefficient, instantaneous value scaling, pulse
weight, number of values for moving average, instantaneous value alarm settings (LL,
L, H, HH), zero/span adjustment, etc.
4
Voltage input, no-voltage semiconductor input, contact input (selected individually for
each of 4 inputs, according to connection terminals)
No-voltage semiconductor input: Connected to voltage input terminals (between Fn+
and COMn).
Maximum coefficient speed: 20,000 pulses/s (duty ratio: 50%)
Detection voltage: 4 V DC
Short-circuit current between terminals: 1.2 mA DC
ON resistance: 0.8 kΩ max.
OFF resistance: 5.0 kΩ min.
Voltage input: Connected to voltage input terminals (between Fn+ and COMn).
Waveform: Square wave
Maximum coefficient speed: 20,000 pulses/s (duty ratio: 50%)
ON voltage: 0 to 1 V
OFF voltage: 3 to 30 V
Contact input: Connected to contact input terminals (between Sn+ and COMn).
Maximum coefficient speed: 20 pulses/s (duty ratio: 50%)
Detection voltage: 8 V DC
Short-circuit current between terminals: 2.4 mA DC
ON resistance: 0.8 kΩ max.
OFF resistance: 5.0 kΩ min.
Sensor power supply
For no-voltage semiconductor inputs, etc., a 12-V DC power supply can be provided
for the sensors that are the pulse sources.
Output voltage: 12 V DC ±15%
Current capacity: 30 mA max.
Limit current when short-circuited: 31 to 55 mA
Allowable short-circuit time: No limit
Accumulation conversion period
Maximum time to store data in
CPU Unit
100 ms/4 inputs
Conversion period + one CPU Unit cycle
229
CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit
Function
Item
Instantaneous
value output
Conversion to
instantaneous
values
Instantaneous
value scaling
Data storage in
the CIO Area
Section 2-16
Specifications
This function can be used to count the number of pulses per time
unit, and to convert the values to instantaneous values (pulses x
pulse weight / time unit). Any of the following can be selected as
the time unit: 1 s, 3 s, 10 s, 30 s, or 60 s. (The time unit is set in the
DM Area.)
Note 1 Errors and fluctuations will increase when the input signal
pulse rate is low, so specify a longer time unit.
Note 2 The instantaneous value is only refreshed at intervals of the
time unit set. Therefore, when the Unit is restarted, the
instantaneous value will be 0000 until the time set as the
time unit has elapsed.
Note 3 When pulse weight conversion is used for accumulated values, the number of pulses obtained by multiplying the actual
number of input pulses by the pulse weight (0.1000 to
3.2000) for one time unit is used.
This function can be used for
Example1:
scaling instantaneous values
To obtain a pulse input of 0 to
(pulses x pulse weight/time unit), 2,000 pulses/s for a flow of 0 to
i.e., setting data with respect to 300.0 ml/s:
a maximum value, and storing
Time unit: 1 s
them in the allocated words of
Instantaneous value 100% input:
the CIO Area.
2,000
• When instantaneous value
Maximum value for instanta(pulses x pulse weight/time
neous value scaling (industrial
unit) is 100% input:
units): 3,000
Can be set from 0.001 pulses/
time unit to 32,000 pulses/
Example 2:
time unit.
When pulse inputs at 0 to 2,000
• Maximum value for Instanta- pulses/s are obtained for a flowneous value scaling (industrial rate of 0 to 300.0 ml/s, and the
units):
pulse weight function is used for
Scaling of the above instanta- totaling:
neous value (100% input) is
There are 0.15 ml per pulse, so
possible from
the pulse weight = 0.15.
–32,000 to 32,000 (8300 to
For a flowrate of 0 to 300.0 ml/s,
FFFF, 0000 to 7D00 Hex).
0 to 2,000 x 0.15 = 300 pulses/s.
Note When pulse weight conTherefore,
version is used for accumulated values, scaling is Time unit: 1 s
Instantaneous value 100% input:
already performed for
300
each pulse, so an exponent of 10 of the industrial Maximum value for instantaunit is set in the instanta- neous value scaling (industrial
units): 3,000
neous value (pulses x
pulse weight per time unit)
for a 100% input.
The value derived from carrying
out the following processing in
order of the instantaneous value
(pulses x pulse weight/time unit)
is stored in four digits hexadecimal (binary values) in the allocated words in the CIO Area.
1) Mean value processing → 2)
Instantaneous value scaling →
3) Scaling → 4) Zero/span
adjustment → 5) Output limits
Mean value pro- Calculates the moving average for the specified number of past
cessing (input fil- instantaneous values (1 to 16), and stores that value in the CIO
ter)
Area as the instantaneous value.
Instantaneous
value alarm
230
Instantaneous value 4-point alarm (HH, H, L, LL), hysteresis, and
ON-delay timer (0 to 60 s) are available.
CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit
Function
Item
Accumulated
output
Pulse weight
conversion
Accumulated
value
Section 2-16
Specifications
Performs scaling for a single pulse.
Use for the accumulated value when the pulse weight (weight/
pulse) is a fraction (not an exponent of 10). (See note.)
The pulse weight (0.1 to 3.2) is multiplied by the actual number of
pulses input. This number of pulses is used as the input for conversion to instantaneous values (pulses x pulse weight per time unit)
and the input for totaling prior to stepdown.
Example: When the pulse weight from the flowmeter is 0.26 ml/
pulse, the pulse weight is set to 0.26. When one pulse (0.26 ml) is
input, it is treated as a 0.26 pulse, and when two pulses (0.52 ml)
are input, they are treated as a 0.52 pulse.
The weight per pulse becomes 1 ml, so to calculate in the CPU
Unit the simple (unscaled) value in industrial units (ml) based on
the accumulated value from the Pulse Input Unit (value in words
n+5 to n+8), the value can be calculated simply using 1 ml/pulse.
Note When the accumulated value from the Pulse Input Unit in the
CPU Unit is not used (i.e., when only the instantaneous
value is used), pulse weight conversion is not required. Use
instantaneousness value scaling to convert to industrial
units.
The accumulated number of pulses (0 to 9,999 pulses) for each
input is stored in the allocated words of the CIO Area. When 9,999
is exceeded, the value returns to 0 and starts counting again.
Note When pulse weight conversion is used, the accumulated
value for the number of pulses obtained by multiplying the
actual number of input pulses by the pulse weight (0.1000 to
3.2000) is used.
Stepdown
Insulation resistance
When the accumulated value is used, this function prevents accumulated value overflow by reducing the number of input pulses.
The actual number of input pulses is multiplied by one of four factors (x1, x0.1, x0.01, or x0.001), and the number of input pulses
accumulated is then based on that value.
Note This stepdown function operates only for accumulated values, and not for instantaneous values. When the pulse
weight conversion function is used, it uses for the number of
pulses obtained by multiplying the actual number of input
pulses by the pulse weight (0.1000 to 3.2000).
Between inputs and between input terminals and PLC signals: Isolation by transformer and photocoupler
20 MΩ (at 500 V DC) between inputs
Dielectric strength
External connections
Between inputs: 1,000 V AC, at 50/60 Hz, for 1 min, leakage current 10 mA max.
Terminal block (detachable)
Unit number settings
Indicators
Set by rotary switches on front panel, from 0 to 95.
Three LED indicators on front panel (for normal operation, errors detected at the
Pulse Input Unit, and errors related to the CPU Unit).
Sensor input connector terminal block (detachable)
Isolation
Front panel connector
Alarm time for CPU Unit cycle
time
Current consumption
0.3 ms
5 V DC at 200 mA max., 26 V DC at 160 mA max.
Dimensions
35 × 130 × 126 mm (W × H × D)
Note The height including the Backplane is 145 mm.
Weight
Standard accessories
450 g max.
None
231
Section 2-16
CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit
DM Area Allocations
m = D20000 + unit number × 100 (unit number: 0 to 95)
Input
No. 1
Input
No. 2
Input
No. 3
Input
No. 4
m
Decimal
12345, 0
Hexadecimal
3039 hex
0000 hex
Default
(See note
1.)
0000 hex
Data contents
Default block read command
Specifies the direction of data transfer when
power is turned ON to the PLC or the Unit is
restarted for DM words m+2 to m+57.
• 12345 (3039 hex): The default data at the left
is transferred from the Pulse Input Unit to the
CPU Unit. When the transfer is completed,
the value will become 0000 hex.
• Other than 12345 (3039 hex) (such as 0000
hex): The data in the allocated words of DM
Area is transferred from the CPU Unit to the
Pulse Input Unit.
Setting Group 1 (continuously refreshed area): Parameters that are continuously refreshed during PLC operation (regardless of the
CPU Unit’s operation mode)
Instantaneous value alarm settings
m+2
m+8
m + 14
m + 20
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex
4200
(1068 hex)
Instantaneous value HH (high high limit) alarm
setting
(Set at instantaneous value scaling value.)
m+3
m+9
m + 15
m + 21
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex
4000
(0FA0 hex)
Instantaneous value H (high limit) alarm setting
(Set at instantaneous value scaling value.)
m+4
m + 10
m + 16
m + 22
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex
0
(0000 hex)
Instantaneous value L (low limit) alarm setting
(Set at instantaneous value scaling value.)
m+5
m + 11
m + 17
m + 23
–32768 to
32767
8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex
–200
(FF38 hex)
Instantaneous value LL (low low limit) alarm
setting
(Set at instantaneous value scaling value.)
m+6
m + 12
m + 18
m + 24
0 to 32000 0000 to 7D00 hex
10000
(2710 hex)
Gain for span adjustment
(Set value x 0.0001)
m+7
m + 13
m + 19
m + 25
–32000 to
32000
0
(0000 hex)
Zero adjustment value
(Set at instantaneous value scaling value.)
Zero/span adjustment
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
Setting Group 2 (initial settings area): Parameters that are transferred one time from the CPU Unit to the Pulse Input Unit if m is other
than 12345 when the PLC is powered up or the Pulse Input Unit is restarted.
m + 26
m + 34
m + 42
m + 50
1000 to
32000
03E8 to 7D00 hex
10000
(2710 hex)
Pulse weight
Set value x 0.0001 (0.1 to 3.2)
The result of multiplying the actual number of
pulses input by the value set here is input as
the instantaneous value (pulses x pulse weight
per time unit) for conversion and the input for
totaling prior to stepdown.
m + 27
m + 35
m + 43
m + 51
0 to 3
0000 to 0003 hex
0
(0000 hex)
Accumulated value stepdown
0: x1; 1: x0.1; 2: x0.01; 3: x0.001
The product of multiplying the actual number of
pulses input x the pulse weight x the stepdown
ratio set here is input as the accumulated
value.
m + 28
m + 36
m + 44
m + 52
1 to 16
0001 to 0010 hex
1
(0001 hex)
Number of process values for calculating moving average for mean value processing
m + 29
m + 37
m + 45
m + 53
0 to 32000 0000 to 7D00 hex
1000
(03E8 hex)
Instantaneous value when 100% input
Note When pulse weight conversion is used,
the value set here is the number of
pulses x pulse weight per time unit.
m + 30
m + 38
m + 46
m + 54
---
Bit 00 to 03: 0 to 3
hex
0
(0 hex)
Decimal point position (from right) for instantaneous value when 100% input
---
Bit 04 to 07: 0 to 4
hex
0
(0 hex)
Instantaneous value time unit (matching conversion period)
0: 1 s; 1: 3 s: 2: 10 s; 3: 30 s; 4: 60 s
Instantaneous value conversion function
m + 31
232
m + 39
m + 47
m + 55
---
Bit 08 to 15: 00 hex 00 hex
Not used.
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex
0000 to 7D00 hex
Maximum instantaneous value scaling value
Data stored in allocated words of CIO Area
when instantaneous value is 100% input as
above
4000
(0FA0 hex)
Section 2-16
CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit
Input
No. 1
Input
No. 2
Input
No. 3
Input
No. 4
Decimal
Hexadecimal
Default
(See note
1.)
Data contents
m + 32
m + 40
m + 48
m + 56
0 to 32000 0000 to 7D00 hex
40
(0028 hex)
Alarm hysteresis
(Set at instantaneous value scaling value.)
m + 33
m + 41
m + 49
m + 57
0 to 60
0000 to 003C hex
0
(0000 hex)
Alarm ON-delay time (Unit: s)
m + 60
m + 61
0 to 57
0000 to 0039 hex
0
(0000 hex)
Address of Data Range Error (See note 2.)
Alarm supplementary functions
Storage parameter
m + 58
m + 59
Note
1. The default values are transferred from the Pulse Input Unit to the CPU
Unit when m is 12345 (3039 hex).
2. The ERC indicator on the Unit’s front panel will light if an out-of-range setting is made in either Setting Group1 or 2. The offset from m of the first DM
word containing the out-of-range error will be stored as the Address of
Data Range Error in the DM Area in four digits hexadecimal. For more information, refer to 1-6 Error Processing.
233
Section 2-16
CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit
CIO Area Allocations
n = 2000 + unit number × 10 (unit number: 0 to 95)
Direction
Pulse Input
Unit to CPU
Unit
Word
n
Bit
00
Input No. 1
01
02
03
04
Input No. 2
05
06
07
08
Input No. 3
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
234
Input No. 4
Name
Data range
Instantaneous value
0, 1
LL (low low limit)
alarm
Instantaneous value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
Instantaneous value H 0, 1
(high limit) alarm
Instantaneous value
HH (high high limit)
alarm
Instantaneous value
LL (low low limit)
alarm
Instantaneous value L
(low limit) alarm
Instantaneous value H
(high limit) alarm
0, 1
Instantaneous value
HH (high high limit)
alarm
Instantaneous value
LL (low low limit)
alarm
Instantaneous value L
(low limit) alarm
Instantaneous value H
(high limit) alarm
Instantaneous value
HH (high high limit)
alarm
Instantaneous value
LL (low low limit)
alarm
Instantaneous value L
(low limit) alarm
Instantaneous value H
(high limit) alarm
Instantaneous value
HH (high high limit)
alarm
0, 1
0, 1
Contents
0: Instantaneous
value > Set value
1: Instantaneous
value ≤ Set value
0: Instantaneous
value < Set value
1: Instantaneous
value ≥ Set value
Same as for input No.
1.
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
Same as for input No.
1.
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
Same as for input No.
1.
Section 2-16
CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit
Direction
Pulse Input
Unit to CPU
Unit
Word
n+1
Bit
00 to 15
Name
Input No. 1 instantaneous value
Data range
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
n+2
00 to 15
Input No. 2 instantaneous value
n+3
00 to 15
Input No. 3 instantaneous value
n+4
00 to 15
Input No. 4 instantaneous value
–32768 to 32767
(8000 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7FFF hex)
n+5
00 to 15
Input No. 1 accumulated value
0 to 9999
(0000 to 270F hex)
n+6
00 to 15
Input No. 2 accumulated value
n+7
00 to 15
Input No. 3 accumulated value
n+8
00 to 15
Input No. 4 accumulated value
n+9
00
Accumulation Reset Bit
0 to 9999
(0000 to 270F hex)
0 to 9999
(0000 to 270F hex)
0 to 9999
(0000 to 270F hex)
0, 1
Contents
The present instantaneous value is stored
according to the scaling set in the allocated
words of the DM Area.
The accumulated
value for the number
of pulses (after stepdown) is stored here.
When the accumulated value is reset,
this flag turns ON for
10 s. (See note.)
Note The accumulated value is reset when the PLC is powered up or when the
Pulse Input Unit is restarted.
235
Section 2-16
CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit
Terminal Connection Diagram
Voltage Input
No-voltage Semiconductor Input
CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit
CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit
Voltage pulse generation
−
−
−
−
3-wire Sensor Input
Contact Input
CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit
CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit
Internal
power
supply
Internal
power
supply
Internal
power
supply
Internal
power
supply
Note In all of the above cases, leave all unused inputs open between the terminals
(e.g., between B1 and B2 for no-voltage semiconductor input No. 1).
236
Section 2-16
CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit
Terminal Block Diagram
P1+
+12-V sensor
power supply
A1
4.7 kΩ
S1+
A2
F1+
B1
Input No. 1
4.7 kΩ
Pulse
4.7 kΩ
COM1
B2
P2+
A3
Isolation
circuit
Pulse counter
+12-V sensor
power supply
4.7 kΩ
S2+
A4
F2+
B3
Input No. 2
4.7 kΩ
Pulse
4.7 kΩ
COM2
B4
P3+
A5
Digital computation circuit
Isolation
circuit
+12-V sensor
power supply
4.7 kΩ
S3+
A6
F3+
B5
Input No. 3
Pulse
4.7 kΩ
COM3
Isolation
circuit
Connector
4.7 kΩ
5 V DC
B6
To CPU Unit
Isolated power
supply circuit
26 V DC
P4+
A7
S4+
A8
F4+
B7
+12-V sensor
power supply
4.7 kΩ
Input No. 4
4.7 kΩ
Pulse
4.7 kΩ
COM4
Isolation
circuit
B8
Contact Input (for Metal Contacts)
Voltage Pulse Input
Sensor Power Supply
(Connected to 3-wire Sensor)
(n: Input Nos. 1 to 4)
(n: Input Nos. 1 to 4)
Contact
(n: Input Nos. 1 to 4)
Pulse output
Pulse output
−
−
Error Processing
Accumulated Values Do Not Change.
Probable cause
Remedy
An input device is malfunctioning, Check whether the input voltage has changed to exceed the minimum OFF voltage or
input wiring is faulty, or wiring is
the maximum ON voltage.
disconnected.
Check for faulty or disconnected wiring.
237
CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit
Section 2-16
Accumulation Data is Different from the Number of Pulses Input.
Probable cause
Input signals are being affected
by external noise.
Remedy
Change the connection paths of the input signal lines. (Separate them from sources of
noise or use shielded cable.)
Insert 0.01-µF to 0.1-µF ceramic capacitors between the positive and negative input
terminals.
The pulse weight or accumulation Check the pulse weight and accumulation stepdown settings.
stepdown settings are incorrect.
Pulses exceeding the allowable
Check the input signal waveform and correct them for the entire system.
frequency are being input.
Pulses with defects such as chat- Check the input signal waveform and remove chattering from external circuitry.
tering are being input.
Instantaneous Values Do Not Change.
Probable cause
The gain for span adjustment is
set to 0.
Remedy
Set the gain for span adjustment to a value other than 0.
The instantaneous value when
Set the instantaneous value when input 100%, and the maximum instantaneous value
input 100%, or the maximum
in the range, to a value other than 0.
instantaneous value in the range,
is set to 0.
Instantaneous Values are Not Converted as Intended.
Probable cause
The instantaneous value when
input 100%, or the maximum
instantaneous value scaling
value, is incorrect.
Remedy
Check the instantaneous value when input 100%, the decimal point position, and the
maximum instantaneous value scaling value.
The zero/span adjustment data is Check and correct the zero/span adjustment settings.
incorrect.
Input pulses are too slow (i.e., the Lengthen the instantaneous value time unit (conversion period).
pulse rate is to low).
There is pulsating in the instanta- Set the number of values for moving average processing.
neous value.
When using pulse weight conver- Set the instantaneous value for 100% input as pulses x pulse weight/time unit.
sion for accumulated values, the
value obtained from pulses x
pulse weight per time unit is not
set for the instantaneous value
for 100% input.
238
Section 2-17
CS1W-PMV01 Isolated-type Analog Output Unit
2-17 CS1W-PMV01 Isolated-type Analog Output Unit
Overview
Each cycle, the CS1W-PMV01 Isolated-type Analog Output Unit converts up
to four analog output set values from the CPU Unit to either 4 to 20 mA or 1 to
5 V, and outputs them. It can also provide answer back for checking actual
output values.
CS1W-PMV01
System Configuration
CS1W-PMV01
Control terminal
Control terminal
Four analog outputs (4 to 20 mA, 1 to 5 V)
Control terminal
Control terminal
Features
• Outputs in either 4 to 20 mA or 1 to 5 V (set separately for each of the four
outputs) the analog output values set in the allocated words of the CPU
Unit’s CIO Area.
• Answer input function.
Actual output signals of 4 to 20 mA or 1 to 5 V are checked by being read
again from the output circuit, and are stored in the allocated words in the
CIO Area. Mean value processing is also possible.
• Output disconnection detection function (current output only).
• Output high/low limit function.
• Rate-of-change limit function.
• Output hold function when CPU Unit errors occur.
When a CPU Unit fatal error (including FALS execution), or a CPU error in
the CPU Unit occurs, or all outputs are turned OFF with the Output OFF
Bit, this function can hold either a preset value or the analog output value
prior to the error.
• Zero/span adjustment capability during operation.
Model Information
Unit classification
Model number
CS-series Special I/O Unit CS1W-PMV01
Outputs
4 max.
Outputs
4 to 20 mA, 1 to 5 V (separate for each of four outputs)
239
Section 2-17
CS1W-PMV01 Isolated-type Analog Output Unit
Block Diagram (Order of Processing)
The processing for the four outputs is as shown in the following diagram.
CPU Unit CIO Area
Range: 0 to 4,000
Control output values
Range: 0 to 4,000
Disconnection alarm
Answer input values
I/O refresh
Analog Output Unit
Output when CPU Unit error occurs
(Previous value or specified preset value)
Rate-of-change limit
Zero/span adjustment
Disconnection when
−22% max.
High/low limits
Disconnection check
Zero/span adjustment
D/A conversion
A/D conversion, moving average
Control terminal
240
Control valves, inverter motor, etc.
Section 2-17
CS1W-PMV01 Isolated-type Analog Output Unit
Specifications
Item
Specifications
Model
CS1W-PMV01
Applicable PLC
Unit classification
CS Series
CS-series Special I/O Unit
Mounting position
CS-series CPU Rack or CS-series Expansion Rack (Cannot be mounted to C200H
Expansion I/O Rack or SYSMAC BUS Remote I/O Slave Rack.)
80 (within the allowable current consumption and power consumption range)
Maximum number of Units
Unit numbers
Areas for data
exchange with
CPU Unit
00 to 95 (Cannot duplicate Special I/O Unit numbers.)
Special I/O Unit 10 words/Unit
Area
CPU Unit to Analog Output Unit:
Analog output values for each output
Analog Output Unit to CPU Unit:
Answer input values for each output, output disconnection
DM Area words 100 words/Unit
allocated to
CPU Unit to Analog Output Unit:
Special I/O Units Output hold for when CPU Unit error occurs, high/low limit values, rate-of-change limit
values (positive and negative directions), number of values for answer input moving
average, zero/span adjustment for control outputs and answer inputs, etc.
Number of outputs
4
Output signal types
User-defined scaling in industrial
units
Data storage in the CIO Area
Either 4 to 20 mA or 1 to 5 V (separate for each of the four outputs).
Switched according to the connection terminals.
None
0 to 4,000 (0000 to 0FA0 hex), fixed
0: 4 mA or 1 V; 4,000: 20 mA or 5 V
The values derived from carrying out the following processing in order of the values in
the allocated words in the CIO Area are output in analog.
1) Output hold → 2) Rate-of-change limit → 3) Zero/span adjustment → 4) High/low
limits
Therefore, the values after processing are confirmed by analog inputs.
Accuracy (25°C)
When 4 to 20 mA: ±0.1% of full scale
When 1 to 5 V: ±0.2% of full scale
Temperature coefficient
Resolution
±0.015%/°C of full scale
1/4,000 of full scale
Output response time
D/A conversion period
0.2 s (travel time from output 0% to 100%, for step output)
100 ms/4 outputs
Maximum time to store data in
CPU Unit
Conversion period + one CPU Unit cycle
Output signal range
Allowable load resistance
Approx. –20 to 115%
When 4 to 20 mA: 404 Ω max. (when output range is –20 to 115%) or 458 Ω max.
(when output range is –20 to 100%) (Refer to note.)
When 1 to 5 V: 250 kΩ max.
When 1 to 5 V: 250 Ω (typical)
Output impedance
Voltage when open between terminals
Approx. 15 V
Answer input function
The actual analog output values (4 to 20 mA or 1 to 5 V) from the Unit’s output terminals can be read.
Data stored to allocated words of CIO Area:
0 to 4,000 (0000 to 0FA0 hex), fixed. (When 4 mA or 1 V: 0; when 20 mA or 5 V:
4,000)
Accuracy: ±0.2% of full scale
Resolution: 1/2000
Temperature coefficient: ±0.015%/°C
241
Section 2-17
CS1W-PMV01 Isolated-type Analog Output Unit
Item
Current output disconnection
detection function
Function
Rate-of-change
limit
Output high/low
limits
Output hold
Specifications
When the actual output of 4 to 20 mA from the Analog Output Unit’s output terminals
is 0.5 mA or less, it is regarded as an external output circuit current loop disconnection, and the Output Disconnection Flag turns ON.
This function can be used to control the speed of up and down changes in analog output values.
This function can be used to place high and low limits on analog output values.
This function holds the analog output value to the previous value or to a specified preset value when any of the following CPU Unit errors occurs, and outputs the analog
output value in the CIO Area when the error is cleared.
• CPU Unit fatal error (including FALS execution)
• CPU error in CPU Unit
• All outputs turned OFF with Output OFF Bit
Isolation
Between outputs and between output terminals and PLC signals: Isolation by transformer and photocoupler
Insulation resistance
Dielectric strength
20 MΩ (at 500 V DC) between outputs
Between outputs: 1,000 V AC, at 50/60 Hz, for 1 min, leakage current 10 mA max.
External connections
Unit number settings
Terminal block (detachable)
Set by rotary switches on front panel, from 0 to 95.
Indicators
Three LED indicators on front panel (for normal operation, errors detected at the Analog Output Unit, and errors related to the CPU Unit).
Output connector terminal block (detachable)
Front panel connector
Alarm time for CPU Unit cycle
time
0.3 ms
Current consumption
Dimensions
Weight
5 V DC at 150 mA max., 26 V DC at 160 mA max.
35 × 130 × 126 mm (W × H × D)
Note The height including the Backplane is 145 mm.
450 g max.
Standard accessories
None
Note The following diagram shows the relationship between the allowable load
resistance and the current output.
Current output
22.4 mA (115%)
20 mA (100%)
0.8 mA (−20%)
242
Allowable load resistance (Ω)
Section 2-17
CS1W-PMV01 Isolated-type Analog Output Unit
Output Values According to CPU Unit Status
Analog output values from the Analog Output Unit will be as shown in the following table, depending on the status of the CPU Unit.
CPU Unit status
Fatal error (including
FALS(007) execution)
CPU error
Analog output values from Unit
The output hold function holds the previous value or a
specified preset value.
All outputs turned OFF
with Output OFF Bit
Change of operation
mode from RUN or
Monitor to Program
(See note.)
When the CPU Unit’s I/O
The output value in the CIO
Memory Hold Flag (A50012) Area is cleared, and that
is OFF.
value (0000 hex) is output
refreshed.
When the CPU Unit’s I/O
The output value in the CIO
Memory Hold Flag (A50012) Area is held at the value
is ON.
prior to the operation mode
change, and that is output
refreshed.
Fatal error or CPU
standby after turning
ON the power supply
Special I/O Unit cyclic
refresh disabled
Either 0 mA or 0 V is output.
Outputs can be refreshed by means of IORF(097) in the
ladder diagram program.
Note Regardless of the CPU Unit’s operation mode (including Program Mode), the
analog output value in the allocated words of the CIO Area is always output
refreshed. As shown in the above table, however, when the operation mode is
changed to Program Mode, the analog output value in the CIO Area is either
cleared or held depending on the status of the CPU Unit’s I/O Memory Hold
Flag (A50012). In particular, be careful when this flag is ON, because the
value prior to the mode change will be held and that value will be output
refreshed.
DM Area Allocations
m = D20000 + unit number × 100 (unit number: 0 to 95)
Input
No. 1
Input
No. 2
Input
No. 3
Input
No. 4
m
Decimal
12345, 0
Hexadecimal
3039 hex
0000 hex
Default
(See note
1.)
0000 hex
Data contents
Default block read command
Specifies the direction of data transfer when
power is turned ON to the PLC or the Unit is
restarted for DM words m+2 to m+45.
• 12345 (3039 hex): The default data at the left
is transferred from the Analog Output Unit to
the CPU Unit. When the transfer is completed, the value will become 0000 hex.
• Other than 12345 (3039 hex) (such as 0000
hex): The data in the allocated words of DM
Area is transferred from the CPU Unit to the
Analog Output Unit.
Setting Group 1 (continuously refreshed area): Parameters that are continuously refreshed during PLC operation (regardless of the
CPU Unit’s operation mode)
Analog output zero/span adjustment
m+2
m+6
m + 10
m + 14
0 to 32000 0000 to 7D00 hex
10000
(2710 hex)
Gain for span adjustment
(set value x 0.0001)
m+3
m+7
m + 11
m + 15
–4000 to
4000
0
(0000 hex)
Zero adjustment value
(Set in units of analog output value resolution.)
F060 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 0FA0 hex
Analog input zero/span adjustment
m+4
m+8
m + 12
m + 16
0 to 32000 0000 to 7D00 hex
10000
(2710 hex)
Gain for span adjustment
(set value x 0.0001)
m+5
m+9
m + 13
m + 17
–4000 to
4000
0
(0000 hex)
Zero adjustment value
(Set in units of analog output value resolution.)
F060 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 0FA0 hex
243
Section 2-17
CS1W-PMV01 Isolated-type Analog Output Unit
Input
No. 1
Input
No. 2
Input
No. 3
Input
No. 4
Decimal
Hexadecimal
Default
(See note
1.)
Data contents
Setting Group 2 (initial settings area): Parameters that are transferred one time from the CPU Unit to the Analog Output Unit if m is
other than 12345 when the PLC is powered up or the Analog Output Unit is restarted.
Output hold function
m + 18
m + 25
m + 32
m + 39
0, 1
0000 to 0001 hex
1
(0001 hex)
Output hold value
0: Hold at previous value.
1: Hold at specified preset value (below).
m + 19
m + 26
m + 33
m + 40
–800 to
4600
FCE0 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 11F8 hex
–800
(FCE0 hex)
Preset output value for output hold function
m + 20
m + 27
m + 34
m + 41
–800 to
4600
FCE0 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 11F8 hex
4600
(11F8 hex)
High limit
m + 21
m + 28
m + 35
m + 42
–800 to
4600
FCE0 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 11F8 hex
–800
(FCE0 hex)
Low limit
m + 22
m + 29
m + 36
m + 43
0 to 32000 0000 to 7D00 hex
32000
(7D00 hex)
Positive rate-of-change limit (unit: 1 s)
m + 23
m + 30
m + 37
m + 44
0 to 32000 0000 to 7D00 hex
32000
(7D00 hex)
Negative rate-of-change limit (unit: 1 s)
m + 24
m + 31
m + 38
m + 45
1 to 16
0001 to 0010 hex
4
(0004 hex)
Number of values for answer input moving
average
m + 48
m + 49
0 to 45
0000 to 002D hex
0
(0000 hex)
Address of Data Range Error (See note 2.)
High/low limit function
Rate-of-change limit function
Answer input mean value processing
Storage parameter
m + 46
m + 47
Note
1. The default values are transferred from the Analog Output Unit to the CPU
Unit when m is 12345 (3039 hex).
2. The ERC indicator on the Unit’s front panel will light if an out-of-range setting is made in either Setting Group1 or 2. The offset from m of the first DM
word containing the out-of-range error will be stored as the Address of
Data Range Error in the DM Area in four digits hexadecimal. For more information, refer to 1-6 Error Processing.
CIO Area Allocations
n = 2000 + unit number × 10 (unit number: 0 to 95)
Direction
Wd
Bit
Name
Data range
CPU Unit to
n
Analog Output n + 1
Unit
00 to 15
00 to 15
Not used.
No. 1 analog output value
n+2
00 to 15
No. 2 analog output value
n+3
00 to 15
No. 3 analog output value
–800 to 4600
(FCE0 to 11F8 hex)
n+4
00 to 15
No. 4 analog output value
–800 to 4600
(FCE0 to 11F8 hex)
244
--–800 to 4600
(FCE0 to 11F8 hex)
–800 to 4600
(FCE0 to 11F8 hex)
Contents
--Set from 0 to 4,000 (0000
to 0FA0 hex).
This value is processed
as follows: Output hold →
rate-of-change limit →
zero/span adjustment →
high/low limit. Then an
analog signal is output as
either 4 to 20 mA or 1 to
5 V.
Section 2-17
CS1W-PMV01 Isolated-type Analog Output Unit
Direction
Wd
Analog Output n + 5
Unit to CPU
Unit
n+6
Bit
00 to 15
Name
No. 1 answer input value
Data range
–800 to 4600
(FCE0 to 11F8 hex)
00 to 15
No. 2 answer input value
–800 to 4600
(FCE0 to 11F8 hex)
n+7
00 to 15
No. 3 answer input value
–800 to 4600
(FCE0 to 11F8 hex)
n+8
00 to 15
No. 4 answer input value
n+9
00
No. 1 output disconnection
–800 to 4600
(FCE0 to 11F8 hex)
0, 1
01
02
No. 2 output disconnection
No. 3 output disconnection
0, 1
0, 1
03
No. 4 output disconnection
0, 1
Contents
The actual analog output
signal is input and stored
as a value from 0 to 4,000
(0000 to 0FA0 hex), for
either 4 to 20 mA or 1 to
5 V.
0: Normal
1: Disconnection
Terminal Block Diagram
Voltage Output
Current Output
CS1W-PMV01 Isolated-type Analog Output Unit
−
CS1W-PMV01 Isolated-type Analog Output Unit
Load
Load resistance
Load
Load resistance
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
Load
Load resistance
Load
Load resistance
Note In both of the above cases, short-circuit all unused inputs between [email protected] and
[email protected] (e.g., between terminals B1 and B2 for output No. 1) with the lead
wire.
245
Section 2-17
CS1W-PMV01 Isolated-type Analog Output Unit
Terminal Block Diagram
CS1W-PMV01 Analog Output Unit
Output multiplexer
Isolated output circuit
250 Ω
−
Output No. 1
Isolated input circuit
D/A converter
Isolated output circuit
250 Ω
−
Isolated input circuit
Output No. 2
To CPU Unit
Connector
A/D converter
Input multiplexer
Digital computation circuit
Isolated output circuit
250 Ω
−
Output No. 3
Isolated input circuit
5 V DC
Isolated output circuit
250 Ω
−
Isolated power supply circuit
Isolated input circuit
26 V DC
Output No. 4
1- to 5-V output
4- to 20-mA output
Short-circuit between terminals Vn− and COMn−.
(n: Input Nos. 1 to 4)
(n: Input Nos. 1 to 4)
Voltage input
Current input
−
−
Short-circuit wiring
Error Processing
Outputs Do Not Change.
Probable cause
Remedy
The span adjustment value in the Set the span adjustment to the Unit’s default value.
output zero/span adjustment is
set to 0.
The high/low limit is operating.
The output data is set out of
range.
All outputs have been turned
OFF with the Output OFF Bit.
246
Set the high/low limit to the Unit’s default value.
Correct the data so that it falls within the range.
Turn OFF the Output OFF Bit.
Section 2-18
CS1W-PMV02 Isolated-type Analog Output Unit
Outputs are Not Converted as Intended.
Probable cause
The span adjustment value in the
output zero/span adjustment is
set to 0.
An output device’s I/O specifications do not conform.
The rate-of-change limit is too
low, and the change is too slow.
Remedy
Set the span adjustment to the Unit’s default value.
Check the load impedance.
Change the remote device.
Correct the rate-of-change limit setting.
Outputs are Unstable.
Probable cause
Remedy
Output signals are being affected Change the connection paths of the output signal lines. (Separate them from sources
by external noise.
of noise or use shielded cable.)
Answer Input Data Does Not Change.
Probable cause
The gain for span adjustment is
set to 0.
An output device is malfunctioning, output wiring is faulty, or wiring is disconnected.
Remedy
Set the gain for span adjustment to a value other than 0.
Check whether the output voltage or current has changed. Check for faulty or disconnected wiring. Check whether a disconnection has been detected in the I/O Area.
Values are Not Converted as Intended.
Probable cause
The zero/span adjustment, high/
low limit, or rate-of-change value
is incorrect.
An output device’s I/O specifications do not conform.
Remedy
Check and correct the settings.
Check the load impedance.
Change the remote device.
Converted Values are Unstable.
Probable cause
Remedy
Output signals are being affected Change the connection paths of the output signal lines. (Separate them from sources
by external noise.
of noise or use shielded cable.)
Increase the number of values for calculating the moving average in mean value processing.
2-18 CS1W-PMV02 Isolated-type Analog Output Unit
Overview
Each cycle, the CS1W-PMV02 Isolated-type Analog Output Unit converts up
to four analog output set values from the CPU Unit to analog voltage signals
and outputs them.
CS1W-PMV02
247
Section 2-18
CS1W-PMV02 Isolated-type Analog Output Unit
System Configuration
CS1W-PMV02
Control terminal
Control terminal
Control terminal
Four analog outputs
(0 to 10 V, ±10 V, 0 to 5 V,
±5 V, 0 to 1 V, ±1 V)
Control terminal
Features
• Outputs the analog output values set in the allocated words of the CPU
Unit’s CIO Area. (Supported output ranges: −10 to 10 V, 0 to 10 V, −5 to
5 V, 0 to 5 V, −1 to 1 V, 0 to 1 V.)
• Output high/low limit function.
• Rate-of-change limit function.
• Output hold function when CPU Unit errors occur.
When a CPU Unit fatal error (including FALS execution), or a CPU error in
the CPU Unit occurs, or all outputs are turned OFF with the Output OFF
Bit, this function can hold either a preset value or the analog output value
prior to the error.
• Zero/span adjustment capability during operation.
Model Information
Unit classification
Model number
Outputs
CS-series Special I/O Unit CS1W-PMV02
4 max.
248
Outputs
−10 to 10 V, 0 to 10 V, −5 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, −1 to 1 V, 0 to 1 V
Section 2-18
CS1W-PMV02 Isolated-type Analog Output Unit
Block Diagram (Order of Processing)
The processing for the four outputs is as shown in the following diagram.
CPU Unit CIO Area
Control output values
Analog Output Unit
I/O refresh
Output when CPU Unit error occurs
(Previous value or specified preset
value)
Rate-of-change limit
Zero/span adjustment
High/low limits
D/A conversion
Control terminal
Control valves, inverter motor, etc.
249
Section 2-18
CS1W-PMV02 Isolated-type Analog Output Unit
Specifications
Item
Specifications
Model
CS1W-PMV02
Applicable PLC
Unit classification
CS Series
CS-series Special I/O Unit
Mounting position
CS-series CPU Rack or CS-series Expansion Rack (Cannot be mounted to C200H
Expansion I/O Rack or SYSMAC BUS Remote I/O Slave Rack.)
80 (within the allowable current consumption and power consumption range)
Maximum number of Units
Unit numbers
Areas for data
exchange with
CPU Unit
00 to 95 (Cannot duplicate Special I/O Unit numbers.)
Special I/O Unit 10 words/Unit
Area
CPU Unit to Analog Output Unit:
Analog output values for each output
Analog Output Unit to CPU Unit:
None
DM Area words 100 words/Unit
allocated to
CPU Unit to Analog Output Unit:
Special I/O Units Output hold for when CPU Unit error occurs, high/low limit values, rate-of-change limit
values, zero/span adjustment for control outputs, etc.
Number of outputs
Output signal types
Data storage in the CIO Area
4
0 to 10 V, 0 to 5 V, 0 to 1 V, −10 to 10 V, −5 to 5 V, −1 to 1 V
(Each output point can be set individually.)
Scaling is possible for each of the above signal types individually.
(The data corresponding to the minimum and maximum output values can be set
freely.)
±32,000 (8300 to FFFF hex, 0000 to 7D00 hex)
Accuracy (25°C)
Temperature coefficient
±0.1% of full scale
±0.015%/°C of full scale
Resolution
Output response time
−10 to 10 V, −1 to 1 V:
1/16,000 of full scale
0 to 10 V, 0 to 1 V, −5 to 5 V: 1/8,000 of full scale
0 to 5 V:
1/4,000 of full scale
50 ms max. (travel time from output 0% to 90%, for step output)
D/A conversion period
Maximum output delay time
40 ms/4 outputs
Output response time + conversion period + one CPU Unit cycle
Output signal range
Allowable load resistance
–15 to 115% (–7.5 to 107.5% for ±10-V and ±1-V ranges)
10 kΩ min.
Output impedance
Voltage when open between terminals
0.5 Ω max.
---
Answer input function
Current output disconnection
detection function
Function
Rate-of-change
limit
Output high/low
limits
None
None
User-defined scaling in industrial
units
Output hold
This function can be used to control the speed of up and down changes in analog output values.
This function can be used to place high and low limits on analog output values.
This function holds the analog output value to the previous value or to a specified preset value when any of the following CPU Unit errors occurs. Normal operation is
restored when the CPU Unit error is cleared.
• CPU Unit fatal error (including FALS execution)
• CPU error in CPU Unit
• CPU Unit’s load interrupted
Isolation
Between outputs and between output terminals and PLC signals: Isolation by transformer and photocoupler
Insulation resistance
Dielectric strength
20 MΩ (at 500 V DC) between outputs
Between outputs: 1,000 V AC, at 50/60 Hz, for 1 min, leakage current 10 mA max.
250
Section 2-18
CS1W-PMV02 Isolated-type Analog Output Unit
Item
External connections
Specifications
Terminal block (detachable)
Unit number settings
Indicators
Set by rotary switches on front panel, from 0 to 95.
Three LED indicators on front panel (for normal operation, errors detected at the Analog Output Unit, and errors related to the CPU Unit).
Front panel connector
Alarm time for CPU Unit cycle
time
Current consumption
Output connector terminal block (detachable)
0.3 ms
Dimensions
35 × 130 × 126 mm (W × H × D)
5 V DC at 120 mA max., 26 V DC at 120 mA max.
Note The height including the Backplane is 145 mm.
Weight
Standard accessories
450 g max.
None
Output Values According to CPU Unit Status
Analog output values from the Analog Output Unit will be as shown in the following table, depending on the status of the CPU Unit.
CPU Unit status
Fatal error (including
FALS(007) execution)
Analog output values from Unit
The output hold function holds the previous value or a
specified preset value.
CPU error
All outputs turned OFF
with Output OFF Bit
Change of operation
mode from RUN or
Monitor to Program
(See note.)
Fatal error or CPU
standby after turning
ON the power supply
Special I/O Unit cyclic
refresh disabled
When the CPU Unit’s I/O
The output value in the CIO
Memory Hold Flag (A50012) Area is cleared, and that
is OFF.
value (0000 hex) is output
refreshed.
When the CPU Unit’s I/O
The output value in the CIO
Memory Hold Flag (A50012) Area is held at the value
is ON.
prior to the operation mode
change, and that is output
refreshed.
0 V is output.
Outputs can be refreshed by means of IORF(097) in the
ladder diagram program.
Note Regardless of the CPU Unit’s operation mode (including Program Mode), the
analog output value in the allocated words of the CIO Area is always output
refreshed. As shown in the above table, however, when the operation mode is
changed to Program Mode, the analog output value in the CIO Area is either
cleared or held depending on the status of the I/O Memory Hold Flag
(A50012). In particular, be careful when this flag is ON, because the value
prior to the mode change will be held and that value will be output refreshed.
251
Section 2-18
CS1W-PMV02 Isolated-type Analog Output Unit
DM Area Allocations
m = D20000 + unit number × 100 (unit number: 0 to 95)
Input
No. 1
Input
No. 2
Input
No. 3
Input
No. 4
m
Decimal
12345, 0
Hexadecimal
3039 hex
0000 hex
Default
(See note
1.)
0000 hex
Data contents
Default block read command
Specifies the direction of data transfer when
power is turned ON to the PLC or the Unit is
restarted for DM words m+2 to m+61.
• 12345 (3039 hex): The default data at the left
is transferred from the Analog Output Unit to
the CPU Unit. When the transfer is completed, the value will become 0000 hex.
• Other than 12345 (such as 0000 hex): The
data in the allocated words of DM Area is
transferred from the CPU Unit to the Analog
Output Unit.
Setting Group 1 (continuously refreshed area): Parameters that are continuously refreshed during PLC operation (regardless of the
CPU Unit’s operation mode)
Analog output zero/span adjustment
m+2
m+6
m + 10
m + 14
1 to 32000 0001 to 7D00 hex
10000
(2710 hex)
Gain for span adjustment
(set value x 0.0001)
m+3
m+7
m + 11
m + 15
–16000 to
16000
0
(0000 hex)
Zero adjustment value
(Set in units of analog output value resolution.)
C180 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 3E80 hex
Setting Group 2 (initial settings area): Parameters that are transferred one time from the CPU Unit to the Analog Output Unit if m is
other than 12345 when the PLC is powered up or the Analog Output Unit is restarted.
Output hold function
m + 18
m + 25
m + 32
m + 39
0, 1
0000 to 0001 hex
1
(0001 hex)
Output hold value
0: Hold at previous value.
1: Hold at specified preset value (below).
m + 19
m + 26
m + 33
m + 40
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
–600
(FDA8 hex)
Preset output value for output hold function
High/low limit function
m + 20
m + 27
m + 34
m + 41
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
4600
(11F8 hex)
High limit
m + 21
m + 28
m + 35
m + 42
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
–600
(FDA8 hex)
Low limit
m + 22
m + 29
m + 36
m + 43
0 to 32000 0000 to 7D00 hex
32000
(7D00 hex)
Positive rate-of-change limit (unit: 1 s)
m + 23
m + 30
m + 37
m + 44
0 to 32000 0000 to 7D00 hex
32000
(7D00 hex)
Negative rate-of-change limit (unit: 1 s)
m + 48
m + 49
0 to 61
0
(0000 hex)
Address display for data range error
Rate-of-change limit function
Display Parameter
m + 46
m + 47
0000 to 003D
Expansion Settings (initial settings area): Parameters that are transferred one time from the CPU Unit to the Analog Output Unit if m
is other than 12345 when the PLC is powered up or the Analog Output Unit is restarted.
Output signal type
m + 50
m + 53
m + 56
m + 59
0, 1, 2, 3,
8, 9
0000 hex
0001 hex
0002 hex
0003 hex
0008 hex
0009 hex
1
(0001 hex)
m + 51
m + 54
m + 57
m + 60
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
4000
(0000 hex)
Setting data that corresponds to maximum output value (span)
m + 52
m + 55
m + 58
m + 61
–32000 to
32000
8300 to FFFF hex,
0000 to 7D00 hex
0
(0000 hex)
Setting data that corresponds to minimum output value (zero)
0: –10 to 10 V
1: 0 to 10 V
2: –5 to 5 V
3: 0 to 5 V
8: –1 to 1 V
9: 0 to 1 V
Output data scaling
252
Section 2-18
CS1W-PMV02 Isolated-type Analog Output Unit
CIO Area Allocations
n = 2000 + unit number × 10 (unit number: 0 to 95)
Direction
Wd
CPU Unit to
n
Analog Output n + 1
Unit
Bit
00 to 15
Name
Data range
Contents
Not used.
---
---
00 to 15
No. 1 analog output value
–32000 to 32000
(8300 to FFFF hex, 0000
to 7D00 hex)
n+2
00 to 15
No. 2 analog output value
–32000 to 32000
(8300 to FFFF hex, 0000
to 7D00 hex)
n+3
00 to 15
No. 3 analog output value
n+4
00 to 15
No. 4 analog output value
Analog Output n + 5
Unit to CPU
n+6
Unit
n+7
00 to 15
Not used.
–32000 to 32000
(8300 to FFFF hex, 0000
to 7D00 hex)
–32000 to 32000
(8300 to FFFF hex, 0000
to 7D00 hex)
---
Set from –32000 to 32000
(8300 to FFFF hex, 0000
to 7D00 hex).
This value is processed
as follows: Output hold →
rate-of-change limit →
zero/span adjustment →
high/low limit. Then an
analog signal is output.
n+8
n+9
00 to 15
00 to 15
---
00 to 15
00 to 15
Terminal Connection Diagram
CS1W-PMV02
Isolated-type Analog Output Unit
+
+
Load
−
V1L
B1
COM1
B2
V2L
B3
COM2
B4
V3L
B5
COM3
B6
V4L
B7
COM4
B8
N.C.
B9
N.C.
B10
A1
V1H
A2
COM1
A3
V2H
A4
COM2
A5
V3H
A6
COM3
A7
V4H
A8
COM4
A9
N.C.
A10
N.C.
A11
N.C.
Load
−
B terminals: 0 to 1 V, ±1 V; A terminals: 0 to 10 V, 0 to 5 V, ±10 V, ±5 V
Note
1. Although signals 1/10 of the size of the A-row terminal output signals are
output to the B terminals, simultaneous use of A (L) and B (H) terminals of
the same number is prohibited.
2. Do not connect [email protected]@ and [email protected]@ for all unused output numbers.
253
Section 2-18
CS1W-PMV02 Isolated-type Analog Output Unit
Terminal Block Diagram
Isolated power
supply circuit
Amplifier
circuit
A1 V1H
Amplifier
circuit
B1 V1L
Amplifier
circuit
A3 V2H
Amplifier
circuit
B3 V2L
Amplifier
circuit
A5 V3H
Amplifier
circuit
B5 V3L
Amplifier
circuit
A7 V4H
Amplifier
circuit
B7 V4L
A2 COM1
Output No. 1
Photocoupler
D/A converter
Isolated power
supply circuit
B2 COM1
A4 COM2
Output No. 2
Photocoupler
D/A converter
Isolated power
supply circuit
B4 COM2
A6 COM3
Output No. 3
Photocoupler
26 V DC
5 V DC
D/A converter
Isolated power
supply circuit
B6 COM3
A8 COM4
Connector
Output No. 4
Photocoupler
D/A converter
Digital
computation
circuit
B8 COM4
Error Processing
Outputs Do Not Change.
Probable cause
The span adjustment value in the output zero/
span adjustment is set to 0.
The high/low limit is operating.
Remedy
Set the span adjustment to the Unit’s default value.
Set the high/low limit to the Unit’s default value.
The output data is set out of range.
Correct the data so that it falls within the range.
All outputs have been turned OFF with the Out- Turn OFF the Output OFF Bit.
put OFF Bit.
Outputs are Not Converted as Intended.
Probable cause
The zero/span adjustment or high/low limit
value is incorrect.
Remedy
Check and correct the settings.
An output device’s I/O specifications do not
conform.
Check the load impedance.
Change the remote device.
The rate-of-change limit is too low, and the
change is too slow.
Correct the rate-of-change limit setting.
Outputs are Unstable.
Probable cause
Output signals are being affected by external
noise.
254
Remedy
Change the connection paths of the output signal lines. (Separate them
from sources of noise or use shielded cable.)
SECTION 3
Individual Unit Descriptions for CJ Series
This section describes each of the CJ-series Analog I/O Units in detail.
3-1
CJ1W-PTS51 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
256
3-2
CJ1W-PTS52 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
267
255
Section 3-1
CJ1W-PTS51 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
3-1
CJ1W-PTS51 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Overview
The CJ1W-PTS51 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit provides four direct
thermocouple inputs, and sends the data to the CPU Unit each cycle. All
inputs are isolated.
CJ1W-PTS51
51
PTS RUCN
4
ALM
3 2 1 -
ERH
ER
H
MAC
No. 1
X10
X10
0
System Configuration
CJ1W-PTS51
4 thermocouple
inputs (K, J, L, R, S,
T, B )
Features
• Up to four Thermocouples can be connected for each Unit. (The temperature sensor and input range settings are the same for all four inputs.)
• There is isolation between channels, so unwanted circuit paths between
thermocouple inputs can be prevented.
• A variety of temperature specifications are supported. Any of the following
can be selected for thermocouple input: K, J, L, R, S, T, B (Decimal points
can be selected for K, J, and L.)
• Temperature sensor values are transmitted to the CPU Unit in four digits
hexadecimal. (Binary or BCD can be selected for the data output format.)
• Process value alarm (with two internal alarms in memory and one external alarm output for each input)
• Alarm ON-delay timer and hysteresis for process value
• Zero/span adjustment capability during operation
• Sensor error detection
• Maximum or minimum process value can be specified for when a sensor
error is detected.
256
Section 3-1
CJ1W-PTS51 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Model Information
Unit
Model number
classification
CJ-series Spe- CJ1W-PTS51
cial I/O Unit
Inputs
4
Temperature sensor types
K, J, L, R, S, T, B
(The same sensor type is
used for all four inputs.)
Block Diagram (Order of Processing)
The processing for the inputs is as shown in the following diagram.
CPU Unit
CPU Unit Expansion Area Allocations
H, L
Process value
Process value alarm
External alarm outputs
Sensor error
Cold junction sensor error
I/O refresh
Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Process value alarm
Output limit
Zero/span adjustment
Input calculations
Cold junction temperature
compensation
Thermocouple type
Input range
Cold junction temperature compensation
A/D conversion
Cold junction sensor
Thermocouple
257
Section 3-1
CJ1W-PTS51 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Specifications
Item
Specifications
Model
CJ1W-PTS51
Applicable PLC
Unit classification
CJ Series
CJ-series Special I/O Unit
Mounting position
Maximum number of Units
CJ-series CPU Rack or CJ-series Expansion Rack
40 (within the allowable current consumption and power consumption range)
Unit numbers
Areas for data
exchange with
CPU Unit
00 to 95 (Cannot duplicate Special I/O Unit numbers.)
10 words/Unit
Resistance Thermometer Input Unit to CPU Unit:
All process values, process value alarms (L, H), conversion data enabled flag, sensor
errors, cold junction sensor errors
Special I/O Unit
Area
DM Area words 100 words/Unit
allocated to
CPU Unit to Resistance Thermometer:
Special I/O Units Temperature sensor type, input range (same for all I/O), process value alarm setting
(L, H), zero/span adjustment value.
Number of temperature sensor
4
inputs
Temperature sensor types
Data storage in the CIO Area
Accuracy (25°C) (See note.)
Selectable from K, J, L, R, S, T, B. (Same setting for all inputs.)
The actual process data in the input range is stored in four digits hexadecimal (binary
or BCD values) in the allocated words in the CIO Area.
With celsius selected: ±0.3% of PV or ±1°C, whichever is greater, ±1 digit max.
With fahrenheit selected: ±0.3% of PV or ±2°F, whichever is greater, ±1 digit max.
However, the accuracy of K and T at −100°C or lower and L is ±2°C ±1 digit max.
The accuracy of R and S at 200°C or lower is ±3°C ±1 digit max.
The accuracy of B at 400°C or lower is not specified.
PV: Process value data
Temperature characteristics
Conversion period
Refer to Temperature Characteristics According to Thermocouple Type on page 260.
250 ms/4 inputs.
Maximum time to store data in
CPU Unit
Sensor error detection
Conversion period + one CPU Unit cycle
Function
Process value
alarm
Process value 2-point alarm (HH, H, LL, L), alarm hysteresis, and ON-delay timer (0 to
60 s) are available. External alarm outputs: One per input (H or L).
External alarm
outputs
NPN outputs (with short-circuit protection)
External power supply voltage: 20.4 to 26.4 V DC
Max. switching capacity: 100 mA (for one output)
Leakage current: 0.3 mA max.
Residual voltage: 3 V max.
Detects sensor error at each input and turns ON the Sensor error Flag.
Hardware detection time: Approx. 0.5 s max.
The process value overrange direction for when a sensor error occurs can be specified. (High: +20 digit of set input range; low: –20 digit of set input range)
Isolation
Between inputs and PLC signal: Transformer for power supply and photocoupler for
signals
Between each input: Transformer for power supply and photocoupler for signals.
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ max. (at 500 V DC).
Between all output and NC terminals and external AC terminals (Power Supply Unit)
Between all input terminals and external AC terminals (Power Supply Unit)
Between all input terminals and all output terminals
Between all external DC terminals (input, output, and NC terminals) and FG plate
Between all input and output terminals and all NC terminals
258
Section 3-1
CJ1W-PTS51 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Item
Dielectric strength
Specifications
Between all output and NC terminals and external AC terminals (Power Supply Unit)
2,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz 1 min., detection current: 1 mA
Between all input terminals and external AC terminals (Power Supply Unit)
Between all input terminals and all output terminals
Between all external DC terminals (input, output, and NC terminals) and FG plate
1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz 1 min., detection current 1: mA
Terminal block (detachable)
External connections
Unit number settings
Indicators
Set by rotary switches on front panel, from 0 to 95.
Seven LED indicators on front panel (for normal operation, errors detected at the
Resistance Thermometer Input Unit, errors related to the CPU Unit, and four indicators for external alarm outputs.)
0.4 ms
Alarm time for CPU Unit cycle
time
Current consumption (supplied
from Power Supply Unit)
Dimensions
31 × 90 × 65 mm (W × H × D)
Weight
150 g max.
5 V DC at 250 mA max.
Sensor Type and Input Range
The Temperature Sensor type and input range are set in the allocated words
in the DM Area for every four inputs.
The measurable data range is ±20 digits wider than the sensor input range.
Setting
0
1
°C
Input
16-bit binary
K: −200 to
FF38 to FFFF to
1300°C
0514
(−300 to 2300°F) (−200 to −1 to
1300)
K: 0.0 to 500°C 0000 to 1388
(0.0 to 900.0°F) (0.0 to 500.0)
°F
BCD
[email protected]@@
Leftmost bit
indicates
indicates
minus sign. minus sign.
16-bit binary
BCD
[email protected]@@
Leftmost bit
indicates
indicates
minus sign. minus sign.
F200 to 1300 8200 to 1300 FED4 to FFFF to
(−200 to
(−200 to
08FC
1300)
1300)
(−300 to −1 to
2300)
0000 to 5000 0000 to 5000 0000 to 2328
(0.0 to 500.0) (0.0 to 500.0) (0.0 to 900.0)
F300 to 2300 F300 to 2300
(−300 to
(−300 to
2300)
2300)
0000 to 9000 0000 to 7999
(0.0 to 900.0) (See note 3.)
(0.0 to 799.9)
F100 to 1500 8100 to 1500
(−100 to
(−100 to
1500)
1500)
2
J: −100 to 850°C FF9C to FFFF to F100 to 0850 8100 to 0850 FF9C to FFFF to
(−100 to 1500°F) 0352
(−100 to 850) (−100 to 850) 05DC
(−100 to −1 to 850)
(−100 to −1 to
1500)
3
J: 0.0 to 400.0°C 0000 to 0FA0
(0.0 to 750.0°F) (0.0 to 400.0)
0000 to 4000 0000 to 4000 0000 to 1D4C
(0.0 to 400.0) (0.0 to 400.0) (0.0 to 750.0)
0000 to 7500 0000 to 7500
(0.0 to 750.0) (0.0 to 750.0)
4
T: −200 to 400°C F830 to FFFF to
(−300 to
0FA0
700.0°F)
(−200.0 to −0.1 to
400.0)
L: −100 to 850°C FF9C to FFFF to
(−100 to 1500°F) 0352
(−100 to −1 to 850)
F999 to 4000
(See note 3.)
(−99.9 to
400.0)
F100 to 0850
(−100 to 850)
F999 to 7000
(See note 3.)
(−99.9 to
700.0)
F100 to 1500
(−100 to
1500)
6
L: 0.0 to 400.0°C 0000 to 0FA0
(0.0 to 750.0°F) (0.0 to 400.0)
0000 to 4000 0000 to 4000 0000 to 1D4C
(0.0 to 400.0) (0.0 to 400.0) (0.0 to 750.0)
0000 to 7500 0000 to 7500
(0.0 to 750.0) (0.0 to 750.0)
7
R: 0 to 1700°C
(0 to 3000°F)
0000 to 1700 0000 to 1700 0000 to 0BB8
(0 to 1700)
(0 to 1700) (0 to 3000)
0000 to 3000 0000 to 3000
(0 to 3000)
(0 to 3000)
5
0000 to 06A4
(0 to 1700)
A000 to 4000 F448 to FFFF to
(−200.0 to
1B58
400.0)
(−300.0 to −0.1 to
700.0)
8100 to 0850 FF9C to FFFF to
(−100 to 850) 05DC
(−100 to −1 to
1500)
B000 to 7000
(−300.0 to
700.0)
8100 to 1500
(−100 to
1500)
259
Section 3-1
CJ1W-PTS51 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Setting
°C
Input
16-bit binary
°F
BCD
16-bit binary
[email protected]@@
Leftmost bit
indicates
indicates
minus sign. minus sign.
BCD
[email protected]@@
Leftmost bit
indicates
indicates
minus sign. minus sign.
8
S: 0 to 1700°C
(0 to 3000°F)
0000 to 06A4
(0 to 1700)
0000 to 1700 0000 to 1700 0000 to 0BB8
(0 to 1700)
(0 to 1700) (0 to 3000)
0000 to 3000 0000 to 3000
(0 to 3000)
(0 to 3000)
9
B: 400 to 1800°C 0190 to 0708
(See note 2.)
(400 to 1800)
(750 to 3200°F)
0400 to 1800 0400 to 1800 02EE to 0C80
(400 to 1800) (400 to 1800) (750 to 3200)
0750 to 3200 0750 to 3200
(750 to 3200) (750 to 3200)
Note
1. If the indication range is exceeded, a sensor error will occur and the sensor
error bit will turn ON. The process value will be clamped at the lower or upper limit of the indication range, depending on the setting for data direction
at sensor error.
2. The lower limit for B thermocouples is 0°C/°F.
3. The indicator range for BCD display will be clamped at the lower (or upper)
limit in the region between the lower (or upper) limit of the setting range
and the point where a sensor error occurs.
For 0.1°C/0.1°F indication with minus sign indicated by leftmost 4 bits (bits
12 to 15): Lower limit = −99.9, Upper limit = 999.9.
For 0.1°C/0.1°F indication with minus sign indicated by leftmost bit (bit 15):
Lower limit = −799.9, Upper limit = 799.9.
Temperature Characteristics According to Thermocouple Type
Thermocouple
Temperature range
Set value error when ambient
temperature changes by 1°C
0 to 200 °C
200 to 1,000°C
±0.43°C
±0.29°C
1,000 to 1,700°C
±285 ppm of PV
0 to 200 °C
200 to 1,000°C
±0.43°C
±0.29°C
1,000 to 1,700°C
400°C or less
285 ppm of PV
Not specified.
400 to 800°C
800 to 1,000°C
±0.43°C
±0.29°C
1,000 to 1,800°C
−200 to −100°C
285 ppm of PV
±0.29°C
−100 to 400°C
400 to 1,300°C
±0.11°C
±285 ppm of PV
J
−100 to 400°C
400 to 850°C
±0.11°C
±285 ppm of PV
T
−200 to −100°C
−100 to 400°C
±0.29°C
±0.11°C
L
−100 to 400°C
400 to 850°C
±0.11°C
±285 ppm of PV
R
S
B
K
The measured temperature error is calculated as shown in the following
example.
Item
Ambient temperature
Details
30°C
Thermocouple type
K
Measured temperature (PV) 500°C
260
Section 3-1
CJ1W-PTS51 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Item
Reference accuracy (25°C)
Details
±0.3°C of PV or ±1°C, whichever is greater, ±1 digit.
In this example, ±1.5°C.
Temperature characteristics 400 to 1,300°C: 285 ppm of PV.
In this example, 285 ppm × 500°C = 0.143°C.
Change in ambient temper- 5°C (25 to 30°C).
ature
Overall accuracy =
Reference accuracy + Temperature characteristic x Change in ambient temperature = ±1.5°C + ±0.143°C × 5 = Approx. ±2.2°C ± 1 digit.
DM Area Allocations
First word: m = D20000 + unit number × 100 (unit number: 0 to 95)
DM Area address
Data range
Input No. Input No. Input No. Input No.
1
2
3
4
m+0
Decimal
Default
Data contents
Hexadecimal
12345, 0
3039 hex
0000 hex
0000 hex
Default block read command
Specifies the direction of data transfer when
power is turned ON to the PLC or the Unit is
restarted for DM words m+1 (first word) to
m+31.
• 12345 (3039 hex): The default data at the
left is transferred from the Resistance
Thermometer Input Unit to the CPU Unit.
When the transfer is completed, the value
will become 0000 hex.
• Other than 12345 (3039 hex) (such as
0000 hex): The data in the allocated
words of DM Area is transferred from the
CPU Unit to the Resistance Thermometer
Input Unit.
0 to 34
0000 to 0022
hex
0
(0000 hex)
Address of Data Range Error (See note1.)
Display parameter
m+1
Setting Group 1 (continuously refreshed area): Parameters that are continuously refreshed during PLC operation (regardless of the
CPU Unit’s operation mode)
Process value alarm settings
m+2
m+6
m + 10
m + 14
Low to high limit for sensors
1300
(0514 hex)
Process value H (high limit) alarm setting
m+3
m+7
m + 11
m + 15
−200
(FF38 hex)
Process value L (low limit) alarm setting
m+4
m+8
m + 12
m + 16
0 to 9999
0000 to270F
hex
1000
(03EB hex)
Set value × 0.001
m+5
m+9
m + 13
m + 17
–9999 to
9999
D8F1 to 270F 0
hex,
(0000 hex)
Span adjustment value
Zero adjustment value
Set value × 0.1
Setting Group 2 (initial settings area): Parameters that are transferred one time from the CPU Unit to the Input Unit if the DM Area first
word is other than 12345 when the PLC is powered up or the Input Unit is restarted.
Operation settings (See note 2.)
m + 18
(See note 2.) 0
(0000 hex)
00 to 03: Temperature unit (°C or °F)
0 to 9
0000 to 0009
hex
0
(0000 hex)
0: K, 1: K (with decimal point), 2: J, 3: J (with
decimal point), 4: T, 5: L, 6: L (with decimal
point), 7: R, 8: S, 9: B
0, 1
0000, 0001
hex
0
(0000 hex)
Select either high limit or low limit alarm output.
0: High limit alarm; 1: Low limit alarm
(See note 2.)
04 to 07: Data display (binary or BCD)
08 to 11: Minus sign display format for BCD
display
12 to 15: Data direction at sensor error
Sensor type
m + 19
External alarm output mode
m + 20
m + 23
m + 26
m + 29
261
Section 3-1
CJ1W-PTS51 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
DM Area address
Data range
Input No. Input No. Input No. Input No.
1
2
3
4
Decimal
Default
Data contents
Hexadecimal
Alarm hysteresis
m + 21
m + 24
m + 27
m + 30
0 to 9999
0000 to 270F
hex
0
(0000 hex)
m + 22
m + 25
m + 28
m + 31
0 to 60
0000 to 003C 0
hex
(0000 hex)
set value × 0.1
Alarm ON-delay time
Note
Unit: s
1. The ERC indicator on the Unit's front panel will light if an out-of-range setting is made in either Setting Group1 (continuously refreshed area) or 2
(initial settings area). The offset from m of the first DM word containing the
out-of-range error will be stored as the Address of Data Range Error in the
DM Area in four digits hexadecimal.
2. The operation settings are shown in the following table.
Word
m+18
00
Bits
Description
Temperature unit setting
Settings
04
Data format
08
Minus sign display format for BCD display 0: “F” used to indicate the minus sign.
1: Leftmost bit used to indicate the minus sign.
The setting is disabled if bits 04 to 07 are set to 0.
12
Data direction at sensor error
0: °C
1: °F
0: Binary (Negatives are given as 2’s complements).
1: BCD
0: Goes to upper limit at sensor error
1: Goes to lower limit at sensor error
Example: For a temperature in degrees celcius (°C), a binary data format, and
a data direction at sensor error of “lower limit,” m+18 = 1000.
262
Section 3-1
CJ1W-PTS51 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
CIO Area Allocations
First word: n = 2000 + unit number × 10 (unit number: 0 to 95)
Direction
Thermocouple
Input Unit to
CPU Unit
Word
n
Bit
00
Name
Data range
Input No. 1 Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
Contents
0: Process value > Set value
1: Process value ≤ Set value
Process value 0, 1
H (high limit)
alarm
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
0: Process value < Set value
1: Process value ≥ Set value
01
02
Input No. 2
03
04
Input No. 3
05
06
Input No. 4
07
Same as for input No. 1.
Process value 0, 1
H (high limit)
alarm
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
Process value 0, 1
H (high limit)
alarm
Process value L 0, 1
(low limit) alarm
Process value
H (high limit)
alarm
0, 1
Process value
Depends on type of
input.
Stores data in the data
range specified for each
input type ±20 digits.
Sensor error
0, 1
0, 1
0: Normal
1: Error
08 to 15 Not used.
Thermocouple
Input Unit to
CPU Unit
n+1
n+2
00 to 15 Input No. 1
00 to 15 Input No. 2
n+3
n+4
00 to 15 Input No. 3
00 to 15 Input No. 4
n+5
n+6
00 to 15 Not used.
00 to 15
n+7
n+8
00 to 15
00 to 15
n+9
00
01
Input No. 1
Input No. 2
02
03
Input No. 3
Input No. 4
04
05
Not used.
0, 1
0, 1
06
07
08
Cold junction sensor error
0, 1
09 to 14 Not used.
15
Conversion data enabled flag 0, 1
(See note.)
0: Normal
1: Error
0: Data disabled
1: Data enabled
Note The Conversion Data Enabled Flag remains OFF after the power is turned ON
or the Unit is restarted until the AD conversion data becomes stable (approximately 2 to 4 s), then is ON during operation.
263
Section 3-1
CJ1W-PTS51 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Terminal Connection Diagram
No. 2
thermocouple input
2−
B1
2+
B2
CJ
B3
CJ
B4
4−
B5
4+
B6
L
ALM2
B7
L
ALM4
B8
0V
B9
Cold junction sensors
No. 4
thermocouple input
External alarm outputs
A1
1−
A2
1+
A3
N.C.
A4
N.C.
A5
3−
A6
3+
A7
ALM1
L
A8
ALM3
L
A9
24V
No. 1
thermocouple input
No. 3
thermocouple input
External alarm outputs
Note Action for Unused Input Terminals
• Short-circuit the positive (+) and negative (−) sides of the thermocouple
input section using a lead wire. For example, short terminals A3 and A2
for No. 1 thermocouple input.
• Cold junction sensors are mounted before shipment. If one of the cold
junction sensors is disconnected, cold junction compensation will stop
and correct measurement of temperatures cannot be made. Always make
sure the cold junction sensors are connected when using the Units.
• Cold junction sensors are calibrated separately for each Unit and connected circuit, so correct temperatures will not be measured if a cold junction sensor from another Unit is used or if the two cold junction sensors in
a Unit are swapped. Use the cold junction sensors as they are provided,
without making any changes.
• Do not connect anything to NC terminals. Do not use NC terminals as
relay terminals.
• Always ground the GR terminal on the Power Supply Unit of the PLC.
• If the input device uses a voltage generator, temperature compensator, or
similar device, then ground the input device if it has a ground terminal.
264
Section 3-1
CJ1W-PTS51 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Terminal Block Diagram
Reference
power supply
A2
A1
Double
integral
A/D
Photocoupler
Reference
power supply
B2
Amplifier
circuit
No. 2 input
B1
Double
integral
A/D
Photocoupler
Reference
power supply
A6
Amplifier
circuit
No. 3 input
A5
Double
integral
A/D
No. 4 input
B5
Double
integral
A/D
Digital circuits
Photocoupler
Reference
power supply
B6
Amplifier
circuit
5 V DC
Connector
Amplifier
circuit
No. 1 input
Isolation circuit
■ Input Circuit
Photocoupler
Cold junction
sensors
Reference
power supply
B3
Amplifier
circuit
B4
Double
integral
A/D
Photocoupler
265
Section 3-1
CJ1W-PTS51 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
■ Output Circuit
L
A7
ALM1
L
B7
ALM2
L
A8
ALM3
L
B8
ALM4
Internal Circuit
A9
24V
B9
0V
Output Display
LED
Error Processing
Conversion Data Does Not Change.
Probable cause
Remedy
The gain for span adjustment is
set to 0.
The sensor type is not set correctly.
An input device is malfunctioning,
input wiring is faulty, or wiring is
disconnected.
Set the gain for span adjustment to a value other
than 0.
Check and correct the settings.
Check whether the input voltage or current has
changed. Check for faulty or disconnected wiring. Check whether a sensor error has been
detected in the I/O Area.
Values are Not Converted as Intended.
Probable cause
266
Remedy
The sensor type is not set correctly.
Check and correct the settings.
The zero/span adjustment data is
incorrect.
Check and correct the zero/span adjustment settings.
Section 3-2
CJ1W-PTS52 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100)
Probable cause
Remedy
Cold junction compensation is not Check the Cold Junction Error Flag.
operating.
A compensation conductor has
not been used or a different compensation conductor is used.
Incorrect input wiring (incorrect
thermocouple or compensation
conductor polarity.)
Thermocouple lead or compensating conductor is too long and measurements are being affected by
conductor resistance.
Use the correct compensation conductor for the
thermocouple.
The terminal block temperature is
not uniform due to radiated heat
from peripheral devices.
Mount the unit in a position unaffected by radiated heat.
Correct the input wiring.
Use a thicker compensating conductor.
Change the wiring position and shorten the compensating conductor.
Converted Values are Unstable.
Probable cause
Remedy
Input signals are being affected by Change the connection paths of the input signal
external noise.
lines. (Separate them from sources of noise or
use shielded cable.)
An airflow is hitting the Unit terminal block.
3-2
Insert a 0.01 to 0.1 µF ceramic capacitor
between the positive (+) and negative (−) input
terminals.
Move the terminal block to a position unaffected
by airflow.
CJ1W-PTS52 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input
Unit (Pt100, JPt100)
Overview
The CJ1W-PTS52 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit provides
four direct platinum resistance thermometer inputs, and sends the data to the
CPU Unit each cycle. All inputs are isolated.
CJ1W-PTS52
52
PTS RUCN
4
ALM
3 2 1 -
ERH
ER
H
MAC
No. 1
X10
0
X10
267
CJ1W-PTS52 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100)
Section 3-2
System Configuration
CJ1W-PTS52
Four platinum
resistance
thermometer inputs
(Pt100 (JIS, IEC),
JPt100)
Features
• Up to four platinum resistance thermometers can be connected for each
Unit. (The temperature sensor and input range settings are the same for
all four inputs.)
• Pt100 (JIS, IEC), JPt100 can be selected.
• Temperature sensor values are transmitted to the CPU Unit in four digits
hexadecimal. (Either binary or BCD data output can be selected.)
• Process value alarm (two alarms in internal memory and one external
alarm output for each input).
• Alarm ON-delay timer and hysteresis for process value.
• Zero/span adjustment capability during operation.
• Sensor error detection.
• Maximum or minimum process value can be specified for when a sensor
error is detected.
Model Information
Unit
classification
Model number
CJ-series Special CJ1W-PTS52
I/O Unit
268
Inputs
4
Input types
Platinum resistance thermometer Pt100 (JIS, IEC), JPt100
CJ1W-PTS52 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100)
Section 3-2
Block Diagram (Order of Processing)
The processing for the inputs is as shown in the following diagram.
CPU Unit
CPU Unit CIO Area
H, L
Process value
H, L
Process value alarm
External alarm outputs
Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit
Sensor error
I/O refresh
Process value alarm
Output limit
Zero/span adjustment
Input calculations
Resistance thermometer type
Input range
A/D conversion
Resistance thermometer
Specifications
Item
Specifications
Model
Applicable PLC
CJ1W-PTS52
CJ Series
Unit classification
Mounting position
CJ-series Special I/O Unit
CJ-series CPU Rack or CJ-series Expansion Rack
Maximum number of Units
Unit numbers
40 (within the allowable current consumption and power consumption range)
00 to 95 (Cannot duplicate Special I/O Unit numbers.)
Areas for data
exchange with
CPU Unit
Special I/O Unit
Area
10 words/Unit
Resistance Thermometer Input Unit to CPU Unit:
All process values, process value alarms (L, H), conversion data enabled flags, sensor
errors.
DM Area words 100 words/Unit
allocated to
CPU Unit to Resistance Thermometer Input Unit:
Special I/O Units Temperature sensor type, input range (user set), process value alarm setting (L, H),
zero/span adjustment value.
Number of temperature sensor
inputs
4
269
CJ1W-PTS52 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100)
Section 3-2
Item
Temperature sensor type
Specifications
Pt100 (JIS, IEC), JPt100
Sensor type, input range, and scaling to industrial units are the same for all I/O.
Data storage in the CIO Area
The actual process data in the input range is stored in four digits hexadecimal (binary
or BCD values) in the allocated words in the CIO Area.
Accuracy (25°C)
± 0.3% of PV or ± 0.8°C, whichever is greater, ± 1 digit max.
± 0.3% of PV or ± 1.6°F, whichever is greater, ± 1 digit max.
PV: Process value data
Temperature characteristics
Refer to Temperature Characteristics According to Platinum Resistance Thermometer
Type on page 271.
Sensing method
Conversion period
3-wire method
250 ms/4 inputs
Maximum time to store data in
CPU Unit
Conversion period + one CPU Unit cycle
Sensor error detection
Detects sensor error at each input and turns ON the Sensor error Flag.
Hardware detection time: Approx. 0.5 s max.
The process value overrange direction for when a sensor error occurs can be specified. (High: +20 digit of set input range; low: –20 digit of set input range)
Process value 2-point alarm (H, L), alarm hysteresis, and ON-delay timer (0 to 60 s
are available).
Function
Process value
alarm
External alarm
outputs
NPN outputs (with short-circuit protection)
External power supply voltage: 20.4 to 26.4 V DC
Max. switching capacity: 100 mA (for one output)
Leakage current: 0.3 mA max.
Residual voltage: 3 V max.
Isolation
Between inputs and PLC signal: Transformer for power supply and photocoupler for
signals
Between each input: Transformer for power supply and photocoupler for signals
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ max. (at 500 V DC).
Between all output and NC terminals and external AC terminals (Power Supply Unit)
Between all input terminals and external AC terminals (Power Supply Unit)
Between all input terminals and all output terminals
Between all external DC terminals (input, output, and NC terminals) and FG plate
Between all input and output terminals and all NC terminals
Between all output and NC terminals and external AC terminals (Power Supply Unit)
2,000 V AC, 50/60 Hz 1 min., detection current: 1 mA
Between all input terminals and external AC terminals (Power Supply Unit)
Between all input terminals and all output terminals
Between all external DC terminals (input, output, and NC terminals) and FG plate
1,000 V AC, 50/60 Hz 1 min., detection current: 1 mA
Terminal block (detachable)
Dielectric strength
External connections
Unit number settings
Indicators
Set by rotary switches on front panel, from 0 to 95.
Seven LED indicators on front panel (for normal operation, errors detected at the 2Wire Transmitter Input Unit, errors detected at the CPU Unit, and four indicators for
external alarm outputs.)
Alarm time for CPU Unit cycle
time
Current consumption
0.4 ms
5 V DC at 250 mA max
Dimensions
31 × 90 × 65 mm (W × H × D)
Note The height including the Backplane is 145 mm.
Weight
150 g max.
Sensor Type and Input Range
The Platinum Resistance Thermometer type and input range are set in the
allocated words in the DM Area for every four inputs.
270
Section 3-2
CJ1W-PTS52 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100)
The measurable data range is ±20 digits wider than the sensor input range.
Setting
°C
Input
16-bit binary
°F
BCD
16-bit binary
[email protected]@@
Leftmost bit
indicates
indicates
minus sign. minus sign.
0
1
Pt100: −200.0 to
650.0°C
(−300.0 to
1200.0°F)
JPt100: −200.0
to 650.0°C
(−300.0 to
1200.0°F)
F830 to FFFF to
1964
(−200.0 to −0.1 to
650.0)
F830 to FFFF to
1964
(−200.0 to −0.1 to
650.0)
F999 to 6500
(See note 2.)
(−99.9 to
650.0)
F999 to 6500
(See note 2.)
(−99.9 to
650.0)
Leftmost 4 Leftmost bit
bits (bits 15
(bit 15)
to 12)
indicates
indicate
minus sign.
minus sign.
A000 to 6500 F448 to FFFF to
(−200.0 to
2EE0
650.0)
(−300.0 to −0.1 to
1200.0)
A000 to 6500 F448 to FFFF to
(−200.0 to
2EE0
650.0)
(−300.0 to −0.1 to
1200.0)
2 to 9 Do not set.
BCD
F999 to 9999
(See note 2.)
(−99.9 to
999.9)
F999 to 9999
(See note 2.)
(−99.9 to
999.9)
B000 to 7999
(See note 2.)
(−300.0 to
799.9)
B000 to 7999
(See note 2.)
(−300.0 to
799.9)
Do not set.
Note
1. If the indication range is exceeded, a sensor error will occur and the sensor
error bit will turn ON. The process value will be clamped at the lower or upper limit of the indication range, depending on the setting for data direction
at sensor error.
2. The indicator range for BCD display will be clamped at the lower (or upper)
limit in the region between the lower (or upper) limit of the setting range
and the point where a sensor error occurs.
For 0.1°C/0.1°F indication with minus sign indicated by leftmost 4 bits (bits
12 to 15): Lower limit = −99.9, Upper limit = 999.9.
For 0.1°C/0.1°F indication with minus sign indicated by leftmost bit (bit 15):
Lower limit = −799.9, Upper limit = 799.9.
Temperature Characteristics According to Platinum Resistance Thermometer Type
Platinum Resistance
Thermometer
Temperature range
Pt100
−200 to 200°C
Set value error when
ambient temperature
changes by 1°C
±0.43°C
JPt100
200 to 650°C
−200 to 200°C
285 ppm of PV
±0.43°C
200 to 650°C
285 ppm of PV
The measured temperature error is calculated as shown in the following
example.
Item
Ambient temperature
Details
30°C
Platinum Resistance
Thermometer
Measured temperature
(PV)
Reference accuracy
(25°C)
Pt100
Change in ambient temperature
5°C (25 to 30°C)
500°C
±0.3°C of PV or ±0.8°C, whichever is greater, ±1 digit.
In this example, ±1.5°C.
Temperature characteris- 200 to 650°C: 285 ppm of PV.
tics
In this example, 285 ppm × 500°C = 0.143°C.
271
Section 3-2
CJ1W-PTS52 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100)
Overall accuracy =
Reference accuracy + Temperature characteristic × Change in ambient
temperature = ±1.5°C + ±0.143°C × 5 = Approx. ± 2.2°C ±1 digit.
DM Area Allocations
First word: word m. m = D20000 + unit number × 100 (unit number: 0 to 95)
DM Area address
Input
No. 1
Input
No. 2
Input
No. 3
Data range
Input
No. 4
m+0
Decimal
Default
Data contents
Hexadecimal
12345, 0
3039 hex
0000 hex
0000 hex
Default block read command
Specifies the direction of data transfer when
power is turned ON to the PLC or the Unit is
restarted for DM Area first word +1 to +31.
• 12345 (3039 hex): The default data at the
left is transferred from the 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit to the CPU Unit. When
the transfer is completed, the value will
become 0000 hex.
• Other than 12345 (3039 hex) (such as
0000 hex): The data in the allocated
words of DM Area is transferred from the
CPU Unit to the 2-Wire Transmitter Input
Unit.
0 to 31
0000 to 001F
hex
0
(0000 hex)
Address of Data Range Error (See note1.)
Display parameter
m+1
Setting Group 1 (continuously refreshed area): Parameters that are continuously refreshed during PLC operation (regardless of the
CPU Unit’s operation mode)
Process value alarm settings
m+2
m+6
m + 10
m + 14
Low to high limit for all sensors
m+3
m+7
m + 11
m + 15
m+4
m+8
m + 12
m + 16
0 to 9999
m+5
m+9
m + 13
m + 17
–9999 to 9999
6500
(1964 hex)
Process value H (high limit) alarm setting
−2000
(F830 hex)
Process value L (low limit) alarm setting
0000 to270F
hex
1000
(03EB hex)
Set value × 0.001
D8F1 to 270F
hex,
0
(0000 hex)
Set value × 0.1
Span adjustment value
Zero adjustment value
Setting Group 2 (initial settings area): Parameters that are transferred one time from the CPU Unit to the 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit
if the DM Area first word is other than 12345 when the PLC is powered up or the 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit is restarted.
Operation settings (See note 2.)
m + 18
(See note 2.)
(See note 2.)
0
(0000 hex)
00 to 03: Temperature unit (°C or °F)
04 to 07: Data display (binary or BCD)
08 to 11: Minus sign display format for BCD
display
12 to 15: Data direction at sensor error
Sensor type
m + 19
0, 1
0000, 0001 hex 0 (0000 hex)
0: Pt100; 1: JPt100
External alarm output mode
m + 20
m + 23
m + 26
m + 29
0, 1
0000, 0001 hex 0
(0000 hex)
Select either high limit or low limit alarm output.
0: High limit alarm; 1: Low limit alarm
m + 21
m + 24
m + 27
m + 30
0 to 9999
0000 to 270F
hex
Set value × 0.1
Alarm hysteresis
0
(0000 hex)
Alarm ON-delay time
m + 22
m + 25
m + 28
m + 31
Note
272
0 to 60
0000 to 003C
hex
0
(0000 hex)
Unit: s
1. The ERC indicator on the Unit’s front panel will light if an out-of-range setting is made in either Setting Group1 or 2. The offset from the first word of
the first word containing the out-of-range error will be stored as the Address of Data Range Error in the DM Area in four digits hexadecimal.
Section 3-2
CJ1W-PTS52 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100)
2. The operation settings are shown in the following table.
Word
m+18
Bits
Description
00
Temperature unit setting
04
Data format
Settings
0: °C
1: °F
08
0: Binary (Negatives are given as 2’s complements).
1: BCD
Minus sign display format for BCD display 0: “F” used to indicate the minus sign.
1: Leftmost bit used to indicate the minus sign.
The setting is disabled if bits 04 to 07 are set to 0.
12
Data direction at sensor error
0: Goes to upper limit at sensor error
1: Goes to lower limit at sensor error
Example: For a temperature in degrees celcius (°C), a binary data format, and
a data direction at sensor error of “lower limit,” m+18 = 1000.
CIO Area Allocations
First word: word n. n = 2000 + unit number × 10 (unit number: 0 to 95)
Direction
2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit to
CPU Unit
Word
n+0
Bit
00
Name
Input No. 1
01
02
Input No. 2
03
04
Input No. 3
05
06
Input No. 4
07
Data range
Contents
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
0, 1
0: Process value >
Set value
1: Process value ≤
Set value
Process value H (high
limit) alarm
0, 1
0: Process value <
Set value
1: Process value ≥
Set value
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
0, 1
Same as for input No.
1.
Process value H (high
limit) alarm
0, 1
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
0, 1
Process value H (high
limit) alarm
0, 1
Process value L (low
limit) alarm
0, 1
Process value H (high
limit) alarm
0, 1
Process value
Depends on type of input. Stores data in the
data range specified
for each input type
±20 digits.
08 to 15 Not used.
n+1
00 to 15 Input No. 1
n+2
00 to 15 Input No. 2
n+3
00 to 15 Input No. 3
n+4
00 to 15 Input No. 4
n+5
Not used.
n+6
n+7
n+8
2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit to
CPU Unit
n+9
00
Input No. 1
01
Input No. 2
Sensor error
0, 1
0, 1
02
Input No. 3
0, 1
03
Input No. 4
0, 1
0: Normal
1: Error
04 to 14 Not used.
15
15
Conversion data
0, 1
enabled flag. (See note.)
0: Data disabled
1: Data enabled
Note The Conversion Data Enabled Flag remains OFF after the power is turned ON
or the Unit is restarted until the AD conversion data becomes stable (approximately 2 to 4 s), then is ON during operation.
273
Section 3-2
CJ1W-PTS52 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100)
Terminal Connection Diagram
No. 2
Platinum-resistance
Thermometer input
No. 4
Platinum-resistance
Thermometer input
External alarm outputs
L
L
2b
B1
2B
B2
2A
B3
4b
B4
4B
B5
4A
B6
ALM2
B7
ALM4
B8
0V
Note
B9
A1
1b
A2
1B
A3
1A
A4
3b
A5
3B
No. 1
Platinum-resistance
Thermometer input
No. 3
Platinum-resistance
Thermometer input
A6
3A
A7
ALM1
L
A8
ALM3
L
A9
24V
External alarm outputs
• Wire the same length to A, B, and b, so that the impedance will be the
same. In particular, do not short circuit between B and b at the terminal
block.
• For unused input terminals, short-circuit between A–B and B–b of the
resistance thermometer inputs with the lead wire.
• Always ground the GR terminal on the Power Supply Unit of the PLC.
• If the input device uses a voltage generator, temperature compensator, or
similar device, then ground the input device if it has a ground terminal.
Terminal Block Diagram
B
1A
A
A2
A1
2A
B3
Resistance thermmeter
B
A
2B
2b
B2
B1
3A
A6
Resistance thermmeter
B
A
3B
3b
A5
A4
4A
B6
Resistance thermmeter
B
274
4B
4b
Reference
power supply
A3
1B
1b
B5
B4
Amplifier
circuit
Amplifier
circuit
Amplifier
circuit
Amplifier
circuit
Double
integral
A/D
Double
integral
A/D
Double
integral
A/D
Double
integral
A/D
Photocoupler
Reference
power supply
Photocoupler
5 V DC
Reference
power supply
Photocoupler
Reference
power supply
Photocoupler
Digital circuits
Connector
A
Resistance thermmeter
Isolation circuit
■ Input Circuit
Section 3-2
CJ1W-PTS52 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100)
■ Output Circuit
L
A7
ALM1
L
B7
ALM2
L
A8
ALM3
L
B8
ALM4
Internal Circuit
A9
24V
B9
0V
Output Display
LED
Error Processing
Conversion Data Does Not Change.
Probable cause
Remedy
The gain for span adjustment is
set to 0.
The sensor type is not set correctly.
An input device is malfunctioning,
input wiring is faulty, or wiring is
disconnected.
Set the gain for span adjustment to a value other
than 0.
Check and reset the sensor type.
Check whether the resistance has changed.
Check for faulty or disconnected wiring. Check
whether a sensor error has been detected in the
I/O Area.
Values are Not Converted as Intended.
Probable cause
Remedy
The sensor type is set incorrectly.
The zero/span adjustment data is
incorrect.
Check and reset the sensor type settings.
Check and correct the zero/span adjustment settings.
The platinum-resistance thermom- Check and correct the input wiring.
eter input wiring is faulty.
The compensating conductor is
Use a thicker compensating conductor.
too long and measurements are
being affected by conductor resistance.
275
CJ1W-PTS52 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100)
Section 3-2
Converted Values are Unstable.
Probable cause
Remedy
Input signals are being affected by Change the connection paths of the input signal
external noise.
lines. (Separate them from sources of noise or
use shielded cable.)
276
Appendix A
Supplementary Explanation of Functions
The following supplements the explanation given in 1-2 Features and Functions.
Changing Set Values during Output of Process Value (or
Instantaneous Value) Alarm or Rate-of-change Alarm
HH (High High Limit) and H (High Limit) Alarms
When the alarm set value is raised while the alarm output is ON, the alarm output will be turned OFF when the
following condition is satisfied.
Input value < (alarm set value after change – hysteresis)
The alarm output will first turn OFF when the input value falls below the set value (with the hysteresis included).
LL (Low Low Limit) and L (Low Limit) Alarms
When the alarm set value is lowered while the alarm output is ON, the alarm output will be turned OFF when
the following condition is satisfied.
Input value > (alarm set value after change + hysteresis)
When the hysteresis part alone of the input value is greater than the set value, the alarm output will turn OFF
for the first time.
Example: HH and H Limit Alarms
Hysteresis
Input value (Process value,
rate-of-change value,
instantaneous value)
H, HH alarm set value
With present value at this point, alarm output turns ON.
Alarm set value raised.
Hysteresis
Input value (Process value, rate-ofchange value, instantaneous value)
H, HH
alarm set value
With present value at this point, alarm output remains ON.
Alarm set value further raised.
Hysteresis
Input value (Process value,
rate-of-change value,
instantaneous value)
H, HH alarm set value
With present value at this point, alarm output turns OFF.
Applicable Units: CS1W-PTS01-V1/PTS11/PTS51/PTS55 and CJ1W-PTS51 Isolated-type Thermocouple
Input Units
CS1W-PTS02/PTS03/PTS12/PTS52/PTS56 and CJ1W-PTS52 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input
Units
277
Appendix A
Supplementary Explanation of Functions
CS1W-PTW01 Isolated-type 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit
CS1W-PDC01/PDC11/PDC55 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Units
CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit
CS1W-PTR01 Power Transducer Input Unit
CS1W-PTR02 Analog Input Unit (100 mV).
Alarm Operation when Upper Limit Is Less Than Lower Limit
Process value (instantaneous value) and rate-of-change value alarm set values can be set freely regardless of
the relative sizes of HH > H > L > LL.
Example: H < L, or HH < H.
The alarm output operation is determined purely by the relative sizes of the input value (screening value) and
alarm set value, as shown below.
HH and H Limit Alarms
When the input value is greater than the alarm set value, the alarm output is turned ON.
LL and L Limit Alarms
When the input value is less than the alarm set value, the alarm output is turned ON.
Process value or rate-of-change value
Hysteresis
Low limit (L) set value
High limit (H) set value
Time
Low limit (L) alarm output
Time
High limit (H) alarm output
Time
Applicable Units: CS1W-PTS01-V1/PTS11/PTS51/PTS55 and CJ1W-PTS51 Isolated-type Thermocouple
Input Units
CS1W-PTS02/PTS03/PTS12/PTS52/PTS56 and CJ1W-PTS52 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input
Units
CS1W-PTW01 Isolated-type 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit
CS1W-PDC01/PDC11/PDC55 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Units
CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit
CS1W-PTR01 Power Transducer Input Unit
CS1W-PTR02 Analog Input Unit (100 mV).
Note Rate-of-change value alarm is not available for [email protected]/PDC55, and CJ1W-PTS51/PTS52. Process value alarm only.
278
Appendix A
Supplementary Explanation of Functions
Alarm Output Operation when Falling Back from Alarm
Condition Before Alarm-ON Delay Time Elapses
If inputs fall back from the alarm-ON condition (including hysteresis) before the alarm-ON delay time has
elapsed, the alarm output will not turn ON.
Process value or rate-of-change value
Falling back from ON condition
Set value
Hysteresis
Time
Will not turn ON
Alarm output
Time
Alarm-ON delay time
Applicable Units: CS1WPTS01-V1/PTS11/PTS51/PTS55 and CJ1W-PTS51 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input
Units
CS1W-PTS02/PTS03/PTS12/PTS52/PTS56 and CJ1W-PTS52 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input
Units
CS1W-PTW01 Isolated-type 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit
CS1W-PDC01/PDC11/PDC55 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Units
CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit
CS1W-PTR01 Power Transducer Input Unit
CS1W-PTR02 Analog Input Unit (100 mV).
Setting Process Value Scaling with Negative Bias
With process value scaling in industrial units, a negative bias can be set by reversing the maximum and minimum values in the range.
Example: CS1W-PDC01 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
The following values can be set for an input signal of 4 to 20 mA: Maximum process value in range = 0, minimum process value in range = 4000.
Process value (stored data)
4600 (115%)
4000 (100%)
Process value scaling with negative bias
0 (0%)
Input signal
−600 (−15%)
3.2 mA
4 mA
20 mA
20.8 mA
279
Appendix A
Supplementary Explanation of Functions
Applicable Units: CS1W-PTS01-V1/PTS11 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit, CS1W-PTS02/PTS03/
PTS12 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit, CS1W-PTW01 Isolated-type 2-Wire Transmitter
Input Unit, CS1W-PDC01/PDC11/PDC55 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit, CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type
Pulse Input Unit, CS1W-PTR01 Power Transducer Input Unit, and CS1W-PTR02 Analog Input Unit (100 mV).
Alarm Operation during Process Value Scaling with Negative
Bias
During process value scaling with negative bias, the alarm operates on the process value after scaling, and not
on the input signal. Consequently, the operation is the same as for normal bias, as shown below.
HH and H Limit Alarms
When the input value is greater than the alarm set value, the alarm output is turned ON.
LL and L Limit Alarms
When the input value is less than the alarm set value, the alarm output is turned ON.
Example: If the maximum process value in the range is 0 and minimum process value in the range is 4,000 for
an input signal of 4 to 20 mA, and if the H (high limit) alarm set value is 3,000, the alarm output will turn ON
when the process value is greater than 3,000 (when the input signal is less than 8 mA).
Process value (stored data)
4600 (115%)
4000 (100%)
When process value is greater than 3,000, output turns ON.
3000 (75%)
Process value scaling with negative bias
Input signal
0 (0%)
−600 (−15%)
3.2 mA
4 mA
20 mA
20.8 mA
When input signal is less than 8 mA, output turns ON.
Applicable Units: CS1W-PTS01-V1/PTS11 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit, CS1W-PTS02/PTS03/
PTS12 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit, CS1W-PTW01 Isolated-type 2-Wire Transmitter
Input Unit, CS1W-PDC01/PDC11/PDC55 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit, CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type
Pulse Input Unit, CS1W-PTR01 Power Transducer Input Unit, and CS1W-PTR02 Analog Input Unit (100 mV).
280
Appendix A
Supplementary Explanation of Functions
Maximum/Minimum Value for when Input Disconnection Occurs
during Process Value Scaling with Negative Bias
If an input is disconnected during process value scaling with negative bias, either the maximum or minimum
process value will be specified.
If the process value overrange direction is high, the maximum process value will be specified.
If the process value overrange direction is low, the minimum process value will be specified.
Process value (stored data)
If the high value is set, the maximum
value of 4600 will be specified when an
input is disconnected.
4600 (115%)
4000 (100%)
Process value scaling with negative bias
Input signal
0 (0%)
If the low value is set, the minimum value
of −600 will be specified when an input is
disconnected.
−600 (−15%)
3.2 mA
4 mA
20 mA
20.8 mA
Applicable Units: CS1W-PTS01-V1/PTS11 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit, and CS1W-PTS02/PTS03/
PTS12 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit.
281
Appendix A
Supplementary Explanation of Functions
Output Hold when CPU Unit Error Occurs
In the following cases, the CS1W-PMV01/PMV02 Isolated-type Analog Output Unit will hold either a specified
preset value or the analog output value prior to the error for output when the CPU Unit is restored to normal
operation.
• A fatal error (including user-defined FALS execution) occurs
• A CPU error occurs
• A load break occurs
When the CPU Unit is restored to normal operation, the output value in the CIO Area will be output.
Note If a CPU error occurs while the output rate-of-change limit function is operating, the output hold function
will operate as follows:
• If previous value hold has been specified, then the value prior to the CPU error will be held for output.
Analog output value
No output rate-of-change limit
No CPU error occurs.
Previous value held
when CPU error occurs
Rate-of-change
limit in effect
CPU error occurs here.
Time
• When preset value hold has been specified, the output rate-of-change limit will remain in effect even during
the change to the preset value, and the rate of change will be limited.
Analog output value
Preset value
No rate-of-change limit
Previous value held
when CPU error occurs
Rate-of-change
limit enabled
No CPU error occurs.
Rate-of-change limit still enabled.
CPU error occurs.
Time
Applicable Units: CS1W-PMV01/PMV02 Isolated-type Analog Output Units.
Inrush Input Limit Function
The inrush input limit function will not operate if the process value is already greater than 2% when the power
supply to the PLC is turned ON. The inrush input limit function will operate only when the process value rises
above 2% from less than 2% at startup.
Process value
Operation of inrush input limit function
Time
Applicable Units: CS1W-PTR01 Power Transducer Input Unit and CS1W-PTR02 Analog Input Unit (100 mV).
282
Appendix A
Supplementary Explanation of Functions
Hysteresis during Square Root Calculations
During square root calculations, outputs of approximately 7% or less have linear characteristics (i.e., output =
input). Hysteresis exists, however, when switching between square root characteristics and linear characteristics, as shown below.
During input rise: Switching from linear characteristics to square root characteristics at 0.5% input (output of
approximately 7%).
During input fall: Switching from square root characteristics to linear characteristics at 0.3% input (output of
approximately 5.5%).
Output
Square root calculation
7%
5.5%
2%
Linear
Input
0.5%
0.3%
Applicable Units: CS1W-PTW01 Isolated-type 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit and CS1W-PDC01/PDC11/PDC55
Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit.
Adjustment Period Control
Final Adjustment Date Not Stored in the Unit’s External FROM (Initial
Status)
The set values are as follows:
• The 4-byte area (2 words) for the final adjustment date is set to FFFF.
• The Zero/span Adjustment Period Notice Bit is set to 1 (notice period).
• The Zero/span Adjustment Period End Bit is set to 1 (adjustment ended).
Error in Final Adjustment Date Stored in Unit’s External FROM when
Power is Turned ON
The ERC indicator is ON and the adjustment period control function does not operate properly.
Restart the Unit. The set values are as follows.
• The External FROM Error Flag is set to 1 (external FROM error).
• The 4-byte area (2 words) for the final adjustment date is set to FFFF.
• The Zero/span Adjustment Period Notice Bit is set to 1 (notice period).
• The Zero/span Adjustment Period End Bit is set to 1 (adjustment ended).
Error in Unit’s External FROM when Updating Final Adjustment Date
The ERC indicator is ON and the adjustment period control function does not operate properly when the Unit is
restarted. Update the final adjustment date again.
The set values are as follows.
• The External FROM Error Flag is set to 1 (external FROM error).
283
Appendix A
Supplementary Explanation of Functions
Note If the CPU Unit’s internal clock information is refreshed after updating the final adjustment date, the
warning will not be accurate. The Zero/span Adjustment Update Bit remains ON (1: Update adjustment
date) while writing external FROM, so do not turn OFF the PLC.
Applicable Units: CS1W-PTS11 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit, CS1W-PTS12 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Input Unit, and CS1W-PDC11 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit.
Integral Value Calculation
Integral Value Unit: Hour
The process value is calculated using an integral width of 3.6 s (1/1,000th of an hour), and the total is output to
4 bytes (2 words) of memory.
An integral value of 1,000 indicates that a process value of 1,000 has continued for one hour.
Integral Value Unit: Minute
The process value is calculated using an integral width of 60 ms (1/1,000th of a minute), and the total is output
to 4 bytes (2 words) of memory.
An integral value of 1,000 indicates that a process value of 1,000 has continued for one minute.
Example:
Process value: 1,000 (constant)
Integral unit: hour
Time lapsed (hours)
0.5
Integral value
500
1
2
1,000
2,000
3
3,000
Integral width
(See note.)
Integral value
Process value
Time
Integral value
Time
Integral Value
Calculation
Start Bit
ON
OFF
Time
Integral Value
Reset Bit
ON
OFF
284
Time
Supplementary Explanation of Functions
Appendix A
Note The integral width for one integral value is as follows:
Unit
Hour
Minute
Integral width
3.6 s (1/1,000th of an hour)
60 ms (1/1,000th of a minute)
Integral Value Overflow
The integral value will become undefined if the integral value exceeds the data range (–2147483648 to
2147483647) during integral calculation. An integral value overflow will occur after a minimum of 45 days has
lapsed from the start of integral calculation.
Example: Integral value overflow (minimum conditions). The table shows the integral values for the following
minimum conditions.
• Process value: –32768 (constant)
• Integral unit: Minute
Number of days lapsed
(days)
0
0
Integral value
1
2
−47185920
−94371840
to
45
to
−2123366400
46
Undefined
Note Use the Integral Value Calculation Start Bit and Integral Value Reset Bits so that an integral value overflow does not occur.
Applicable Units: CS1W-PDC11 Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit.
285
Supplementary Explanation of Functions
286
Appendix A
Appendix B
Zero/Span Adjustment Example
The Analog I/O Unit’s zero/span adjustment can be performed as described below using a calibration device.
1,2,3...
1. Connect the Programming Device to the CPU Unit.
2. Connect a suitable calibration device as shown in the following table to the Analog I/O Unit.
Name
Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
Model
Calibration device
CS1W-PTS01-V1 Voltage and current generator
CS1W-PTS11
CS1W-PTS51
CS1W-PTS55
Isolated-type Resistance Thermocouple
Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100)
Isolated-type Resistance Thermocouple
Input Unit (Ni508.4 Ω)
Isolated-type Resistance Thermocouple
Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100, JPt50,
Ni508.4 Ω)
Isolated-type Resistance Thermocouple
Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100)
Isolated-type Resistance Thermocouple
Input Unit (Pt100, JPt100)
Isolated-type 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit
Isolated-type Direct Current Input Unit
CJ1W-PTS51
CS1W-PTS02
Variable resistor
CS1W-PTS03
CS1W-PTS12
CS1W-PTS52
CS1W-PTS56
CJ1W-PTS52
CS1W-PTW01
Voltage and current generator
CS1W-PDC01
CS1W-PDC11
Voltage and current generator
Analog Input Unit (100 mV)
CS1W-PDC55
CS1W-PTR02
Voltage generator
Power Transducer Input Unit
Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit
CS1W-PTR01
CS1W-PPS01
Voltage generator
Pulse generator
Isolated-type Analog Output Unit
CS1W-PMV01
CS1W-PMV02
Voltage and current meter
Voltage meter
3. Turn ON the power to the PLC, and wait approximately 10 minutes for the Unit to warm up.
The [email protected] and [email protected] require approximately 30 minutes to warm up
4. Make the adjustments.
Input Units
1,2,3...
1. Input a signal equivalent to 0% from the calibration device, and check the process value in the CPU
Unit’s CIO Area using the Programming Device. If the value is abnormal, change the zero adjustment value in the DM Area, and adjust the offset (parallel movement) value.
2. Input a signal equivalent to 100% from the calibration device, and check the process value in the
CPU Unit’s CIO Area using the Programming Device. If the value is abnormal, change the span
adjustment gain value in the DM Area, and adjust the gain (bias).
Note For the CS1W-PTS01-V1/PTS51/PTS55 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit, short between the terminals of the cold junction sensor on the top of the Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit. This will stop
the Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit to discontinue cold junction compensation. Then input a standard thermocouple value of 0°C (standard thermal power generation value, IEC60584-1) to the calibration mV signal.
287
Appendix B
Zero/Span Adjustment Example
Output Units
1,2,3...
1. Set an analog output value equivalent to 0% in the CPU Unit’s CIO Area. Check the signal using
the calibration device. If the value is abnormal, change the zero adjustment value in the DM Area,
and adjust the offset (parallel movement) value.
2. Set an analog output value equivalent to 100% in the CPU Unit’s CIO Area. Check the signal using
the calibration device. If the value is abnormal, change the span adjustment gain value in the DM
Area, and adjust the gain (bias).
Adjust the zero/span according to the following equation.
Process value after adjustment = (input value – minimum process value in range) x DM Area span adjustment
gain value + minimum process value in range + DM Area zero adjustment value
Example: Minimum process value in range = 0; maximum process value in range = 4,000; span adjustment
gain = 10060 x 0.0001 = 1.0060; zero adjustment value = 5
If the input value is 500, the process value after adjustment will be as follows:
Process value after adjustment = (500 – 0) x 1.0060 + 0 + 5 = 508.
Process value (after adjustment = stored data)
Span adjustment gain (example: 1.006)
Zero adjustment value (example: 5)
4600 (115%)
4000 (100%)
508
5
0 (0%)
Process value (before adjustment)
−600 (−15%)
−600
0
500
4000
4600
Zero/span Adjustment Example for Any Points (CS1W-PTS11/12,
PDC11)
Use the following adjustment equation to perform zero/span adjustment for any points.
Process value after adjustment = (X − B) × ((C − A) × E − B + A)/(C − B) + D + B
X: Input value
A: Zero point of allocated DM Area
B: Zero adjustment position (process value range)
C: Span adjustment position (process value range)
D: Zero adjustment value for allocated DM Area
E: Span adjustment gain for allocated DM Area
Note The zero adjustment position and span adjustment position are percentages of the input span in the
Expansion Setting Area settings, so they can be obtained using the following equations.
Zero adjustment position = (Span point set in the allocated DM Area – Zero point set in the allocated DM
Area) × Zero adjustment position set in the Expansion Setting Area + Zero point set in the allocated DM
Area
288
Appendix B
Zero/Span Adjustment Example
Span adjustment position = (Span point set in the allocated DM Area – Zero point set in the allocated
DM Area) × Span adjustment position set in the Expansion Setting Area + Zero point set in the allocated
DM Area
Example: The values are calculated for the conditions in the following table.
Item
Zero point set in the Allocated DM Area
0
Value
Span point set in the Allocated DM Area
Span adjustment gain set in the Allocated DM Area
4000
10060 (10060 × 0.0001 = 1.0060)
Zero adjustment position set in the Allocated DM Area
Zero adjustment position set in the Expansion Setting Area
5
500 (500 × 0.0001 = 5%)
Span adjustment position set in the Expansion Setting Area
Input value
9500 (9500 × 0.0001 = 95%)
500
After adjustment, the process value is as follows:
Zero adjustment position = (4000 − 0) × 0.0500 + 0 = 200
Span adjustment position = (4000 − 0) × 0.9500 + 0 = 3800
Process value after adjustment = (500 − 200) × ((3800 − 0) × 1.0060 − 200 + 0)/(3800 − 200) + 5 + 200
= 506.9
Process value
(after adjustment = stored data)
After adjustment
Before adjustment
4600 (115%)
4000 (100%)
Span
adjustment gain
(e.g., 1.006)
507
Zero
adjustment
value (e.g., 5)
Process value (before adjustment)
0 (0%)
−600 (−15%)
−600
0
500
Zero
adjustment
position (e.g., 5%)
4000
4600
Span
adjustment
position (e.g., 95%)
289
Zero/Span Adjustment Example
290
Appendix B
Index
A
alarm
alarm-ON delay, 9, 279
HH and H limits, 6, 277
hysteresis, 8, 283
LL and L limits, 6, 277
process value alarm, 6, 277
rate-of-change alarm, 7, 277
output disconnection detection, 14
dimensions, 41
disconnection
input disconnection detection, 10, 281
output disconnection detection, 14
E
allocation, 27
ERH indicator, 48
answer input, 14
error
cold junction sensor error, 10
error processing, 46
input error detection, 10
applications
precautions, xiv
available models, 2
average
mean value processing, 9
error processing, 46
F
C
cold junction sensor
errors, 10
CS1W-PDC01
detailed description, 172
CS1W-PMV01, 239, 247
CS1W-PPS01
detailed description, 227
CS1W-PTR01
detailed description, 210
CS1W-PTR02
detailed description, 219
CS1W-PTS01-V1
detailed description, 54
CS1W-PTS02
detailed description, 127, 142, 151, 267
CS1W-PTS03
detailed description, 117
CS1W-PTW01
detailed description, 160
D
default settings
transferring, 30, 33, 37
delay
alarm-ON delay, 9, 279
features
CS1W-PDC01, 173
CS1W-PMV01, 239, 248
CS1W-PPS01, 227
CS1W-PTR01, 211
CS1W-PTR02, 219
CS1W-PTS01-V1, 54
CS1W-PTS02, 106
CS1W-PTS03, 117
CS1W-PTW01, 161
H
hysteresis, 8, 283
I
I/O Isolation, 5
input disconnection detection, 10, 281
input error detection, 10
input range
variable input range setting, 5
inrush input limit, 11, 282
installation, 20
precautions, xiv
isolation
I/O isolation, 5
detection
input disconnection detection, 10, 281
input error detection, 10
291
Index
L
LED Indicators, 25, 26
M
mean value processing, 9
models
available models, 2
mounting Units, 37
N
nomenclature, 23
O
S
safety precautions
See also precautions
scaling, 6, 279
setup
initial hardware setup, 43
initial software setup, 44
span adjustment gain, 11
example, 287
specifications, 20
CS1W-PDC01, 175
CS1W-PMV01, 241, 250
CS1W-PPS01, 229
CS1W-PTR01, 212
CS1W-PTR02, 221
CS1W-PTS01-V1, 56
CS1W-PTS02, 109
CS1W-PTS03, 119
operating environment
precautions, xiii
square root, 11, 283
operating procedures, 43
stepdown rate, 13
output disconnection detection, 14
system configuration, 18
CS1W-PDC01, 172
CS1W-PMV01, 239, 248
CS1W-PPS01, 227
CS1W-PTR01, 211
CS1W-PTR02, 219
CS1W-PTS01-V1, 54
CS1W-PTS02, 106
CS1W-PTS03, 117
CS1W-PTW01, 161
output hold, 15, 282
output rate-of-change limit, 14
P
precautions
applications, xiv
general, xii
handling precautions, 39
operating environment, xiii
safety, xii
process value
automatic scaling, 6, 279
averaging, 9
T
terminals
connecting, 41
process value alarm, 6, 277
pulse accumulation, 14
pulse input instantaneous value conversion, 13
R
rate-of-change alarm, 7, 277
rate-of-change limit, 14
Restart Bits, 30, 33, 37
restarting Special I/O Units, 30, 37
U
unit number switches, 25, 26
V
variable input range setting, 5
W
word allocation, 27
CS1W-PDC01, 177, 179
292
Index
CS1W-PMV01, 243, 244, 252, 253
CS1W-PPS01, 232, 234
CS1W-PTR01, 214, 216
CS1W-PTR02, 222, 224
CS1W-PTS01-V1, 59, 61
CS1W-PTS02, 111, 113
CS1W-PTS03, 121, 123
CS1W-PTW01, 132, 135, 146, 148, 155, 158, 165,
167, 272, 273
Z
zero adjustment offset, 11
example, 287
293
Index
294
Revision History
A manual revision code appears as a suffix to the catalog number on the front cover of the manual.
Cat. No. W368-E1-06
Revision code
The following table outlines the changes made to the manual during each revision. Page numbers refer to the
previous version.
Revision code
Date
1
02
April 2000
January 2002
03
May 2002
04
August 2003
05
February 2004
06
June 2004
Revised content
Original production
“CS1 Series” was changed to “CS Series” and “-V1” was added to the model
number CS1W-PTS01 throughout the manual. In addition, the following
changes were made.
Page 39: Changes made to diagram and notes 1 and 2, and another note
added.
Page 40: Terminal numbers changed
Page 128: Changes made to equations in 3 places.
Information on the CS1W-PMV02 Isolated-type Analog Output Unit was added
throughout the manual.
“PC” was changed to “PLC” throughout the manual.
Changes and additions were made to add the CS1W-PTS11, CS1W-PTS12,
and CS1W-PDC11.
Changes and additions were made to add the CS1W-PTS51/PTS52 and CJ1WPTS51/PTS52.
Changes and additions were made to add the CS1W-PTS55/PTS56 and
PDC55.
295
Revision History
296
OMRON CORPORATION
FA Systems Division H.Q.
66 Matsumoto
Mishima-city, Shizuoka 411-8511
Japan
Tel: (81)55-977-9181/Fax: (81)55-977-9045
Regional Headquarters
OMRON EUROPE B.V.
Wegalaan 67-69, NL-2132 JD Hoofddorp
The Netherlands
Tel: (31)2356-81-300/Fax: (31)2356-81-388
OMRON ELECTRONICS LLC
1 East Commerce Drive, Schaumburg, IL 60173
U.S.A.
Tel: (1)847-843-7900/Fax: (1)847-843-8568
OMRON ASIA PACIFIC PTE. LTD.
83 Clemenceau Avenue,
#11-01, UE Square,
Singapore 239920
Tel: (65)6835-3011/Fax: (65)6835-2711
Authorized Distributor:
Cat. No. W368-E1-06
Note: Specifications subject to change without notice.
This manual is printed on 100% recycled paper.
Printed in Japan
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement